'@ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM VOLUME 76 Dig RIE Fre Newags GORY BTR ? oP ay ¥& ITY Teh See AO oo aa oT Ore” UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE WASHINGTON : 1930 ADVERTISEMENT The scientific publications of the National Museum include two series, known, respectively, as Proceedings and Bulletin. The Proceedings, begun in 1878, is intended primarily as a medium for the publication of original papers, based on the collections of the National Museum, that set forth newly acquired facts in biology, anthropology, and geology, with descriptions of new forms and revisions of limited groups. Copies of each paper, in pamphlet form, are distributed as published to libraries and scientific organiza- tions and to specialists and others interested in the different subjects. The dates at which these separate papers are published are recorded in the tabie of contents of each of the volumes. The present volume is the seventy-sixth of this series. The Bulletin, the first of which was issued in 1875, consists of a series of separate publications comprising monographs of large zoological groups and other general systematic treatises (occasionally in several volumes), faunal works, reports of expeditions, catalogues of type specimens, special collections, and other material of similar nature. The majority of the volumes are octavo in size, but a quarto size has been adopted in a few instances in which large plates were regarded as indispensable. In the Bulletin series appear volumes under the heading Contributions from the United States National Herbarium, in octavo form, published by the National Museum since 1902, which contain papers relating to the botanical collections of the Museum. ALEXANDER WETMORE, Assistant Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. Wasuineron, D. C., August 25, 1930. 2664—30 _ | delilqay in ii pre + pars C ansinnyso vftiicnlay bis eatnerdil Sete eal castes) dice Sree tits AT Teddetea est senile ie ) ogee inet ge Tete, Sih RIC eer Kp awiielod otto det ahi std Ro capes Dae. oe pe ie aliniaes nto: ‘ ligt haciorshabo) PALO Vet ee he A) apenas) PRES OMe A erat. pi). aalionie 4) LGh aside,’ doehie Janes eatery . Pea RE: GaNbS HG MAT accion Mt ah pail ey ois: tyl “TWO ad gah i if Megaqat, eabuis aN wwe, 8, Au eb Nannies iF a uN oC. at Wi Neca t 6 TABLE OF CONTENTS AupricH, J. M. New genera and species of muscoid flies. No. 2812, pp. 1-18. November 16, 1929+ New genera: Gluioxys, Callotroxis, Cartocometes, Trophomyia. New species: Johnsonia frontalis, Glutoxys elegans, Phorocera rusti, Gaediopsis rufescens, Huantha flava, Callotroxis edwardsi, Cartocomeies io, Trophomyia pictipennis. Revision of the two-winged flies of the genus Coelopa Meigen in North America. No. 2808, pp. 1-6. November 16, 1929? New species: Coelopa nebularum, C. stejnegeri. . A-revision of the two-winged flies of the genus Proce- cidochares in North America with an allied new genus. No. foes. JUNG (sl ORO 8 2 ee Ne New genus: Callachna. New species: Procecidochares flavipes, P. grindeliae, P. pleu- ralis, New variety: Procecidochares atra, var. australis. Auten, H. W., and H. A. Jaynes. Contribution to the tax- onomy of Asiatic wasps of the genus Tiphia (Scoliidae). Nos 2844.) pe./1—105.\ March? 5, LOS0 7228 oe ee on New species: Tiphia ovidorsalis, T. antigenata, T. assamensis, T. tegitiplaga, T. fossata, T. communis, T. totopunctata, T. sternodentata, T. singularis, T. notopolita, T. sternocarinata, T. brevicarinata, T. capillata, T. levipunctata, T. phyllophagae, T. ovinigris, T. inconspicua, T. nervidirecta, T. brevistigma, T. brevilineata, T. cilicincta, T. fukiensis, T. asericae, T. ma- tura, T. pullivora, T. biseculata, T. pigmentata, T. clauseni, T. longitegulata, T. latistriata, T. minutopunctata, T. nana. New variety: Tiphia notopolita, var. intermedia. assirn, Ray S))(see'Canu, Ferdinand) {i222 202-22 LoL Berry, Wixiarp, and Louis Kreriny. The Foraminifera of the Ripley formation on Coon Creek, Tennessee. No. 2816, peel oO eeecember LO M129 ae hy a BO Pere eae ee New species: Reophagx coonensis, Textularia ripleyensis, Oris- tellaria wadei, Vaginulina wadei, Discorbis ripleyensis, Trun- catulina coonensis, T. ripleyensis, T. wadei, Anomalina ten- nesseensis, A. nelsoni, A. coonensis, A. wadei, Quinqueloculina wadei, Q. coonensis. Article 15 it 17 18 19 1Date of publication. VI ; TABLE OF CONTENTS New varieties: Reophax cylindricus, var. ripleyensis, Textularia sagittula, var. coonensis, Lagena sulcata, var. semiinterupta, Cristellaria orbicularis, var. minuta, Rotalia beccarii, var. ripleyensis. Boscuma, H. Briarosaccus callosus, a new genus and new species of a Rhizocephalan parasite of Lithodes agassizii Smith. No. 2804, pp. i-8. Mareh 13, 1930 tee ee New genus: Briarosaccus. New species: Briaroseccus callosus. Bucuanan, L. L. North American species of the weevils of the Otiorhynchid genus Mesagroicus. No. 2801, pp. 1-14. HIVE OV eas AMMEN 215 OOO AU RM LO New species: Mesagroicus minor, M. oblongus, M. plumosus, M. elongatus, M. hispidus, M. strigisquamosus, M. ocularis. New varieties: Mesagroicus eiongatus, var. nevadianus, M. e., var. incertius. Canu, Frerpinanp, and Ray S. Basster. The bryozoan fauna of the Galapagos Islands. No. 2810, pp. 1-78. January BO) POSO4 2 no tele ee i New genera: Hnantiosula, Pachycleithonia, Uodonella, Diplo- notos. New species: Membrendoecium claustracrassum, Callipora ver- rucosa, Caulorampkus brunea, Semihaswellia sulcosa, Dakaria sertata, Hippomenella parvicapitata, Microporelia gibbosula, M. tractabilis, Enantiosula manica, Pachycleithonia nigra, Codonelia granulata, Dipionotos cosiulatum, D. striatum, Adeona tubulifera, Lagenipora verrucosa, L. marginata, Holo- poreila quadrispinosa, H. hexagonalis, H. porosa, Osthimosia anatina, Hippoporidra granulosa, Hippotrema (?) spiculifera, Chaperia condylata, Proboscina lamellifera, Microecia twbia- bortiva, Diapercecia striatula, D. subpapyracea, D. meandrina, Cavaria praesens. . CusumMan, R. A. New species of Ichneumon-flies and taxo- nomic notes. No. 2822, pp. 1-18. January 6, 1930 ?________ New genus: Pycnaulacus. New species: Chremocryptus mesorufus, Trichocrypius ailanticus, emiteles hungerfordi, Mefacoclus cavicola, Paniscus platypes, Sesioplexr canadensis, Pristomerus bawmhoferi, Cremastus car- pocapsae, C. rhyacionice, C. pterophori, Brachistes strigitergum, Microbracon tendicivorus, M. wichancoi, Pyenaulacus brevi- caudus. New combinations: Anisobas texensis, Amblytecies velox, Crypius paiiensis, Rhembobius abdominalis, Cremastus (Zaleptopygus) hartii, Cremastidea Cremastus chinensis, Allophrys oculatus. New names: Hemiteles gyrinophagus, Hymenderleimia. Article 18 25 1Date of publication. TABLE OF CONTENTS Hisurr, W. S. New species of Buprestid beetles from Costa Rica: pe. 2803, pp. t1—20.,,. October, 22,1929 2. ae New species: Agrilus trypantiformis, A. rdventazonus, A. ochra- ceomaculatus, A. sesostris, A. nevermanni, A. obsoleiovitiatus, A. viridicephatus, A. coeruleonigra, A. turrialbensis, Taphre cerus brevicarinatus, Brachys nevermanni. Hess, Franx L. Oélites or cave pearls in the Carlsbad Cav- era, No. 261s, pp. san October 28, 1029 tue Nan yo Horrnmetster, J. Epwarp. A new fossil coral from the Cretace- ous of Texas. No. 2820, pp. 1-3. December 31, 19297____ New species: Hindeastraee collinensis. fieyNEs iat. A. (mee Allen, H.W.) 2-2-2222 ee Kaurninys bowrer(seeBerry..W ilard)) essence oe eos ere ts 3 y Kirk, Enwin. Mitrospira, a new Ordovician gasteroped genus. Nor Joro7 Op lo. saniary otgoO 2. Ne eS New genus: Mitrespire. New spec’es: Mitrospirae longwelii. Lynn, W. Garpner. A nearly complete carapace of a fossil turtie, Amyda virginiana (Clark). No. 2825, pp. i-4. De- LE 51a) EG LIS 4 Lo so | ch Nn ae Dr Ey PS Marsuat, Wiuaram B. New fossil land ae fresh-water mol- lusks from the Reynosa formation of Texas. No. 2798, pp. P—Ggen une MA G2O fis i ue Maas asta oie te Nell Mery Vy New genera: Plicondvias, Honaias, Aniedipiodcn New species: Pliconaias popenoci, Honaias reynosenica, Aniedi- piodon dewittensis, Polygyra myersi. . Three new land shells of the genus Orechelix from Arizona. No. 2802, pp. 1-3. October 10, 1929*_.--____--- New species: Gresielia houghi. New subspecies: Oreohelix yavapai vausce, O. héughi win- Sslowwensis. Parr, Arperr Eye. Notes on the Myctophine fishes repre- sented by type specimens in the United States Nat ional Museum. No. 2807, pp. 147. December 27, 1929 *_______- New species: Lampanyctus taaningi. New subspecies: Myciophum fibulaiwn proxvimum. Peeinuerysy eras (see UV: Wilson) 20 eee be ae Ponzi, Erwin R. The Middle Devonian Traverse group of 9 © r rocks in Michigan. A summary of existing knowledge. Not 281i pp. 1-34... January kO,19804ee oe i Vil Article 6 ho 10 1 Date of publication. Vill TABLE OF CONTENTS Article Price, Exmrerr W. ‘Two new species of trematodes of the genus Parametorchis from fur-bearing animals. No. 2809, pp: 1d) iNovemberrl9s 19207 semana aan ieneey ead 12 New species: Parametorchis intermedius, P. canadensis. Rernuarp, H. J. Notes on the muscoid flies of the genera Opelousia and Opsodexia, with the description of three new species. No. 2817, pp. 1-9. November 27, 1929+__________ 20 New species: Opelousia fiavescens, Opsodexia abdominalis, O. cruciaia. Resser, Cuartes E. New Lower and Middle Cambrian crustacea. No. 2806, pp. 1-18. December 27, 1929 1______ 9 New genus: Roddyia. New species: J'uzoia burgessensis, T. canadensis, T. polleni, T, nodosa, T. spinosa, T. praemorsa, T. getzi, T. 2? dunbari, Anomatlocaris pennsylwanica, A. cronbrookensis, Protocaris pretiosa, Roddyia typa. SreeHEenson, Liroyp W. Two new mollusks of the genera Ostrea and Exogyra from the Austin chalk, Texas. No. 2815,\pp: 1-6," December 28,1929". SMa ee Aes ee eee 18 New species: Ostrea centerensis, Hxogyra tigrina. Urricu, E.O. Ordovician trilobites of the family Telephidae and concerned stratigraphic correlations. No. 2818, pp. 11017 Mepriamy 14, G80 2. 2. ee 21 New genus: Glaphurina. New species: Telephus jamtlandicus, T. haddingi, T. linnarssoni, T. reedi, T, mysticensis, T. bicornis, T. latus, T. pusiwlatus, T. spiniferus, T. sinuatus, T. bipunctatus, T. impunctatus, T. prattensis, T'. tellicoensis, T. transversus, T. hircinus, T. dilunatus, T. buttsi, Glaphurus latior, Glaphurina lamottensis, G. brevicula, G. faleifera. _ New varieties: Telephus mysticensis, var. simulator, T. spinifer- ous calhounensis. Vaveuan, THomas WayLanp. Descriptions of new species of foraminifera of the genus Discocyclina from the Eocene of Mexico: No: 2800,: pp. 1-18: .:Jume 10,71929 7222. abe 3 New species: Discocyclina weaveri, D. perpusilla, D. cushmani, D. zaragosensis, D. cloptoni, D. stephensoni, D. paienquensis. New variety: Discocyclina weaveri, var. pervipapilata. Wermors, Arexanprr. A systematic classification for the birds of the world. No. 2821, pp. 1-8. January 8, 1930*_- 24 Wison, H. V., and J. T. Penney. A new variety of the hexactinellid sponge, Rhabdocalyptus dawsoni (Lambe) and the species of Rhabdocalyptus. No. 2805, pp. 1-9. Febru- New variety: Rhabdocalyptus dawsoni, var. alascensés. 1 Date of publication. LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS PLATES Facing page NEW FOSSIL LAND AND FBESH-WATER MOLLUSKS FROM THH REYNOSA FORMATION OF TEXAS By William B. Marshall 1. New mollusks from the Reynosa formation of Texas______-_____---__ DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF F'ORAMINIFERA OF THE GENUS DISCOCYCLINA FROM THE HOCENE oF MExIco By Thomas Wayland Vaughan Discocyclina weaveri and D. weaveri var. parvipapillata_________----_- Discocyclina cristensis and D. perpusilla______-_-___-__-_---__-______- MD USCOCYGULILONCUSTETIVG NID Stee ks Bae SE due ebs pela 2 ee Discocyclina zaragosensis and D. palenquensis_____-~_---------------~ VES COCCI CLOT CONG ea ae POR ee DISGOCUCUNG SLEDRENSONts. eee ee ee able te ST Mae ee WASCOCUCHANALD MLN GILENSta ness = SE TUNE oN Us EDs AY TM ea ee PA TAH NortH AMERICAN SPECIES OF THE WEEVILS OF THE OTIORHYNCHID GENUS MESAGROICUS By &. L. Buchanan 1. Mesagroicus herricki (Male). 2. M. elongatus (female) _—__---------- Paris Varlous species Of WMCSOOTOICUS= = eae ae THREE NEW LAND SHELLS OF THH GENUS OREOHELIX FROM ARIZONA By William B. Marshall ie Newland shells'or the senus Oreoneltaua. 22 ES ees eee eee A NEW VARIETY OF THE HEXACTINELLID SPONGE RHABDOCALYPTUS DAWSONI (LAMBE) AND THE SPECIES OF RHABDOCALYPTUS By H. V. Wilson and J. 'T. Penney eA NEW VALICGY (OL SPOTS Cmte eek PIF SPERUI CEE Ms eS ENUN ME ld oe AS New LoOweER AND MIDDLE CAMBRIAN CRUSTACEA By Charles E. Resser eC OUERIZTC LITER LNW Al CO bhai es aes ai Ta i ee Reh rere SRE aeMiddie and lower Cambrian erustaces+—i22242 8) ae 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 14 14 10 18 18 XG ILLUSTRATIONS Facing page 3. Tuzoia from British Columbia and Manchuria____.._________________ 18 4) SBULeZessi SHAS y CRUST CC Se ae B NE Se Babe CA, gE EE CORMAN 27 tO 18 Ep LO WET VTTN OTST ST CLUS CA CED tae ce i ae a EAT a 18 6-7. Lower and Middle Cambrian crustacea_.o_._—=+--.--______ 18 THe BrRYOZOAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS ; By Ferdinand Canu and Ray S. Bassler 1-14 Brvozoa,ot Gala pasos Islands uw we! Se ee eee 62-75 ho oe lee QE THE MippLe DEVONIAN TRAVERSE GROUP OF ROCKS IN MICHIGAN. A SUMMARY OF EXISTING KNOWLEDGE By Erwin R. Poh! . Locations of sections from which the complete sequence of Traverse beds in the Traverse Bay district may be derived________-_-__------ Geclogical section at Bay View railroad station______________------- OGLITES OR CAVE PEARLS IN THE CARLSBAD CAVERNS By Frank L. Hess Cave pearis from Carisbad Caverns, New Mexico__—-____________-____ Sections of spherical cave pearls from Carlsbad Caverns, New Mexico_ Sections of OGdlitic sand from Great Salt Lake, Utah __-__-____________ Phosphate rock from Wyoming showing Odiitic structure_____________ Elongated cave pearl from Carlsbad Caverns, New Mexico, and section of an Odlite of nickel________ Natl USN eA ACES ie A 1 Co Specimensijshowine. (concentric structure) 2202s eee Cave pearls from Carlsbad Caverns, New Mexico____----_-__-_---~- Cave pearls from Carlsbad Caverns, New Mexico__--________-------- CONTRIBUTION TO THE TAXONOMY OF ASIATIC WASPS OF THE GENUS TIPHIA (ScoLmpAgE) By H. W. Allen and H. A. Jaynes 1-4; Waspsof the: genus: \Piphige cen ese Se ee ie 2. 3. TWO NEW MOLLUSKS OF THE GENERA OSTREA AND Hx0OGYRA FROM THE AUSTIN CHALK, TEXAS By Lioyd W. Stephenson A new ‘species of fossiloyster from; Texas. sue eee A new species’ of ‘fossil oyster from Texas. 24. ie eee eee A new species of Hxogyra with color markings preserved_______-----_ Tur FORAMINIFERA OF THE RIPLEY FORMATION ON COON CREEK, TENNESSEE By Willard Berry and Louis Kelley 34 34 oO Oo OD SO & OS Dd 104 for) 1-3. Foraminifera of the Ripley formation .____.--_-----.-_-----___- 18-20 ILLUSTRATIONS ORDOVICIAN TRILOBITES OF THE FAMILY TELEPHIDAH AND CONCERNED STRATIGRAPHIC CORKELATIONS By E. GO. Ulrich Facing page 1-8. Ordovician trilobites of the family Telephidae____________________ MirrospirnA, A NEW ORDOVICIAN GASTEROPOD GENUS ’ By Hdwin Kirk 1-8. Mitrospira, longwelli, a new genus and species_____________________ A NEW FOSSIL CORAL FROM THE CRETACEOUS OF TEXAS By J. Hdward Hoffmeister io @reraceous: corals from Texass = oe a eee A N@HARLY COMPLETH CARAPACE OF A FOSSIL TURTLE, AMYDA VIRGIN- IANA (CLARK) By W. Gardner Lynn 1. Nearly cemplete carapace of Amyda virginiana (Clark) __~__________ 2. Fragments of costal, plate of Amyda virginiana (Clark) ~___________ TEXT FIGURES NortH AMERICAN SPECIES OF THE WEEVILS OF TBE OTIORHYNCHID GENUS M&ESAGROICUS By L. L. Buchanan 1. Distribution of species of Mesagroicus in the United States________ BRIAROSACCUS CALLOSUS, A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF A RHIZOCEPHALAN PARASITE GF LITHODES AGASSIZIL SMITH By H. Boschma HAD TGCGOSACCWS COLLOSUS. Tight subaces Me uw slew WU ee ee ae 2. Briarosaccus callosus, part ot the mantle, with the mantle opening___ 3. Briarosaccus calicsus, the greater part of the mantle, internal surface_ 4. Briarosaccus callosus, visceral mass, right surface___._________-_____- 5. Briarosaccus callosus, part of a transverse section 0 in Figure 4, SHHONVIN ES TNE: SESH EN KI i lew ea ME Ey AE pe PS 6. Briarosaccus callosus, part of a transverse section, @ in Figure 4, show- insconetor the colleteric! Slandss swe eee) eh 7. Briarosaccus caliosus. a, section through the mantle showing the two layers of the external cuticie, the internal cuticle, and the epi- thelium, muscles, and lacunae of the mantle, X18. 0b, excrescences of the external cuticle, seen from above, X660_._________-___-_--___ 8. Briarosaccus callosus, retinacula. a, part of the internal cuticle with retinacula, X45. 6, c, and d, three different retinacula, X3830______ 90-98 Page 3 Hm 09 OO Bb XII ILLUSTRATIONS NOTES ON THE SPECIES OF MYCTOPHINE FISHES REPRESENTED BY TYPE SPECIMENS IN THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MusEUM By Albert Hide Parr Facing page 1. Diagrammatic drawing illustrating the terminology of the luminous organs as applied to Myctophum ecaliformiense. L. Sc.=supracaudal PUNTO US (SCLC Sta ec an IR a 2. Myctophum crenulare Jordanvand @ilbert222- ee eee SW ALYCLOO NUN ANIL ALOT At iss a oe 2 ee eee 4, Myctophum californiense Higenmann and Higenmann______________ 5. Type specimen of Lampanyctus giintheri Goode and Bean. Supra- and Infra-caudalllUMiINOUSISCALES AOS tate ee ee eat ee GS Tampon yerus Menicanius Gilb eiho aes sree ees a ee i LHOIMPANYCOLS MLCroChir Giller tases 22 eee ee ee ee 8. Lampoanyctus nannochim Gilbett.222 Sane ee 9. Lampanyctus macdonaldi Goode and Bean ________--_--§ 0: Lampanyetus punetatissimaus! Gilbert 22 22222 ss 8 eee eee i Lampanyctus reqalis(Gilbertites 2) eat ae eee 2 Lampanyctus alatus, Goode and) Beane oe ee 13. Lampanyctus crocodilus Risso, drawn from the type specimen of L. gemmifer 'Goodevand! Bean. sas 2 eee ees Se Us 14) Diaphus urotampus Gilbert and Cramers.] 22222 ee ee LS DiGpnUs WADDONENStS: Grler ie se ee eee ee ae ee 16. Diaphus rajinesquei Cocco. Represented by the type specimen of D. theta Wigenmann and Higenmann, D. protoculus Gilbert, and DS sn Ges AGO res 2 Uae eas RS SN Cae ee ee 17. Frontal view of the head of Diaphus chrysorhynchus Gilbert and Cramer, showing the antorbital and supraorbital organs__________ 18. Diaphus chrysorhynchus Gilbert and Cramer________________._-_-_-_-_ 19 Diaphuswatase: Jordan and Starkes 2a eens ee 20) Diaphus effulgens Goode and Beans 2205. eee ae ee eae 21 Dips ean We” GIDC GA ca ee eee EG a ee Two NEW SPECIES OF TREMATODES OF THE GENUS PARAMETORCHIS FROM FUR-BEARING ANIMALS By Emmett W. Price 1. Parametorchis intermedius, new species. Ventral view_------------_ 2. Paramentorchis canadensis, new species. Dorsal view-------_-~----- THE BRYOZOAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS By Ferdinand Cann and Ray S. Bassler 1. Schizopodrella (Stephanosella) biaperta Michelin, 1842. Two oper- CUNT A POS a ee Oy bo a baby ae ed atid BEE Lb eae ee 2. Dakaria sertata, new species. Three forms of opercula, X85_-__--__ 3. Hippomenelia parvicapitata, new species. A-—C, different forms of opercula,, X85 2 Na iA evi ea Be eed es ina ap ae ee 4, Opercula of Microporella, X85. A, M. tractabilis, new species. B, M., otbbosula, new Speciessas. s44 0 vo eee abies oe “1 Ol bb 10 15 16 17 19 21 23 24 26 27 30 31 34 16 18 19 20 ILLUSTRATIONS XIII Facing page 5. Hnantiosula manica, new genus and species. A-—C, different forms of opercula, X85. D-—F, mandibles of avicularium, X85____________ 23 6. Pachycleithonia nigra, new genus and species. Sketch of the orifice of a peristome, X85; Gc, oblique condyles; g, cup; m, proximal TTY UE CTO I heed a So eA Ja eT a a ep al oh fy Bi 25 7. Codonella granulata, new genus and species. Three forms of oper- CRT RE SES As Sa TL ee eee es eT NS AOU ie Aa oe 2 ad ls 29 8. Genus Holoporelia Waters, 1909. A, B, opercula, X85 of H. triden- ticulata Busk, 1881, the first with the proximal border and the second bearing traces of the tentacular sheath. C—-E, H. Quadri- spinosa, new species. C, D, two opercula, X85, and H, mandible of an interzooecial avicularium, X85, with thick border and a columnella. The interior decorations mark the limits of the mus- cular fibers. F, G, H. Hexagonalis, new species. Opercula, X85. H-J, H. porosa, new species. Different forms of opercula, X85__ if 9. Osthimosia anatina, new species. A, operculum, X85, with its two small muscular attachments. B-—D, mandibles, X85; B, of a small interzooecial avicularium, C, of an abnormal interzooecial avicula- rium, and D, of an interzcoecial avicularium with duckbill form__ 42 10. Hippotrema and Hippoperidra, Canu and Bassler, 1927. A—C, Hippo- trema spiculifera, new species; A, B, opercula, X85, and C, mandi- ble of an ayicularium, X85. D, operculum, X85 of Hippoporidra GRANAULOSOP EN OW SO CCICG at ae ren tect eed Se Pe ee eR Ete 44 11. Diaperoecia meandrina, new species. A, longitudinal section, X16, through a branch made in the zoarial axis but not parallel to the direction of the tubes. The gemmation has the appearance of triparietal alone. B, longitudinal section, 18, made in the direc- tion of certain tubes where the dorsal gemmation is somewhat apparent. OC, portion of the same section, 55, showing the monili- form structure of the wall. D, transverse section, X16, exhibiting the double median lamella and the two berenicoid lobes growing back to back and becoming free. The tubes are cylindrical and Separatedqby: ay.calcareouswtiSSUe see ee eee 51 12. Tubulipora tubulifera Lamcureux. A, example, X2. B, sketch show- ing selvage. C, specimen with ovicell, X12. D, an _ ovicelled example showing two oecicstomes. Recent, St. Raphael and Naples (atter Waters, 1922) as Jf. senpens2._s-= a eee eee 53 18. Cavaria praesens, new species. A, longitudinal section of a cylindri- eal branch, X16, showing the tubes adjacent to the median lamella. B, transverse section, X16, exhibiting the cylindrical tubes and the median lamella. The gmall pores adjacent to the lamellae are tubes while the minute disseminated pores are mesopores_______-~ 59 CONTRIBUTION TO THE TAXONOMY OF ASIATIC WASPS OF THE GENUS TIPHIA (SCOLIIDAE) By H. W. Allien and H. A. Jaynes i. Outline sketch of a female Tiphia showing dorsal aspect in toto, and lateral aspect of the thoracic region; a, areola; a gr, antero-medical groove of scutum; do pro, dorsal aspect of propodeum; d@ pr, dorsal pronotum; 7, front; J car, lateral carina of areola; 1 pro, lower por- tion of sides of propeodeum; m, mandible; m c p, medial carina of XIV ILLUSTRATIONS Facing page posterior aspect of propodeum; mes, mesepisternum; m cal, major calcarium of the hind tibia; m car, medial carina of the areola; mt, metathorax; m, notauli of scutum; oc, ocelli ; p pro, posterior aspect of propodeum: pre, prepectus; pyg, pygidium; r e, radial cell; sct, scutellum ; s cw c, second cubital cell; s int, second intercubital vein; 8s pr, side of pronotum; t, tegula; w pro, upper portion of the side of the: propodeumss) 0, Vertex se ein ele i ad a 2 3 NEW FOSSIL LAND AND FRESH-WATER MOLLUSKS FROM THE REYNOSA FORMATION OF TEXAS By Witiram B. MarsHaLu Assistant Curator, Division of Mollusks, United States National Museum A lot of fossil mollusks and fossil teeth of mammals submitted for examination by the Roxana Petroleum Corporation of St. Louis, Mo., through John C. Myers of their office at Houston, Tex., was accom- panied by the following data: Surface samples of rock containing fossils located in south central De Witt County, Tex., along the Guadalupe River. These samples are thought to be in place, and occur in what is known as the Reynosa Formation of Tertiary Age. De Witt County is northeast of central Texas. The Guadalupe River crosses it near its middle, and continuing its southeasterly course finally reaches San Antonio Bay on the Gulf coast. ‘In 1890 Penrose described a deposit of limestone containing many peb- bles and cobbles under the name ‘ Reynosa limestone,’ from the town of Reynosa, Tamaulipas, Mexico. This limestone overlies what was then called the Fayette sand at Reynosa, directly across the Rio Grande from Hidalgo, Tex. Penrose found recent shells embedded in the surface exposures of this formation, and thinking it was Recent included it in his ‘ post-Tertiary’ formations.”’ ! The name ‘‘ Uvalde formation” proposed by Dumble in 1891 for another part of the same formation is no longer in use. The fossil teeth included in the sending were submitted to Dr. J. W. Gidley, of the division of vertebrate paleontology of the United States National Museum, who says they belonged to extinct horses and rhinoceri and indicate that the deposit is probably of the Pliocene series. The fact that the mollusks are all extinct helps to confirm the belief that the formation belongs to the Pliocene. The molluscan fossils are in poor condition, but one is sufficiently well preserved to show that it is a land shell, probably of the genus Polygyra. The others are bivalves, most of them internal casts: Some of them retain part of the beak sculpture, the character of which proves beyond doubt that they are pearly fresh-water mussels, 1A.C. Trowbridge: Professional Paper U. S. Geological Survey, No. 131-D, p. 98, 1923. No. 2798. PROCEEDINGS U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 76, ART..1 41198—29 1 2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 Additional proof that they belong in this group of mollusks is found in the general form. Their abundance indicates that the Reynosa formation was of fresh-water origin. The land shell was probably fossilized after being washed into the water, or perhaps it lived on plants on the surface and dropped in and became fossilized. The fossils are composed of chalky calcium carbonate. The matrix is of the same kind of material, somewhat more compact, and in parts composed of calcite in the form of small crystals. A few small pebbles, probably of quartz, are included in the matrix. The literature relating to the Reynosa formation is quite extensive. Two of the most recent papers are: 1923. A. C. TRowsBrivce: A geological reconnaissance in the Gulf Coastal Plain of Texas, near the Rio Grande (U.S. Geological Survey, Professional _ Paper 131—-D, pp. 98-100). Regarding fossils he says (p. 100): ‘‘No fossils have been found in the Reynosa formation except the remains of land snails, crayfish, jack-rabbits, and a few other animals which have become embedded in the surface as the limestone has been dis- solved and redeposited, and except the fossils originally deposited in the formations from which the gravel was derived.”’ 1924. ALEXANDER DerussEeNn: Geology of the Coastal Plain of Texas west of the Brazos River (U. S. Geological Survey, Professional Paper 126, pp. 102-108). He says (p. 103): ‘‘ No fossils have been found in the formation.” Footnotes to these two papers give references to many other papers — relating to the subject. Three of the mussels and the land shell retain enough of their features to warrant the descriptions given below. PLICONAIAS, new genus Shell subquadrate. Beaks with a number of wavy concentric undulations. Posteriorly each undulation is completed by a fine straight threadlike riblet running across the posterior dorsal area toward the beak. Anteriorly the undulations nearly fade out but are indistinctly completed by faint riblets curving toward the beak. Posterior portion of the shell with several rude plications running obliquely across the surface and of the pattern found in the plicate North American naiades such as Amblema costata Rafinesque; Megalonaias gigantea Barnes, Plectomerus trapezoides Lea. Type.—Fliconaias popenoei, new species, described below. Plicate naiades are found in the Upper Cretaceous formation of Wyoming and Utah, but do not beiong to this genus. PLICONAIAS POPENOEI, new species Plate 1, Figures 1, 9 Shell subquadrate (posterior dorsal portion lost but evidently the form of the shell approximated that of Amblema costata Rafinesque). ART. 1 NEW LAND AND FRESH-WATER MOLLUSKS—MARSHALL 3 Anterior margin regularly curved, rounding into the ventral margin, which is slightly curved but subparallel to the dorsal margin. Beak set far forward, about 10 mm. behind the extreme anterior end and 56 mm. in front of the extreme posterior end. A distinct Junule under the beak. Beak ornamented with a number of concentric, waving undulations, the main portion of each subparallel to the dorsal margin and strongest on the posterior ridge. On the pos- terior area a fine, nearly straight, threadlike line runs from each undulation in the direction of the beak. Anteriorly, irregular, nearly obsolete lines curve from the undulations to the beak. Pos- terior ridge high; anterior ridge not differentiated from the general surface of the shell. Concentric sculpture consisting of many deeply impressed lines of growth, with indications of fine concentric striae between them. Posterior half of the shell with several very promi- nent plications, set obliquely across the surface, parallel to the posterior ridge. In front of these are indications of several other plications which have become obsolete or which did not develop. On the posterior area of the young shell are several fine lines running from the ridge to the posterior margin. These may indicate the flutings found on the posterior area of many plicate natades, but which can not be seen in this specimen because part of the later shell is broken away. The type (Cat. No. 370999, U.S.N.M.) measures: Length, 66 mm.; height, 47 mm.; diameter, if both valves were present, would be about 36 mm. As pointed out in the description of the genus Pliconaias, this shell is very closely related to the plicate North American naiades and may be the ancestor of some or all of them. The sculpture of the beak is such that the loss of a few undulations would convert it to the style found in Amblema, while an increase in their number and irregularity might produce the kind found in Megalonaias and Plectomerus. The species is named in honor of Willis P. Popenoe, of the United States Geological Survey. EONAIAS, new genus Fresh-water mussels of the family Unionidae, having the beaks with numerous V-shaped loops, which are nearly regularly spaced, and which “nest” into each other, the V’s pointing toward the ventral margin. Posterior area with fine riblets running from the posterior ridge tothe margin. Type Honaias reynosenica, new species, described below. The nearest relative seems to be Quadrula petrina Gould, a pearly mussel now living in Texan waters, and which has a somewhat similar form and beak sculpture. Honaias shows also some relation to 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 Psoronaias Crosse and Fischer, of which a couple of species are found living in northeastern Mexico, namely, Psoronaias herrerae Marshall and Psoronaias semigranosus von dem Busch, and several other species in Guatemala. In Psoronaias the beak ornamentation is indistinctly of the nested V pattern and the undulations are broken into numerous granules. Both genera have riblets on the posterior area running from the ridge to the margin. The beak ornamentation is related to that of some of the Naiades of the upper Cretaceous formation of Wyoming and Utah. EONAIAS REYNOSENICA, new species Plate 1, Figures 3, 4, 6 Shell nearly quadrate, inflated, somewhat oblique. Dorsal margin arcuate, making nearly a right angle with the posterior margin. Ven- tral margin well rounded, curving abruptly, almost angularly, into the posterior margin, and slopingly rounding into the anterior margin, which is regularly curved and offsets at its upper part to allow for a large lunule under the beak. Beak set well forward, about 10 mm. back of the extreme front end and 32 mm. in front of the extreme rear end. Posterior ridge high, roundly angular. Anterior ridge not so well marked, but the anterior area making a rapid descent from the disk of the shell to the margin. Beak with V-shape undulations, ‘“‘nesting”’ one within another, those distant from the beak tending to break into granules, especially on the anterior area. Posterior area with a number of riblets running from the posterior ridge to the margin. Concentric sculpture strong. Cavity of the shell deep, the anterior adductor scar deeply punched. Pseudocardinal teeth mas- sive, laterals thick and short. The type (Cat. No. 371001, U.S.N.M.) measures: Length, 42 mm.; height, 33 mm.; diameter, if both valves were present, would be about 24 mm. Other specimens (Cat. No. 371002, U.S.N.M.) have about the same proportions as the type. The largest measures: Length, 48 mm.; height, 38 mm.; diameter, if both valves were present, would be about 34 mm. In the type some of the beak characters are almost worn away and indistinct. In some of the paratypes they are very well preserved | ANTEDIPLODON, new genus Characterized by elongate form, abrupt anterior end, and especially by the sculpture of the beak, which consists of several fine, clear-cut, direct, radiating riblets. The type is Unio dumblei Simpson.? (PI. 1, figs. 2, 8.) 2Simpson, Description of four new Triassic Unios from the Staked Plains of Texas. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 18, no. 1072,-1896, p. 383, text fig.3. ART. 1 NEW LAND AND FRESH-WATER MOLLUSKS—MARSHALL 5 It came from “Five miles northeast of Dockum, head of Duck Creek, Dickens County, Tex.” Unio graciliratus Simpson,’ p. 384, text fig. 4, and Unio dockumensis Simpson,’ p. 385, text fig. 5, belong in this new genus. The fourth species described by Simpson, Unio subplanatus Simpson,” p. 383, text figs. Nos. 1 and 2, is a large fresh- water mussel but does not fall into Antediplodon and can hardly be an Elliptio ( Unio). At the time Simpson’s paper was published the old classification of the pearly fresh-water mussels was’still in use, and the importance of beak characters had not yet been fully recognized, hence his use of the generic name Unio for all of them. He points out the resem- blance of the beak sculpture to that of some of the South American naiades. Had the new classification been in use it is probable that Simpson would have done as is being done in this paper; that is, he would have formed a new genus for the three species mentioned above as belonging to Antediplodon. ‘This new genus became neces- sary to receive the species described below. ANTEDIPLODON DEWITTENSIS, new species Plate 1, Figure 7 Shell wedge-shaped, having its greatest diameter near the anterior end; tapering somewhat and having its least diameter at the pos- terior extremity. Beaks set far forward, about 7 mm. behind the extreme front end and about 40 mm. in front of the extreme rear end. Posterior dorsal margin nearly straight; ventral margin slightly curved, apparently joining the posterior margin in a blunt point and sharply rounding into the anterior margin. Posterior ridge lacking; anterior ridge very high, rounded. Anterior area nearly truncate, a rather large lunule near the beaks. The type (Cat. No. 371003, U.S.N.M.) measures: Length, about 47 mm. (estimated, because a portion of the rear end is lacking); height, about 24 mm.; greatest diameter, about 24 mm. This species is well characterized by its donaciform shape. The common east American marine shell Donax fossor Say if greatly en- larged would have about the same form. The species is not closely related to any other known species, recent or fossil. Its nearest rel- ative is Antediplodon dumblei Simpson (Unio dumbler). POLYGYRA MYERSI, new species Plate 1, Figures 5, 10 Shell with spire depressed-conic; base full and rounded; whorls six, flattened, narrow except the last which is moderately broad. Sutures weil marked; periphery somewhat angulate; sculpture of 4 Simpson, Description of four new Triassic Unios from the Staked Plains of Texas. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 18, no. 1072, 1896, p. 383, text fig. 3. 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 numerous, rather coarse riblets of growth. Umbilicus filled but apparently wide and deep. Aperture filled, apparently rounded and extending very little below the base. The type (Cat. No. 371005, U.S.N.M.) measures: Greater dinvaauat 14 mm.; lesser diameter, 12 mm.; altitude, 64% mm. This at THR may be closely al to Polygyra texasiana Maricamae but is larger and the material filling the aperture makes it pene to say whether or not there were teeth. The species is named for John C. Myers, of Houston, Tex., who sent the material on which this paper is based. EXPLANATION OF PLATE Fia. 1. Pliconaias popenoet (beak sculpture), new species. X 2. 2. Antediplodon dumblei Simpson (beak sculpture). X 5. 3. Honaias reynosenica, new species. 4. Eonaias reynosenica (beak sculpture of paratype). X 2. 5. Polygyra myersi (front view), new species. X 2. 6. Eonaias reynosenica, new species. 7. Antediplodon dewittensis, new species. 8. Antediplodon dumblez Simpson. 9. Pliconaias popenoei, new species. 10. Polygyra myersi (top view), new species. X 2. O U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 76, ART. 1 PL. 1 NEw MOLLUSKS FROM THE REYNOSA FORMATION OF TEXAS FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 6 ‘ 7 y a ae aha iz eet 7 aS writ . =i ’ PSEA) ) ee if oe SMUG Aen ee iz Md eile PS oft aries 2D, A REVISION OF THE TWO-WINGED FLIES OF THE GENUS PROCECIDOCHARES IN NORTH AMERICA, WITH AN ALLIED NEW GENUS By J. M. AupricH Associate Curator, Division of Insects, United States National Museum Besides adding three new species and one variety to the genus, the present paper includes several rearing records, some of which have been awaiting publication for more than 40 years. It also corrects an erroneous record which has been a source of confusion for many years. I am under obligation to Prof. H. B. Hungerford, of the University of Kansas, and Prof. R. L. Webster, of Washington State College, for the privilege of examining type material; and to Mr. Nathan Banks, of the Museum of Comparative Zoélogy, Cambridge, Mass., for careful notes on the types in that institution. Prof. A.L.Melander sent me his collection, which contained the only specimen I have seen of Procecidochares penelope. Dr. F. R. Cole sent his material for study, and Mr. E. P. Van Duzee sent that of the California Academy of Sciences. Dr. R. D. Glasgow sent for examination the specimens which Doctor Felt had recorded from Utah. The Vienna Natural History museum also sent for examination its only specimen of Oedaspis multifasciata Loew, for which I am especially indebted to custodian H. Zerny. Prof. Fr. Hendel kindly pointed out to me a series of differences between this species and our American forms. Genus PROCECIDOCHARES Hendel Procecidochares HENDEL, Wien. Ent. Zeitschr., vol. 33, 1914, (April 30), p. 91; Abh. Ber. Kénigl. Zool. Anthr-Ethnog. Mus. Dresden, vol. 14, 1914 (June 15), pp. 41, 42.—Brzz1, Broteria, ser. zool., vol. 18, 1920, p. 7.—Paxiuuies, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., vol. 338, 1923, pp. 122, 136. The type species was designated by Hendel in the first paper above as Trypeta atra Loew, a North American species which has until recent years been referred to Oedaspis, the genotype of which is Trypeta multifasciata Loew, a rare European species. This has the antennae far apart, the front very wide and not narrowed anteriorly, and still other differences from the group herein considered. Cecidochares' is - 1Bezzi, Boll. Lab. Zool. Portici, vol. 5, 1910, p. 20. No. 2799.—PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 76, ART. 2. 40752—29 1 2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 a South American genus nearly related, but having the third vein setulose; its type is rufescens Bezzi. The principal characters of Procecidochares are the following: The postorbital bristles are flattened and pale in color; the front bears only one upper orbital and two or three lower; there is a pair of dorsocentral bristles immediately behind the transverse suture of the thorax; the scutellum is swollen, globose and polished, and bears two pairs of bristles; the tergite preceding the ovipositor in the female is not shorter than the one before it; first vein setulose, third bare; wing with characteristic and quite uniform pattern consisting of a basal spot and three crossbands, of which the first and second are united in front and the third is oblique, close to costa, and does not extend much behind the fourth vein in the tip of the wing. Wings are figured by Loew, Snow, Doane, and Phillips. The common North American genus Rhagoletis has much the same wing pattern, but is easily distinguished by having the postorbital bristles dark and very slender, and the scutellum not swollen. There are so many peculiar characters in Trypeta gibba Loew that I make it the type of a new genus Callachna. KEY TO NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF PROCECIDOCHARES L. begs, wholly yellow. =4 =, o2-b bee ie sine se ee ee eee 2. Legs with, femora, blacks24 = .g__ St 29. ~ <5 one

7-- H ee i] va; / “I H es age iy 5 Bigtier wy 9 SNUu EPENaUu ce 3% : -SN7499U2 aA. Z snbuogo eae ie SO pe 2 a ART. 4 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 In all the species the scales on certain regions of the body are modified by a more or less complete splitting process, resulting in what are here termed plumose scales.2, Roughly speaking, three types, or three stages of development, are illustrated within the genus; first, a weakly plumose type, in which only the margin of the scale is affected, giving it a slightly frayed appearance; second, a form in which the normally rounded scale is split entirely to base into a number of filaments; third, a narrow, elongate type which consists of a central stalk from which rise numerous short branches. The most highly developed types have been found on the abdomen of several western species, while, in the eastern species, feebly plumose scales are present on the head, and front and rear coxae, in addition to a few on third, fourth, and fifth, and along rear margins of first and second abdominal segments. In Mesagroicus, the plumose scales appear in different stages of development on different parts of the body of the same individual; they are always smaller than the entire scales of the same specimen; they are not present on the dorsum of prothorax or elytra; and the deeply split forms occur in connection with two other features, namely, a more pronounced striation of the elytral scales, and a finer, denser abdominal punctation. With the possible exception of Trigonoscuta Motschulsky and Plenaschopsis Blaisdell, none of the many North American Otiorhynchid genera examined for this character possess plumose scales approaching the high development shown in several species of Mesagroicus. What little is known of the biologies indicates that the genus is one of general feeders and that some of the species may occasionally become injurious to cultivated plants. The original set of herricki Pierce was found damaging young cotton plants, while another specimen of the same species was collected on cowpea. Several specimens of minor are labeled as “‘injuring potatoes’’; while hispidus was found “feeding on sugar beet’”’ in California. In the key, minor and oblongus are separated principally by a differ- ence in the length of the scape, measured across eye. The scape, in its position of rest, lies along the lower margin of the eye, and it is neces- sary, therefore, to carefully pull or push it up, by means of a needle, until it bisects the eye, in order to accurately determine the relations of the two. This operation is possible without relaxation of the specimen and with little danger of breakage. It is needless to add that the scape, when in the extended position, can not be rotated back to the head without relaxation. The 10 species and subspecies are divisible into three groups as follows: 2Scales of this or a similar nature, which are present on many weevils, have been variously called feathery, plumose, plumate, split, multifurcate, or shaggy by different writers. ART. 4 NORTH AMERICAN WEEVILS—BUCHANAN 5 1. Basal margin of elytra (the deflexed portion extending downward to the mesonotum) perpendicular, or nearly so, from side to side—about as in Tanymecus confertus. (Fig. 17.) Legs setose and also with a coating of large, rounded, appressed scales. Elytral scales dense and broadly over- PAM at trad sre erecta see lk he ape ee Le ee oe ee ed 2: la. Surface of elytra, in vicinity of scutellum, sloping gently forward and downward to level of mesonotum, the basal margin perpendicular only at the sides, about asin Melamomphus alternatus, etc. (Fig. 18.) Legs with numerous hairs, but without appressed scales, the dense surface punctation plainly visible. Elytral scales rounded, less numerous, and as a rule only narrowly overlapping. Pacific Coast species--------------- Group III. 2. Form rather stout, the elytra slightly inflated behind. Elytral setae truncate at tip, shorter, stouter, in a nearly regular single row along each interval, and, in side view, distinctly curved and inclined. Pronotal tubercles moderately to strongly developed, though sometimes obscured by a surface erushai astern: species 4 OCU ine) yew (ey tee dee i oS Group I. 2a. Form more slender, subparallel. Elytral setae acute at tip (bristlelike), longer, more numerous and less regular, and more nearly erect. Pronotum noe tubperetilate.,: Western speciess. 42-22 2222 3-8 Group II. GROUP I (MESAGROICUS sens. str.) The four species included here are normally some shade of brown in color, with more or less distinct paler markings often showing around upper margin of eyes, sides of prothorax, and on humeri. The elytra are sometimes obscurely and irregularly mottled with darker and lighter blotches. The tarsi and claws are shorter and stouter than in the western species. The plumose scales are few in number and feeble in development (except in plumosus). The mete- pisternal suture is sometimes visible, but frequently is covered by an exudation. The elytral setae may be said to form a single regular row along each interval, although this regularity is only approximate, the setae often becoming slightly uneven or staggered in spots. This tendency toward irregularity is more pronounced in herricki and plumosus than in the first two species. KEY TO GROUP I 1. Scales on first and second abdominal segments large (size of elytral scales) and simple; punctures on these two segments moderate to large in size and well separated (figs. 4 and 5); dorsal setae stouter__-.._-.-------------- 2. la. Abdominal scales minute, plumose; abdominal punctures very small and densely crowded; dorsal setae more slender__._.=-------.---------- 4. 2. Scape, when laid across middle of eye, reaching or slightly passing its hind margin; size smaller, seldom as much as 4 mm.; elytral setae shorter and in a more nearly regular row along each entero minor, new species. 2a. Scape extending %, or slightly more, across eye, but not reaching hind margin: )size.4-Gi mm. ; ‘elyiral setae longens——=— Fa 2 3. 3. Eyes only moderately convex; pronotal tubercles somewhat irregular in size and shape, and often more or less obscured by a crust; abdominal punc- tures smaller; pronotum more transverse (25 to 18 in male; 28 to 20 in female—average of 6 specimens of each sex); Middle Western States. oblongus, new species. 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 3a. Eyes generally very prominent; rostral sculpture coarser and deeper; pronotal tubercles forming about a hemisphere and nearly always sharply isolated; pronotum less transverse (23 to 19 in male; 27 to 21 in female—average of 6 specimens of each sex); South Atlantic region_---- herricki Pierce. 4. Eyes large; prothorax relatively small and with conspicuous tubercles. Texas. plumosus, new species. MESAGROICUS MINOR, new species Kighty-five specimens. Length, 3-4.2 mm. Width, 1.4-2.1 mm. Oblong, scaly covering dense, often also with a thin crust or exuda- tion which more or less obscures the pronotal tubercles and the individual scales of elytra. Scales brown, dorsum of elytra often with some irregular pale and dark blotches, the pale areas rarely extending over most of the upper surface; a band around upper margin of eyes, sides of prothorax, humeral spot, margins of elytra, and undersurface generally paler. Scales on undersurface and on femora with a slight opalescent or coppery luster. Legs and antennae reddish. The pale specimens show dark mottlings on elytra and dark median and sublateral prothoracic stripes. Base of prothorax with a narrow, collarlike constriction extending partly or wholly across dorsum. Rostrum as long as exserted portion of head, quadrangular in cross section, nearly flat to more or less deeply concave from eyes at least as far forward as the antennal insertion, and also with a narrow median groove which may or may not be continued up on to front of head; nasal plate feeble, surface behind it subglabrous and coarsely sculptured. Sculpture of head and beak, with scales removed, dense and more or less strigose; setae more numerous along sides of rostral sulcus and in a patch above eye. Eyes moderately to strongly prominent, subcircular to oval. Scape feebly biarcuate, slender in basal %4, distinctly enlarged apically; first funicular segment stouter, 4 to 4 longer than second, the latter longer than broad, third to seventh moniliform, seventh broader than sixth but, as a rule, not strongly transverse. Sides of prothorax strongly rounded in female, less so in male, fore and hind margins subtruncate, apex feebly constricted or not; pronotal tubercles small, generally obscured by the crust, but with their punctate and setose summits almost always plainly visible. With scales removed, the tubercles are shown to be uneven in size and shape, with a tendency to run together, some of them formed by the coalescence of several very small tubercles. Elytra with base distinctly emarginate, humeri rounded and merging into the slightly arcuate sides; scutellum minute or invisible, sutural interval some- times slightly elevated for a short distance near base; elytra not striate, but with regular rows of large, close-set punctures that are so nearly concealed by the scales and crust that they appear as minute black dots; intervals nearly flat, each with a regular row of short setae that are separated by their own length or more; when ART. 4 NORTH AMERICAN WEEVILS—BUCHANAN 7 denuded, the intervals show a ininute but rough punctulation. Abdominal punctures on 1 and 2 larger in male, the shining intervals punctulate and reticulate. Fifth ventral finely and densely punctate. Femora stout, tibiae rather slender, especially in male, anterior pair nearly straight along exterior edge, distinctly bisinuate on inner. Tarsi stout, claws large, metepisternal suture visible or not. Female with a usually distinct transverse depression on fifth ventral. A few feebly plumose scales are present on undersurface and vertex of head, on collarlike production of mesosternum, on fore and rear coxae, etc. Type.—A male (Cat. No. 41746, U.S.N.M.), 3.6 mm. long, with elongate eyes and distinct rostral sulcus, and 55 paratypes. Type locality —Kansas (injuring potato). Other localities: Kansas (Topeka, Popenoe); Missouri (St. Louis, Soltau), (Kansas City, Soltau), (Cadet, Barlow); lowa (lowa City, Wickham), (Ames, Stoner); Illinois; Michigan; Ohio (Cincinnati, Dury); Kentucky (Louisville, Soltau), (Fulton, G. I. Reeves); Texas (Dallas, C. E. Hood); Colorado (Sedalia, Soltau). Nearly all the external structures of minor are subject to consider- able or even excessive variation, making it difficult to describe the species in any but indefinite language, or to select key characters that are likely to prove invariably trustworthy. The variations, though so extreme, appear to be true individual differences, since they are not correlated with any marked difference in habitat, and are not substantiated by tangible genitalic differences. Two of the more striking variations affect the eye and the rostral sculpture. The outline of the eye varies from a nearly circular to a distinctly elongate- oval form, with all intergradations. Females show a tendency toward the circular, males toward the oval, type; but there is no constancy in this respect, and individuals of either sex can be found with either formofeye. On the average, the male eye is slightly larger, compared to bulk of head, than in female. The upper surface of beak varies from nearly flat with a fine median groove to broadly and deeply concave; the concavity may end abruptly opposite antennal insertion or may extend nearly to apex. The funicular segments also show inconstancy, the second varying from short and heavy to elongate, though it is never as long or as thick as the first; the seventh segment, in a few specimens, is nearly twice as broad as is normal. The impression on fifth ventral of female is typically rather deep, but becomes shallow in some specimens and, moreover, may be faintly indicated in the male. More or less variation has been noted also in the length of the elytral setae, the thickness of the tibiae, the relative dimensions of the prothorax (irrespective of sex) and the development of the pronotal tubercles. In one or two specimens the abdominal punctures are nearly as large as in herricki. 8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 76 The species collected by Dury at Cincinnati, Ohio, and distributed as herricki Pierce, belongs here. The Cincinnati specimens examined are not typical in some respects (the body being stouter, the scape slightly shorter, and the elytral setae longer) and possibly may indi- _ cate a local race. The male genitalia, however, are of the normal minor form. The crust or exudation is more pronounced in minor than in any of the other species. MESAGROICUS OBLONGUS, new species Forty-six specimens. Length, 4-5 mm. Width, 2.01-2.5 mm. Close to minor in structure and appearance, but larger. Brown, pale markings as in minor, and in addition some specimens with feeble vittae on sutural, third and fifth intervals. Legs, antennae, and often tip of beak, reddish. Scales of ventral surface and legs slightly opalescent. Sculpture of head rather fine, subconfluent, finer than in minor; rostrum nearly flat above, with a narrow to coarse median groove which may or may not extend on to head. Rostral sculpture more or less strigose, as in minor. Eyes moderately prominent, oval to subcircular. Prothorax relatively shorter, male and female, than in minor, the pronotal tubercles larger and better defined, and occa- sionally leaving a narrow median line free; base with a narrow collar, about asin minor. Elytra about as in minor, sides straighter, setae slightly longer on the average, the individual scales better defined, due apparently to the absence of a crust. Abdomen about as in minor, the punctures slightly smaller, the impression on fifth ventral of female poorly defined, and this impression feebly indicated in some male specimens also. The seventh funicular segment more transverse, on the average, than in minor. Type.—A male (Cat. No. 41747, U.S.N.M.), 4.1 mm. long with faint elytral vittae, and 20 paratypes. Type locality.—Lincoln, Nebr. (Wickham). Other localities: Nebraska (Lincoln, Shimek, Soltau, and Hubbard and Schwarz); Wyoming (Cheyenne, Soltau); Kansas (Fort Scott, Soltau), (Onaga, Wickham), (Onaga, Biological Survey, from stomach of meadow lark, Sturnella magna); Iowa (Sibley, Stoner), (Lake Okoboji, Buchanan), (Palo Alto County, Biological Survey, from stomach of toad, Bufo americanus). As in neinor, the proportions of the prothorax vary greatly, irre- spective of sex, but in oblongus this part is almost always visibly shorter, especially in females. The eyes vary considerably in shape, but on the whole run more to the oval outline than in minor. Variations in the funicular segments are about as in that species. The pronotal tubercles often show two or three small punctures in addition to the large, seta-bearing puncture at summit, indicating ART. 4 NORTH AMERICAN WEEVILS—BUCHANAN 9 that they are made up of the coalescence of several smaller tubercles. Each main tubercle is covered by from four to six scales. In this, and the next species, the predominant type of scale on abdomen is simple, but in most specimens a few plumose scales can be detected on third, fourth, or fifth segments. In minor the per- centage of simple scales is much higher—at least I have seen no specimen of that species with as many plumose scales on abdomen as are often present on the other two. MESAGROICUS HERRICKI Pierce Lepidocricus herricki Pierce, Journ. Econ. Ent., vol. 3, 1910, p. 362; Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 45, No. 1988, 1918, p. 420.—Buatcuuey and LENe, Rhyn. of N. E. Amer., 1916, p. 126 (a composite reference, including data for two more species).—Dury, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., vol. 18, 1923, p. 27 (probably refers to the species described in this paper as minor). Twenty-two specimens (including three from the original type series). Length, 4-6 mm.; width, 2-2.7 mm. Brown, the pale markings, when present, as in the two preceding except that the dorsum of elytra appears to be normally of a much darker and unmottled brown. About half the specimens with a large pale spot on third interval halfway down the declivity. Rostrum with a broad and deep median sulcus. The prothorax is narrower, compared to elytral width, than in oblongus. Measurements of these parts give the following average figures for six males and six females of each species: Width of prothorax is to width of elytra as 22.5 is to 36 (male herricki); as 27 is to 46 (female herricki); as 24 is to 36 (male oblongus); as 27 is to 41 (female oblongus). Abdomen coarsely punc- tate. Compared to oblongus and minor, herricki shows the following differences: Rostrum more deeply sulcate; eyes more prominent (more prominent in male); antennae stouter, the second funicular segment somewhat longer and in a few cases very nearly as long as first; pronotal tubercles much more prominent and more sharply defined; elytral setae longer; abdominal punctures larger; legs heavier, the tibial denticulations coarser. The deep rostral sulcus, the prominent eyes and pronotal tubercles, and the coarse abdominal punctation are the distinctive characters of this species. Localities.—Mississippi (Easter, the type locality), (Waveland, Soltau), (Picayune, W. M. Mingee); Alabama (Wadley, H. H. Smith) (Bay Minette, Biological Survey, from stomach of meadow lark). MESAGROICUS PLUMOSUS, new species One specimen. Length, 5.2mm. Width, 2.6mm. Brown, with pale vittae along sides of prothorax and on humeri. Rostrum as long as head, flat above, median groove narrow, surface either side 10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 strigosely sculptured. Head confluently punctate, eyes large, rather prominent, scape extending 34 way across middle; seventh funicular segment very strongly transverse. Prothorax unusually short com- pared to elytra (20 to 67), pronotal tubercles strongly developed, nearly as sharply isolated individually asin herricki. Elytra with base deeply emarginate, somewhat depressed in region of scutellum, intervals broad and flat, setae as long as those in herricki, but thinner; abdomi- nal scales very small, rounded, feebly to strongly plumose. Fifth ventral (female) with a distinct trasverse impression. Tibiae more dilated apically than in the three preceding species, the denticula- tions along inner edge feeble. Metepisternal suture fine. Type.—A female (Cat. No. 41748, U.S.N.M.), labeled ‘‘ Dept. Ent. Pexs Aug Me @.; AoC. Avie? Type locality.— Texas (probably Mabank). The plumose scales and fine, dense punctation of abdomen are the distinguishing marks of this species. The elytral setae are slender and some of them, at first sight, appear to be bristlelike, but closer inspection shows that the tip of each is narrowly truncate. GROUP II Three species or subspecies comprise this group. The eyes are less convex than in either Group I or III. The scape reaches about 34 the way across eye. The predominant body scales are simple, although well-developed plumose scales are present on certain areas of the abdomen. The pronotal sculpture is fundamentally of a tuberculate nature, though the tubercles are either so minute as to be properly called granules or so flattened that the resemblance to tubercles is lost. KEY TO GROUP II 1. Pronotal sculpture consisting of irregular, flat-topped areas (evidently greatly flattened tubercles); prothorax rather narrow (averages 24 broad to 20.5 LON ms. os fs eae rd Laine. eat ie One. bial an elongatus, new species. la. Pronotum with shining, punctate granules_._.......-----4----4--4---¢ 2. 2. Dimensions of prothorax as in elongatus_-__- var. nevadianus, new variety. 2a. Prothorax broader (22.5 broad to 18 long)-__-__ var. incertus, new variety. MESAGROICUS ELONGATUS, new species Eight specimens. Length, 4.9-5.5 mm.; width, 2.01-2.3mm. Elon- gate, slightly broader behind. Color above either uniform cinereous or cinereous and brown, the darker specimens with pale marks along sides of prothorax and on humeri. Antennae and legs reddish. Ros- tral groove broad and deep, usually extended back on to head, where it is fine. Eyes feebly to moderately convex. First funicular seg- ment distinctly (may be nearly twice) longer than second, third to 4H. J. Reinhard, entomologist of the Agricultural and Mechanical College of Texas, has kindly sent the following information regarding accession No. 171: ‘‘ . . . the specimen (bearing this label) . . - was received from Mr. R. H. Small, Mabank, Tex., on May 5, 1903. No other notes are available, but it appears fairly certain that the specimen was collected in that locality.’ ART. 4 NORTH AMERICAN WEEVILS—BUCHANAN 11 sixth moniliform, seventh transverse. Prothorax with sides feebly rounded, widest at or before middle, pronotal tubercles reduced to broad, irregular-shaped, flat-topped, barely elevated areas, each with a seta-bearing puncture, the entire surface normally covered with scales. Elytra with humeri evenly rounded, sides subparallel, sutural inter- vals, and in one specimen the third and fifth also, slightly prominent from base to middle; intervals broad, nearly flat and each with a row, regular or somewhat confused, of nearly straight, suberect, pale and brown setae; serial punctures small and rather close. Metepis- ternal suture visible. Abdominal punctures a little smaller than in oblongus and well separated. A few plumose scales can be detected here and there over most of the undersurface, but are not conspicu- ous except on fifth ventral, where they are numerous and deeply split. Type.—A female (Cat. No. 41749, U.S.N.M.), 5.4 mm. long, and 7 paratypes. Type locality.—The Dalles, Oreg. (Hubbard and Schwarz). This species looks considerably like a Sitona, due to the elongate, subparallel body and the bristling elytral setae. MESAGROICUS ELONGATUS var. NEVADIANUS, new variety One male (Casey collection). Length, 5 mm.; width, 1.9 mm. Shape of elongatus, though slightly narrower, scales cinereous, setae pale brown and white. Antennae, eyes, and rostral groove about as in elongatus. Pronotal granules not prominent, each with a rela- tively large puncture occupying nearly the entire summit. Elytral intervals broad, none of them more prominent toward base. Humeri distinctly less prominent than in elongatus. First and second abdom- inal segments broadly concave in male, the concavity with the punctures denser, and the scales more abundantly plumose than in the corresponding area in male elongatus. Median lobe of male geni- talia as in elongatus. Metepisternal suture obscured by scales. Type locality — Nevada. Type.—Cat. No. 41750, U.S.N.M. MESAGROICUS ELONGATUS var. INCERTUS, new variety Two specimens (male and female). Length, 4.25-5 mm.; width, 1.7-2.1 mm. Scales brown, elytra with a few, vague, pale mottlings, the usual lateral prothoracic line, upper eye border, and humeral spot pale. Kyes moderately prominent (male) or feebly so (female). First funicular segment fully twice (male) or less than twice (female) length of second; outer segments a little heavier than in elongatus. Pronotal granules about as in nevadianus. Metepisternal suture well defined. Plumose scales are numerous and highly developed on the abdomen of male but sparse and feebly plumose in female. Type.—A female (Cat. No. 41751, U.S.N.M.), 414 mm. long, and 1 paratype. Type locality — Pullman, Wash. (J. W. Hungate, collector.) 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 GROUP III Of this group, only four specimens, apparently representing three species, have been seen. The scape extends % way across eye, the latter moderately to strongly prominent. LElytral setae long, fine, acute at tip. Dorsal scales distinctly striate. The scales of under surface are all more or less plumose, those on abdomen being strongly so. Plumose scales are present also on the elytral flanks, a condition not found in either of the preceding groups. The punctures of the entire abdominal surface are small and dense, the species differing in this respect from all the others, except plumosus. The tibiae are obsoletely denticulate. KEY TO GROUP Il 1. Elytral scales contiguous to overlapping half their length; form narrow, sub- cylindrical (prothoracic to elytral width, 24 to 34); elytral setae rather LON VANCE COMS DICT OUS Soest ee ee ee hispidus, new species. la. Elytral scales, at most, only narrowly overlapping; form stouter___--~-_-- 2. 2. Eyes moderately prominent; pronotum with fine, dense, subrugose puncta- tion; elytral setae shorter (prothoracic to elytral width, 26 to 40). strigisquamosus, new species. 2a. Eyes very prominent, forming a hemisphere; pronotum with punctate gran- ules; elytral. setae longer (prothoracie to elytral width, 20.5-34). ocularis, new species. MESAGROICUS HISPIDUS, new species Two females. Length, 4.9-5.1mm.; width, 1.8-2mm. Length to width of pronotum, 3 to 4. Body subcylindrical, a little narrower behind; color pale brown, irregularly mottled with white on elytra. Rostrum with a distinct sulcus from between eyes to antennal inser- tion, surface either side finely, densely, subconfluently punctured; punctures on head still finer and denser. Eyes moderately prominent. Scape rather thick, distinctly biarcuate, the swollen apical portion setose but not squamose; first funicular segment thicker and longer than second (the two more nearly equal than in next two species), seventh distinctly transverse. Prothorax with sides rather strongly rounded, not constricted apically; pronotum with fine, dense and somewhat irregular punctation. Elytral scales contiguous to over- lapping half their length, conspicuously striate, nearly concealing the rows of punctures; each interval with an irregular row of long brown and white setae. Impression on fifth ventral shallow. Plumose scales not so deeply split as in the next two species. Type.—A female (Cat. No. 41752, U.S.N.M.), 4.9 mm. long, and 1 paratype. Type locality—Oxnard, Calif. (Feeding on sugar beet. G. E. Bensel, collector.) ART. 4 NORTH AMERICAN WEEVILS—BUCHANAN 13 MESAGROICUS STRIGISQUAMOSUS, new species One female specimen. Length, 5.4mm.; width, 2.3mm. Moder- ately robust, scales coppery, paler as usual along sides of pronotum, upper margin of eyes, and on undersurface. Setae white. Rostral groove shallow basally, deeper in apical half, surface each side densely and roughly punctured; head densely punctured; eyes subcircular, rather prominent. Scape about as in hispidus; first funicular segment much stouter than second, and nearly twice as long, seventh more than twice as broad as long. Prothoracic proportions as in hispidus; pronotal sculpture consisting of punctate and very feebly elevated remnants of granules which coalesce in places, giving the surface a subrugose and irregular, roughly punctate appearance. Normally, this sculpture would be obscured by the coating of large, rounded, distinctly striate scales. Elytral setae in an irregular single row along each interval, those on fifth interval considerably confused; serial punctures small, largely concealed by the scales. Fifth ventral of female with a well-defined impression. Type locality — Altamont, Calif. (C. M. Packard, collector.) Type.—Cat. No. 41753, U.'S.N.M. MESAGROICUS OCULARIS, new species One female specimen. Length, 3.9 mm.; width, 1.8 mm. Body robust, less convex than usual, scales brownish coppery, paler around eyes and on undersurface. Head and rostrum, except apical \, densely, subconfluently punctate, the latter area with small, unevenly spaced punctures; rostrum lightly concave and with a fine median sulcus. Eyes subcircular. Scape setose, not squamose, in apical half; first funicular segment much stouter and twice as long as second, seventh strongly transverse. Prothorax transverse (5 to 4) sides feebly rounded in basal %, more strongly so toward apex, which is distinctly narrower than base; dorsum flattened for a short distance behind apical margin, pronotum with punctate and setigerous gran- ules, and normally with a coating of rounded, contiguous, striate scales. Elytra deeply emarginate at base, intervals broad and flat; scales large, 3 or 4 together bridging an interval, closely appressed, varying from slightly separated to slightly overlapping, nearly obliterating in places the rows of rather small punctures; setae long, finer and more numerous than usual, in a confused row along each interval. Apical half of last ventral segment with a broad, transverse impression; first and second segments broadly and feebly concave. Undersurface densely and finely punctate. Type locality —‘‘ Cal.’?’ Horn Coll. H. 8308. Type.—Deposited in Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 The aspect of this species is one of broadness and flatness. The contiguous or narrowly overlapping elytral scales fail to entirely con- ceal the surface chitin, which is visible between the scales as numerous, minute, shiny-black points. Jodie ile 19-22. EXPLANATION OF PLATES PLATE 1 Mesagroicus herricki, male. . Mesagroicus elongatus, female. PLATE 2 Mesagroicus elongatus, female; la, fore tarsus; 1b, section of an elytral interval, showing scale arrangement. . Mesagroicus minor, female; 2a, fore tarsus. . Mesagroicus his pidus, female. . Mesagroicus oblongus; A, mandibular scar. Mesagroicus herricki, male abdomen. . Mesagroicus strigisquamosus, female abdomen. . Mesagroicus minor, female, with deciduous mandibular piece in place. . Mesagroicus ocularis; 8a, section of an elytral interval, showing scale arrangement. . Antennae, female, of minor, 9; oblongus, 10; herricki, 11; plumosus, 12; elongatus, 13; hispidus, 14; strigisquamosus, 15; and ocularis, 16. . Diagrammatic sketch to illustrate elytra with a perpendicular basal margin. . Same, to show basal margin perpendicular at sides only. Median lobe, side view, of male genitalia of minor, 19; oblongus, 20; herrickt, 21; and elongatus, 22; a, dorsal view; b, view of apical % of lobe, from a point directly above this portion. . Fore tibia of plumosus. . Hind tibia of same. . Fore tibia of strigisquamosus. . Hind tibia of same. U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 76, ART. 4 PL. 1 . ELONGATUS (FEMALE) 1. MESAGROICUS HERRICK! (MALE). 2. 14, FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE U.S, NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 76, ART. 4 RIES D4 PARTS OF VARIOUS SPECIES OF MESAGROICUS FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 14, THREE NEW LAND SHELLS OF THE GENUS OREOHELIX FROM ARIZONA By Wiiiiam B. MarsHaui Assistant Curator, Division of Mollusks, United States National Museum The study of a collection of Oreohelix made by Mrs. Mary Vaux Walcott in the canyon at Supai, Coconino County, Ariz., in 1928, and presented by her to the United States National Museum, not only proved that they belonged to a new subspecies, but their exam- ination entailed a close scrutiny of forms long since contained in our collection but not previously adequately studied. Among these is a new species collected by Dr. Walter Hough in Navajo County, Ariz., and a subspecies of this collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns on Clear Creek,near Wins!ow, Navajo County, Ariz. All of these are described below. OREGHELIX YAVAPAI VAUXAE, new subssecies Plate 1, Figures 1, 2,3, 11 Shell with spire depressed, flatly conic, height of spire and depth of base about equal. Whorls sharply angulate and bearing on the periphery a prominent white carina which resembles a cord of twisted fibers because of the growth lines crossing it obliquely. This carina begins when the shell has about two whoris. The upper part of the later whorls is attached to the under side of the carina, which there- fore fills the suture. It continues on the periphery of the body whorl, but is less marked behind the aperture. Early shell brownish with a few transverse growth lines and a little later with obscure elevated striae, which are obscurely granular and become stronger until about 214 whorls are completed. At that point the brownish color ceases and is followed by the pale flesh color of the adult shell, and there are several rows of granules spirally arranged, and the whole surface covered with very fine spiral striae, which are most prominent just above the carina. Transverse sculpture of rather strong, retractive erowth lines. Umbilicus very wide, showing all the whorls. Base rounded, smoother than the spire, with several spiral rows of minute granules. Aperture continuous, nearly round, lip simple, oblique, very slightly angulated by the periphery, a thick callus across the body whorl. Upper edge of body whorl slightly descending from the No. 2802.—PROCEEDINGS U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 76, ART. 5 58643—29 1 a PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 76 carina at the aperture. Shell flesh color, nearly white, a brown spiral band just above the carina and one below it. The type and 14 paratypes come from the Canyon at Supai, Coco- nino County, Ariz., and were collected and presented by Mrs. Charles D. Walcott, whose maiden name has been bestowed upon it. The dimensions of the type and of those of the paratypes which are adult are as follows, in millimeters: Maximum | Minimum ae is Cat. No eiacnorarnll| diameter Height Remarks 380687 23. 00 19. 75 10. 50 Type. 380688 23. 25 19. 00 10. 50 Paratype. 380688 23. 00 19. 50 10. 00 Do. 380688 22. 50 18. 75 10. 25 Do 380688 21.75 18. 00 9. 75 Do 380688 21. 50 18.75 9. 50 Do 380688 20. 50 18. 50 9.75 Do 380688 21. 25 17. 50 9. 50 Do 380688 20. 00 17. 25 8. 75 Do The prominent characteristics of this shell are the depressed conic spire, the plump round base, the cordlike white carina, the granulated striae, the wide umbilicus, and the two brown bands which show clearly on the general flesh tint of the shell. The specimens appear to be fossil or subfossil, because of the reddish mineral matter coat- ing them in spots. This shell is evidently a subspecies of Oreohelix yavapar Pilsbry, the type of which comes from Yavapai County, which adjoins Oconino County. It is much larger than Oreohelizx yavapar but has essentially the same sculpture. In dimensions it approaches but is slightly larger than Oreohelix yavapar mariae Bartsch, the type locality of which is near the mouth of Gallatin Canyon, Mont. Its sculpture is much more pronounced than that of Oreohelix yavapai mariae, in which the sculpture usual to the group is not clearly defined. OREOHELIX HOUGHI, rew species Plate 1, Figures 7, 8, 9, 10 Shell depressed, low conic, upper surface of whorls shghtly rounded. Early whorls (as shown by young shells) sharply angled, and with a white cordlike keel which fills all the sutures to the aperture, in front of which the keel disappears but the periphery for a short distance remains angular. On the back of the body whorl the angle fades out and just behind the aperture the whorl is well rounded. Upper part of each whorl attached to under side of the carina. Earliest whorls brownish, with a number of transverse riblets. Later growth pallid, with periodic transverse stripes which continue across the base to the umbilicus. Base nearly white. A faint narrow brown band just below and one just above the periphery. Spiral sculpture lacking. Transverse sculpture of numerous fine retractive growth riblets. ART. 9 NEW LAND SHELLS FROM ARIZONA—MARSHALL 3 Base rounded, nearly smooth, polished. Aperture oblique, nearly round, a moderate callus across the body whorl. Umbilicus wide, showing all the whorls. The type (Cat. No. 380689, U.S.N.M.) measures: Maximum diam- eter, 17.5 mm.; minimum diameter, 15 mm.; height, 9.5 mm., and comes from Heber, Navajo County, Ariz. It and numerous paratypes (Cat. No. 334603, U.S.N.M.) were collected and presented by Dr. Walter Hough of the National Museum, for whom the species is named. The largest of the paratypes measures: Maximum diameter, 21.75 mm.; minimum diameter, 19 mm.; height, 12 mm. In depressed form and cordlike carina, this species resembles Oreohelix yavapai Pilsbry but lacks spiral sculpture and granules. Nearly all the paratypes are bleached and have lost the brown spiral band above and below the periphery. OREOHELIX HOUGH! WINSLOWENSIS, new subspecies Plate 1, Figures 4, 5, 6, 12 Similar to Oreohelix houghi, but averaging smaller and slightly more elevated. The corded carina is almost lacking but usually occurs for a short distance in the suture of the third whorl, and the body whorl is rounded. The type (Cat. No. 380690, U.S.N.M.) measures: Maximum diam- eter, 19.5 mm.; minimum diameter, 17.5 mm.; height, 11.75 mm. It and 28 paratypes (Cat. No. 181309, U.S.N.M.) come from Clear Creek, near Winslow, Navajo County, Ariz., and were collected and presented by the late Dr. Edgar A. Mearns. The National Museum collection contains also 22 specimens from 12 miles south of St. Johns, in Apache County (Cat. No. 225973, U.S.N.M.); 2 specimens from Holbrook, Navajo County (Cat. No. 151459, U.S.N.M.); 5 specimens from near Canyon Diablo, Coconino County (Cat. No. 198518, U.S.N.M.); 13 specimens from Hardscrabble Draw, near Zuni Sacred Lake, Apache County (Cat. No. 341772, U.S.N.M.); and 25 specimens from Coon Mountain Crater, near Flagstaff, Coconino County. From this list of localities it will be seen that the species inhabits the valley of the Little Colorado River or its immediate vicinity. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE 1, 2, 3. Oreohelix yavapai vauxae, new subspecies, natural size. 4, 5, 6. Oreohelix houghi winslowensis, new subspecies, natural size. 7, 8, 9. Oreohelix houghi, new species, natural size. 10. Oreohelix houghi, new species, 10 diameters. 11. Oreohelix yavapai vauxae, new subspecies, 10 diameters. 12. Oreohelix houghi winslowensis, new species, 10 diameterr. Figures U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1929 - ws Vo = a . Bed os (AYERS. CU ibs: = %. ag ato uthiie ic 7 ~ herd 8FSq Lf apt at tra ty ria Sih : ein Ai tg ve : ts Wades pas a Ak Livni fiataa! O39 {tf A & psiseqs? sdt ated -AGt mrieul4 ben mate ci Bea oa 7 ; F “ 11a [S totseutetG iiiirmnre fen Y ; eiyecr? of if + ART Sh os : a = =f . 7 e Mipisest esrsce | Oil 3) SPINES DIA sted Git} letigs nwo aft iae Fak t i 4 eefee wen KIS e eS WOR > : J z ? Pi - “aed 235 ‘ : - ~j37 af TE Gt r | rae - J 5 * — Bits 5 it tet i; ? i 44 ez a ‘hic ? q : : iu : { * * ' a — > Py a > 7 * 4 i . + ‘ i ¢ ; : F acay *, + >: ae 45 7 ’ 4 : “ — , 7 & M i * = » > = = s ne AFA é a $ é 7 = 7 : : a aee% Ait Sage Hot Atal CK G 7 { SP entie Us qo ta Oe 2 Pare 4 eriGh nein a Ly > i z die atat Mihail, at < 7 racf 6. 74 sob Luis 1 IPs Avis 4S Aci ise 7 7 ate , rf ae Nigingaih O12 pemoge wom pizire meine Smhasidonts = . Se eas OM SPALSi LEM EAI? 2G, +“ ren ee ; PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 76, ART.5 PL. 1 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM NEW LAND SHELLS OF THE GENUS OREOHELIX FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 3 Nace Leva ite: NEW SPECIES OF BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM COSTA RICA By W. S. FisHer Of the Bureau of Entomology, United States Department of Agriculture In working over a collection of Buprestid beetles collected in the vicinity of San Jose, Costa Rica, by Ferd. Nevermann, a number of apparently undescribed species have been found; these are described in the present paper. Through the kindness of Mr. Nevermann the types of all the new species have been placed in the collection of the United States National Museum. AGRILUS TRYPANTIFORMIS, new species Male.—Elongate, rather broad, shining, and strongly flattened above; head aeneous in front and becoming brownish cupreous on the occiput; pronotum and elytra piceous, with distinct greenish, viola- ceous and cupreous reflections, and the latter ornamented with dis- tinct white pubescent designs; beneath aureo-cupreous, and more shining than above. Head with the front wide, very uneven, about equal in width at top and bottom, the lateral margins parallel, with a narrow trans- verse depression behind the epistoma, the depression deeper at lateral margins, a broad, very deep, somewhat triangular depression on the front extending to the lateral margins, and connected to the trans- verse depression by a broad, deep, longitudinal depression, causing a large, round gibbosity on each side behind the antennal cavities; surface nearly glabrous, obsoletely reticulate, coarsely, irregularly punctate, and some of the punctures confluent; epistoma transverse between the antennae, deeply, broadly depressed, and broadly, arcu- ately emarginate in front; antennae extending to base of pronotum, serrate from the fourth joint, and the outer joints distinctly longer than wide; eyes moderately large, broadly oblong, and equally rounded above and beneath. Pronotum one-half wider than long, about equal in width at apex and base, and widest at basal fourth; sides obliquely expanded from No. 2803.—PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 76, ART. 6 58666—29——1 1 2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 apical angles to basal fourth, where they are broadly rounded, then more strongly obliquely narrowed to the posterior angles, which are obtusely angulated; submarginal carina visible from above anteriorly, and when viewed from the side the marginal carina is strongly sinu- ate, the submarginal carina feebly sinuate, the two carinae widely separated anteriorly, and connected to each other at basal fourth; anterior margin strongly sinuate, with the median lobe strongly, broadly rounded; base feebly, broadly emarginate at middle of each elytron, the median lobe strongly produced, and arcuately emarginate in front of the scutellum; disk uneven, with a large, deep, concave median depression extending from anterior margin to base, the de- pression deeper and broader posteriorly, a deep, narrow depression extending along lateral margins to middle, then irregularly back- ward and terminating in a deep pitlike puncture at basal emargina- tion, and with a large, strongly elevated round swelling in place of the prehumeral carina; surface coarsely, irregularly punctate, the punctures more or less confluent toward the sides and in the depres- sions, somewhat rugose, and without distinct pubescence. Scutellum not transversely carinate, but the surface feebly reticulate. Elytra slightly wider than pronotum at base, and equal in width at base and apical third; sides nearly parallel to apical third (very broadly, vaguely constricted at middle), then obliquely narrowed to the tips, which are separately broadly rounded, and coarsely serru- late; disk strongly, broadly depressed along sutural margins, which are feebly elevated near apex, with broad, deep basal depressions, and each elytron with a vague, broadly obtuse costa extending from humerus to behind middle; surface irregularly, obsoletely punctate, more densely punctured in the pubescent areas, vaguely rugose to- ward the sides, and each elytron ornamented with white pubescent designs as follows: A small, round spot near sutural margin at basal | fourth, a larger spot enclosing a dark area along sutural margin at middle, an irregular spot behind it along the lateral margin, a large | oblong spot enclosing a dark area along sutural margin at apical | fifth and connected to an irregular spot extending to lateral margin, and a small spot at apex. Abdomen beneath finely, sparsely punctate, the punctures more | or less connected transversely on basal segment, sparsely clothed with _ very short white hairs, and the last three segments with a spot of | more densely placed hairs at the sides; sides only feebly exposed above; first segment convex and without longer hairs at middle; last segment broadly rounded at apex; suture between first and second segments not visible; vertical portions of segments slightly more densely pubescent than ventral surface; pygidium without a project- | ART. 6 NEW BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM COSTA RICA——FISHER 3 ing carina at apex. Prosternum finely, rather densely punctate or rugose, and sparsely clothed with long, erect inconspicuous hairs; prosternal lobe rather broad, vaguely declivous, and very broadly, feebly emarginate in front; prosternal process broad, feebly ex- panded behind the coxal cavities, then obliquely narrowed to the apex, which is obtusely rounded. ‘Tibiae slender, nearly straight, and the anterior and middle pairs armed with a short tooth on inner margin at apex. Posterior tarsi distinctly shorter than tibiae, and the first joint as long as the following two joints united. Tarsal claws similar on all feet, cleft near middle, the inner tooth short and broad, and not turned inward. Length, 10.75 mm.; width, 2.75 mm. Female.—Diffters from the male in being broader and more robust, front of head uniformly cupreous, antennae slightly shorter, and the prosternum more coarsely punctured and not clothed with long erect hairs. Length, 12.5 mm.; width, 3.75 mm. Type locality—San Jose, Costa Rica. Type and allotype.—Cat. No. 41604, U.S.N.M. Described from two examples, male and female, collected on Erythrina rubrinervia, at the type locality, July 8, 1923, by Ferd. Nevermann. This species is allied to oculatus Waterhouse described from Mex- ico, but ocudatus differs from it in having the pronotum transversely depressed along the base, with the sides only feebly rounded, the elytra expanded behind the middle, and the surface fuscous, strongly shining, and ornamented with numerous aeneous spots and markings which are finely rugose. The species resembles in form some of the species of the genus 7rypantius. AGRILUS RAVENTAZONUS, new species Female.—Elongate, slender, subopaque, and strongly flattened above; above brown, with a more or less cupreous tinge, the head slightly more reddish cupreous, and the elytra ornamented with white pubescent designs; beneath brown, with distinct aeneous and cupreous reflections, and more shining than above. Head with the front rather wide, slightly convex, vaguely wider at top than bottom, the lateral margins feebly, arcuately expanded at middle, a moderately deep depression extending from occiput to middle of front, the depression deeper and broader on vertex, and with a shallow, elongate, triangular depression behind the epistoma; surface glabrous, more or less longitudinally rugose on occiput and vertex, sparsely, irregularly punctate on lower half, and more densely and finely punctate in the triangular depression; epistoma slightly 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 transverse between the antennae, and the anterior margin semi- circularly emarginate at middle and truncate on each side of the emargination; antennae broken, serrate from the fourth joint, and the outer joints about as wide as long; eyes large, broadly oblong, and about equally rounded above and beneath. Pronotum nearly one-half wider than long, slightly narrower at base than apex, and widest along apical half; sides nearly parallel from. apical angles to middle, then slightly mateo to near the posterior angles, which are rectangular; when viewed from the side the marginal and submarginal carinae are strongly sinuate, widely separated anteriorly, and connected to each other behind the middle, anterior margin slightly sinuate, and the median lobe feebly, broadly rounded; base angularly emarginate at middle of each elytron, the median lobe strongly produced, broadly rounded, and subtruncate in front of scutellum; disk with two large, feeble depressions placed longitudinally at middle, a broad, deep depression on each side along lateral margin, and with rather strongly elevated, arcuate prehumeral carinae extending from posterior angles to marginal carinae at middle; surface densely, coarsely, transversely rugose at middle, the rugae becoming more oblique toward the sides, and sparsely, finely punctate between the rugae. Scutellum strongly, transversely cari- nate, and the surface finely reticulate. Elytra about as wide as pronotum at base, and distinctly wider at base than behind the middle; sides nearly parallel for a short. dis- tance behind base, feebly narrowed to behind middle (vaguely con- stricted in front of middle), then more strongly, obliquely narrowed to near the tips, which are vaguely expanded, broadly subtruncate, and armed with three coarse teeth on each tip, of which the middle tooth is the longest; disk broadly, moderately deeply depressed along sutural margins, causing a more or less distinct longitudinal costa at middle of each elytron, sutural margins slightly elevated toward apex, and with broad, deep basal depressions; surface finely, densely imbricate-punctate, sparsely clothed with short inconspicuous hairs, and each elytron ornamented with white pubescent designs as fol- lows: A small spot in basal depression, an elongate ring in sutural depression in front of middle, a similar ring in same depression behind middle, an elongate spot near apex, and a similar spot along lateral margin behind middle. Abdomen beneath rather densely, finely punctate, the punctures more or less connected transversely by vague sinuate lines, especially on basal segment, very sparsely clothed with short, inconspicuous hairs, and with a spot of more distinct hairs at the sides of the third und fourth segments; sides very broadly and abruptly exposed above; ART. 6 NEW BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM COSTA RICA—-FISHER 5 first segment convex and without long pubescence at middle; last segment rather acutely rounded at apex; suture between first and second segments not visible; vertical portions of the third and fourth segments clothed with a more or less distinct pubescent spot; pygidium rather strongly carinate anteriorly, but the carina not pro- jecting at apex. Prosternum sparsely, coarsely punctate, more finely anteriorly, and sparsely clothed with short, inconspicuous hairs; pros- ternal lobe broad, moderately declivous, and broadly rounded in front; prosternal process broad, expanded behind the coxal cavities, then abruptly narrowed to the apex, which is bent upward and acute. Tibiae slender, the anterior pair slightly arcuate, and armed with a short tooth on inner margin at apex. Posterior tarsi distinctly shorter than tibiae, and the first joint as long as the following three joints united. Tarsal claws cleft near middle, the teeth slender, and the inner ones slightly shorter than outer ones, and turned inward, but their tips distant (claws missing on posterior tarsi). Length, 9.75 mm.; width, 2.5 mm. Type locality—Hamburg farm, which is situated on the Raven- tazon River about midway between Siquires and the coast, in Costa Rica. Type—Cat. No. 41612, U.S.N.M. Described from a single female collected at light at the type local- ity, May 5, 1923, by Ferd. Nevermann. AGRILUS OCHRACEOMACULATUS, new species Female.—Elongate, slender, feebly shining, and slightly flattened above; head green in front, becoming greenish black on the occiput; pronotum and elytra black, with a distinct purplish tinge, and the latter ornamented with distinct orange yellow pubescent designs; beneath aeneous except the prosternum, which is brownish black, and more shining than above. Head with the front rather wide, feebly convex, slightly wider at top than bottom, the lateral margins feebly obliquely expanded from bottom to top, and with a very broad, shallow concave depression extending from occiput to epistoma; surface finely granulose, rather densely, coarsely punctate, somewhat rugose, and with a few white hairs behind the epistoma; epistoma not transverse between the antennae, broadly, arcuately emarginate in front, and the surface coarsely rugose; antennae extending about to middle of pronotum, serrate from the fourth joint, and the outer joints as wide as long; eyes large, broadly oblong, and equally rounded above and beneath. Pronotum slightly wider than long, slightly wider at apex than base, and widest at apical third; sides vaguely arcuately rounded from 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 apical angles to near middle, then more strongly obliquely narrowed to near the posterior angles, which are feebly expanded, and rather acute; when viewed from the side the marginal carina is strongly sinuate, the submarginal carina feebly sinuate, the two carinae widely separated anteriorly, and connected to each other near base; anterior margin feebly sinuate, and the median lobe broadly vaundegs base angularly emarginate at middle of each elytron, the ined lobe feebly produced, and broadly, arcuately emarginate in front of scutellum; disk broadly, transversely, obsoletely depressed near apex and base, a broad, deep depression on each side along lateral margin, and with strongly elevated, sinuate prehumeral carinae, extending from posterior angles to marginal carinae at middle; surface gla- brous, finely but not closely, transversely rugose at middle, becoming more irregularly rugose toward the sides, and finely, sparsely punc- tate between the rugae. Scutellum moderately, transversely carinate, and the surface finely reticulate. Elytra about as wide a pronotum at base, and equal in width at base and behind middle; sides nearly parallel for a short distance behind base, broadly, arcuately constructed in front of middle, broadly, arcuately expanded behind middle, then obliquely narrowed to the tips, which are separately, rather narrowly rounded, and finely serrulate; disk vaguely flattened, without longitudinal costae, su- tural margins moderately elevated posteriorly, and with broad, deep basal depressions; surface coarsely, densely imbricate-punctate, sparsely clothed with short inconspicuous hairs, and each elytron or- namented with orange yellow pubescent designs as follows: A broad vitta extending along sutural margin from basal fourth to middle, and a slightly oblique, elongate spot at apical fourth. Abdomen beneath finely, obsoletely reticulate, finely, sparsely punc- tate, the punctures more or less connected transversely on basal seg- ment, sparsely clothed with short recumbent pubescence, which is denser on each side of middle along anterior margin of basal seg- ment, and with a spot of very dense yellowish pubescence at sides of third segment; sides rather broadly exposed above; first segment convex and without long hairs at middle; last segment broadly rounded at apex; suture between first and second segments not visible; vertical portions of the first segment with a spot of dense orange yellow pubescence; pygidium without a projecting carina at apex. Metasternum and external part of posterior coxae densely clothed with orange yellow pubescence. Prosternum densely granulose, finely but not closely rugose, and sparsely clothed with short, recumbent whitish hairs; prosternal lobe broad, strongly declivous, and broadly subtruncate in front; prosternal process broad, the sides parallel to behind the coxal cavities, then abruptly narrowed to the apex, which is rather acute. ‘'Tibiae slender, the anterior pair slightly arcuate and ART. 6 NEW BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM COSTA RICA——-FISHER 7 armed with a minute tooth on inner margin at apex. Posterior tarsi about one-half as long as the tibiae, and the first joint as long as the following two joints united. Tarsal claws similar on all feet, cleft near middle, the teeth slender, and the inner ones slightly shorter than outer ones, turned inward, and their tips nearly touching. Length, 8.5 mm.; width, 2 mm. Type locality—Hamburg farm, Costa Rica. Type.—Cat. No. 41605, U.S.N.M. Described from a single female collected at light at the type locality, May 20, 1923, by Ferd. Nevermann. AGRILUS SESOSTRIS, new species Female—Elongate, slender, feebly shining, and slightly flattened above; head aeneous; pronotum purplish red; elytra black, with a vague greenish reflection, subopaque, and each elytron ornamented with a longitudinal pubescent vitta; beneath aeneo-cupreous, and strongly shining. * Head with the front rather wide, feebly convex, distinctly nar- rower at top than bottom, the lateral margins feebly arcuately ex- panded at middle and obliquely expanded at bottom, and with a broad, shallow depression on the vertex; surface densely, finely granulose, sparsely punctate, coarsely irregularly rugose, and sparsely clothed with semierect white hairs behind the epistoma; epistoma slightly transverse between the antennae, and broadly, arcuately emarginate in front; antennae extending to middle of pronotum, ser- rate from the fourth joint, and the outer joints as wide as long; eyes moderately large, broadly oblong, and slightly more acutely rounded beneath than above. Pronotum slightly wider than long, about equal in width at apex and base, and widest at apical third; sides feebly arcuately rounded from apical angles to behind middle, then parallel to the posterior angles, which are rectangular; when viewed from the side the mar- ginal and submarginal carinae are feebly sinuate, narrowly sepa- rated anteriorly, and connected to each other behind the middle; anterior margin strongly sinuate, the median lobe strongly produced, and broadly rounded; base broadly, arcuately emarginate at middle of each elytron, the median lobe feebly produced, and subtruncate in front of scutellum; disk with a very shallow, broad, median depression in front of middle, very broadly, obsoletely transversely depressed behind the middle, a broad, deep depression on each side along lateral margin extending from apical angle to base, and with strongly elevated, straight prehumeral carinae extending from pos- terior angles to middle, but not connected to the marginal carinae; surface rather coarsely, closely, irregularly rugose, finely, sparsely punctate between the rugae, and densely clothed with recumbent 8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 golden yellow pubescence in the lateral and anterior median depres- sions. Scutellum strongly, transversely carinate, and the surface finely reticulate. Elytra slightly wider than pronotum at base, and equal in width at base and behind middle; sides nearly parallel for a short distance behind base, broadly, arcuately constricted in front of middle, broadly, arcuately expanded behind the middle, then obliquely nar- rowed to the tips, which are separately, rather narrowly rounded, and strongly serrulate; disk feebly, broadly depressed along sutural margins, causing a more or less distinct longitudinal costa at middle of each elytron, sutural margins distinctly elevated toward apex, and with broad, moderately deep basal depressions; surface finely, densely imbricate-punctate, sparsely clothed with short inconspicu- ous hairs, and each elytron ornamented with a broad, yellowish white pubscent vitta extending along the sutural depression from the basal depression to near apex. Abdomen beneath obsoletely reticulate, finely, rather densely punc- tate, the punctures more or less connected transversely by sinuafe lines at sides of segments, sparsely clothed with short inconspicuous hairs at middle, but more densely clothed with longer hairs at the sides; sides narrowly exposed above; first segment convex and with- out long hairs at middle; last segment broadly rounded at apex; suture between first and second segments indicated at the sides; ver- tical portions of the segments nearly glabrous; pygidium longitudi- nally carinate, but the carina not projecting at apex. Prosternum sparsely, finely punctate, somewhat rugose, and sparsely clothed with short recumbent hairs; prosternal lobe broad, moderately declivous, and broadly rounded in front; prosternal process broad, the sides parallel to behind the coxal cavities, then obliquely narrowed to the apex, which is acute. Tibiae slender, straight, and without a distinct tooth on inner margin at apex. Posterior tarsi about one-half as long as the tibiae, and the first joint subequal in length to the follow- ing joints united. Tarsal claws similar on all feet, cleft near the middle, the inner tooth broader and much shorter than outer one and not turned inward. Length, 8.25 mm.; width, 1.8 mm. Type locality—Hamburg farm, Costa Rica. T'ype.—Cat. No. 41606, U.S.N.M. Described from a single female collected on flowers at the type locality, November 30, 1924, by Ferd. Nevermann. AGRILUS NEVERMANNI, new species Female.—Small, slender, strongly acuminate posteriorly, feebly shining, and strongly flattened above; head bright cupreous red, be- coming bronzy green at bottom and on epistoma; pronotum bright ART. 6 NEW BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM COSTA RICA—-FISHER 9 cupreous red, except the basal third, which is bright green; elytra bluish black, and ornamented with yellowish white pubescent de- signs; beneath piceous, with a vague aeneous or cupreous reflection, and more shining than above. Head with the front rather narrow, about equal in width at top and bottom, the lateral margins nearly parallel, and with a large, round, deep depression behind the epistoma; surface nearly glabrous, coarsely, irregularly rugose, and finely, sparsely punctate between the rugae; epistoma transverse between the antennae, and very broadly arcuately emarginate in front; antennae extending nearly to base of pronotum, serrate from the fourth joint, and the outer joints longer than wide; eyes large, broadly oblong, and slightly more acutely rounded beneath than above. Pronotum only vaguely wider than long, wider at apex than base, and widest near middle; sides feebly arcuately rounded from apical angles to posterior angles, which are rectangular; when viewed from the side the marginal carina is straight, the submarginal carina strongly bisinuate, the two carinae narrowly separated anteriorly, and connected to each other behind the middle; anterior margin strongly sinuate, the median lobe strongly produced and broadly rounded; base feebly emarginate at middle of each elytron, the median lobe feebly produced, and broadly subtruncate in front of scutellum; disk strongly convex anteriorly, broadly transversely con- cave on basal half, the concavity extending narrowly along the lat- eral margins to apical angles, a small round depression near poste- rior angles, and without prehumeral carinae; surface obsoletely granulose, finely but not closely rugose, the rugae more or less con- centrical anteriorly, transverse on basal half, finely, sparsely punctate between the rugae, and with a few short hairs near posterior angles. Scutellum strongly, transversely carinate, and the surface finely reticulate. Elytra wider than pronotum at base, and distinctly wider at base than behind middle; sides feebly arcuately rounded for a short dis- tance behind base, broadly arcuately constricted in front of middle, broadly arcuately expanded behind the middle, then strongly obliquely narrowed to the tips, which are conjointly angularly emar- ginate, and strongly serrulate; disk with a rather broad, elongate depression along sutural margins in front of middle, sutural margins feebly elevated posteriorly, and with broad, deep basal depressions; surface densely, coarsely imbricate-punctate, sparsely clothed with short inconspicuous hairs, and each elytron ornamented with yel- lowish white pubescent designs as follows: A small spot in basal depression, a broad vitta along sutural margin extending from basal fourth to middle, where it is expanded transversely, but not reaching the lateral margin, and the apical fourth sparsely clothed with simi- 58666—29——2 10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 lar colored hairs, which extend narrowly along the sutural margin to the broad vitta at middle. Abdomen beneath finely, sparsely punctate, the punctures con- nected transversely at middle of basal segment by sinuate lines, some- what imbricate at sides of basal segment, very sparsely clothed with short white hairs, and with a spot of more densely placed white hairs at sides of the third segment; sides broadly, abruptly exposed above; first segment convex and without long hairs at middle; last segment rather narrowly rounded at apex; suture between first and second segments not visible; vertical portions of first segment with a spot of densely placed white hairs; pygidium longitudinally cari- nate anteriorly, but the carina not projecting at apex. Prosternum sparsely, finely punctate, more or less scabrous, and sparsely clothed with short recumbent white hairs; prosternal lobe broad, moderately declivous, and broadly subtruncate in front; prosternal process broad, the sides parallel to behind the coxal cavities, then arcuately narrowed to the apex, which is rather acute. Tibiae slender, an- terior pair arcuate, and the anterior and middle pairs armed with a short tooth on inner margin at apex. Posterior tarsi about one-half as long as the tibiae, and the first joint subequal in length to the following joints united. Tarsal claws cleft near middle, the inner tooth broad and shorter than outer one, and not turned inward (claws on anterior feet missing). Length, 6 mm.; width, 1.25 mm. Type locality—Hamburg farm, Costa Rica. Type.—Cat. No. 41607, U.S.N.M. Described from a unique female collected on withered leaves at the type locality, April 11, 1926, by Ferd. Nevermann. I take great pleasure in naming this species after my friend, Ferd. Nevermann, of San Jose, Costa Rica, through whose careful and energetic collecting our knowledge of the interesting fauna of Costa Rica has been very greatly increased. AGRILUS OBSOLETOVITTATUS, new species Female—Small, rather slender, moderately shining, and feebly flattened above; head green, with a vague pinkish reflection behind the epistoma and on occiput; pronotum aureo-aeneous; elytra brown- ish black, with a vague greenish or aeneous tinge, and each elytron ornamented with a vague longitudinal pubescent vitta; beneath dark brown, with a distinct aeneous or cupreous reflection, and more shining than above. Head with the front rather wide, feebly convex, distinctly nar- rower at top than bottom, the lateral margins obliquely expanded from top to bottom, and with a broad, shallow longitudinal depres- sion extending from occiput to epistoma; surface nearly glabrous, ART. 6 NEW BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM COSTA RICA—FISHER te coarsely, densely, irregularly rugose, and with numerous fine punc- tures between the rugae; epistoma strongly transverse between the antennae, and broadly, vaguely, arcuately emarginate in front; antennae extending to middle of pronotum, serrate from the fifth joint, and the outer joints slightly wider than long; eyes moderately large, not very broadly oblong, but slightly more acutely rounded beneath than above. Pronotum about one-third wider than long, distinctly wider at apex than base, and widest near apex; sides feebly arcuately narrowed from apical angles to behind middle, then more strongly narrowed to the posterior angles, which are rectangular; when viewed from the side the marginal and submarginal carinae are strongly sinuate, widely separated anteriorly, and connected to each other behind the middle; anterior margin strongly sinuate, the median lobe mod- erately produced and broadly rounded; base broadly arcuately emar- ginate at middle of each elytron, the median lobe slightly pro- duced, and arcuately emarginate in front of scutellum; disk with two broad, shallow median depressions, a rather narrow depression on each side along lateral margin, and with strongly elevated, slightly arcuate prehumeral carinae extending from posterior angles to basal third, but not connected to the marginal carinae; surface coarsely, closely, transversely rugose at middle, more obliquely rugose at the sides, finely, sparsely punctate between the rugae, and clothed with a few short yellow hairs in the lateral depressions near apical angles. Scutellum strongly, transversely carinate, and the surface finely reticulate. Elytra slightly wider than pronotum at base, and about equal in width at base and behind middle; sides nearly parallel for a short distance behind base, vaguely arcuately constricted in front of mid- dle, feebly arcuately expanded behind the middle, then obliquely narrowed to the tips, which are separately narrowly rounded, and strongly serrulate; disk vaguely flattened, without longitudinal costae, sutural margins slightly elevated posteriorly, and with broad, shallow basal depressions; surface densely, finely imbricate-punctate, sparsely clothed with short inconspicuous hairs, and each elytron ornamented with a broad vitta of sparsely placed, short yellowish hairs, the vitta not very conspicuous, and extending from the basal depression to near the apex. Abdomen beneath obsoletely granulose, finely, rather densely punc- tate, the punctures more or less connected transversely on basal seg- ment by sinuate lines, and sparsely clothed with very short, recumbent whitish hairs; sides rather broadly exposed above; first segment convex and without long hairs at middle; last segment rather broadly rounded at apex; suture between first and second segments not vis- ible; vertical portions of the segments slightly more densely pubescent 2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol. 76 than the ventral surface; pygidium without a projecting carina at apex. Prosternum sparsely, finely punctate, somewhat rugose, and sparsely clothed with short recumbent white hairs; prosternal lobe broad, vaguely declivous, and broadly but not ne arcuately emarginate in front; prosternal process broad, the sides parallel to behind the coxal cavities, then arcuately narrowed to the apex, which is rather acute. Tibiae slender, straight, and without a distinct tooth on inner margin at apex. Posterior tarsi distinctly shorter than tibiae, and the first joint as long as the following three joints united. Tarsal claws similar on all feet, cleft near the middle, the inner tooth broad and much shorter than outer one, and not turned inward. Length, 5.25 mm.; width, 1.25 mm. Type locality.—San. José, Costa Rica. Type.—Cat. No. 41608, U.S.N.M. Described from a staple female collected on bushes at the type locality, May 22, 1925, by Ferd. Nevermann. AGRILUS VIRIDICEPHALUS, new species Male—Form resembling obsoletovitiatus Fisher; head bright green, becoming reddish brown on the occiput; pronotum blackish, with distinct greenish blue and purplish reflections; elytra aeneous on basal half of disk, becoming bluish black on apical half and toward lateral margins, and ornamented with yellowish white pu- bescent designs; beneath dark brown, with a more or less cupreous reflection, more shining than above, and the legs greenish. Head with the front broad, slightly convex, narrower at top than bottom, the lateral margins feebly arcuately expanded at middle, and obliquely expanded at bottom, and without distinct depressions; sur- face glabrous, densely, finely granulose, sparsely, coarsely punctate, and longitudinally rugose on the occiput; epistoma transverse be- tween the antennae, and broadly arcuately emarginate in front; an- tennae extending nearly to base of pronotum, serrate from the fifth joint, and the outer joints longer than wide; eyes large, broadly oblong, and about equally rounded above and beneath. Pronotum vaguely wider than long, slightly wider at apex than base, and widest near apex; sides feebly arcuately narrowed from apical angles to posterior angles, which are rectangular; when viewed from the side the marginal and submarginal carinae are strongly sinuate, rather narrowly separated anteriorly, and connected to each other near base; anterior margin strongly sinuate, the median lobe strongly produced, and broadly rounded; base arcuately emarginate at middle of each elytron, the median lobe feebly produced, and vaguely arcuately emarginate in front of scutellum; disk without distinct median depressions, but with a broad, very shallow depres- sion on each side along lateral margin, and with strongly elevated, ART. 6 NEW BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM COSTA RICA—FISHER 13 vaguely arcuate prehumeral carinae, extending from posterior angles to marginal carinae near middle; surface glabrous except for a few short hairs along lateral margins, coarsely, rather closely, trans- versely rugose at middle, more obliquely rugose at the sides, and sparsely, finely punctate between the rugae. Scutellum strongly transversely carinate, and the surface finely reticulate. Elytra slightly wider than pronotum at base, and about equal in width at base and behind middle; sides nearly parallel for a short distance behind base, broadly arcuately constricted in front of middle, broadly arcuately expanded behind the middle, then obliquely nar- rowed to the tips, which are separately, rather broadly rounded, and strongly serrulate; disk with a rather broad, elongate depression ‘along sutural margins in front of middle, sutural margins strongly elevated posteriorly, and with broad, shallow basal depressions; sur- face finely, densely imbricate-punctate, sparsely clothed with very short inconspicuous hairs, and each elytron ornamented with yellow- ish white pubescent designs as follows: A small spot in basal de- pression, a broad vitta along sutural margin extending from basal fourth to middle, where it extends transversely outward, but not reaching the lateral margin, and with numerous scattered hairs over the apical fourth. Abdomen beneath obsoletely reticulate, finely, sparsely punctate, the punctures more or less connected transversely on basal segment by sinuate lines, and sparsely clothed with short recumbent white hairs; sides narrowly exposed above; first segment convex and without long hairs at middle; last segment broadly rounded at apex; suture between first and second segments not visible; vertical portions of segments not conspicuously pubescent; pygidium without a pro- jecting carina at apex. Prosternum coarsely, densely rugose, some- what scabrous, and sparsely clothed with short recumbent white hairs; prosternal lobe broad, strongly declivous, and densely clothed with long, erect yellow hairs along anterior margin, which is broadly subtruncate; prosternal process broad and concave, the sides parallel to behind the coxal cavities, then abruptly narrowed to the apex, which is obtusely rounded. Tibiae slender, straight, and the anterior and middle pairs armed with a short tooth on inner margin at apex. Posterior tarsi distinctly shorter than tibiae, and the first joint as long as the following two joints united. Tarsal claws cleft near the middle, the inner tooth broad and much shorter than outer one, and not turned inward (claws on middle and posterior feet missing). Length, 5.25 mm.; width, 1.2 mm. Type locality—Hamburg farm, Costa Rica. Type.—Cat. No. 41609, U.S.N.M. Described from a single male collected at light at the type locality, November 15, 1923, by Ferd. Nevermann. 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. T6 AGRILUS COERULEONIGRA, new species Female——Small, very slender, strongly acuminate posteriorly, shining, and rather strongly flattened above; head and pronotum bottle green, and the former with a ruby tinge on the front; elytra bluish or greenish black, and ornamented with pubescent markings; beneath reddish cupreous, and more shining than above. Head with the front moderately wide, convex, wider at top than bottom, the sides feebly arcuately expanded at middle, and with a rather broad, shallow, longitudinal depression on the occiput and vertex; surface finely, sparsely punctate, becoming coarsely, irregu- larly rugose toward top, and clothed with a few short hairs behind the epistoma; epistoma very narrow between the antennae, and the anterior margin broadly, deeply, arcuately emarginate at middle; antennae extending scarcely to middle of pronotum, serrate from the fourth joint, and the outer joints as wide as long; eyes very large, broadly oblong, and about equally rounded above and beneath. Pronotum one-third wider than long, about equal in width at base and apex, and widest at middle; sides arcuately rounded, more strongly posteriorly to near the posterior angles, which are slightly expanded and rather acute; when viewed from the sides the marginal and submarginal carinae are vaguely sinuate, narrowly separated anteriorly, and connected to each other behind the middle; anterior margin shghtly sinuate, and the median lobe feebly, broadly rounded; base angularly emarginate at middle of each elytron, the median lobe broadly rounded, feebly produced, and subtruncate in front of scu- tellum; disk moderately convex, broadly concave along base, the con- cavity extending along lateral margins, but becoming narrower to- ward the apical angles, and with strongly elevated, arcuate pre- humeral carinae extending from posterior angles to the marginal carinae at middle; surface glabrous, finely but not closely rugose, the rugae more or less transverse at the middle, more oblique toward the sides, and with a few fine punctures between the rugae. Scutellum strongly, transversely carinate, and the surface finely, densely reticu- late. Klytra slightly wider than pronotum at base, and distinctly wider at base than behind middle; sides nearly parallel for a short distance behind base, feebly narrowed to behind middle (vaguely constricted in front of middle), then strongly narrowed to apical sixth, where they are nearly parallel to the tips, which are separately, deeply, acutely emarginate, with the two teeth long, acute, and the inner one distinctly shorter than outer one; disk broadly, vaguely, longi- ‘tudinally depressed along sutural margins, causing a more or less distinct longitudinal costa at middle of each elytron, sutural margins rather strongly elevated posteriorly, and with broad, moderately deep ART. 6 NEW BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM COSTA RICA FISHER 15 basal depressions; surface coarsely but not deeply imbricate-punctate, sparsely clothed with short inconspicuous hairs, and each elytron or- namented with yellowish white pubescent designs as follows: A large elongate spot in sutural depression in front of middle, and a narrower vitta in the sutural depression extending from the apex to just behind the middle, where the vitta is shghtly enlarged. Abdomen beneath finely, sparsely punctate, the punctures coarser and connected transversely by sinuate lines on the basal segment, very sparsely clothed with short recumbent white hairs, and the last three segments with a small spot of denser white hairs at the sides; sides rather broadly exposed above; first segment convex and with- out long pubescence at middle; last segment rather acutely rounded at apex; suture between first and second segments not visible; vertical portions of first segment with a spot of dense golden yellow pubes- cence; pygidium longitudinally carinate, but the carina not project- ing at apex. Prosternum coarsely rugose, and sparsely clothed with short recumbent hairs; prosternal lobe broad, moderately declivous, and broadly rounded in front; prosternal process broad, slightly ex- panded behind the coxal cavities, then abruptly narrowed to the apex, which is bent upward and acute. ‘Tibiae slender, straight, and the anterior pair armed with a minute tooth on the inner margin at apex. Posterior tibiae missing. 'Tarsal claws on anterior and middle feet similar, cleft near middle, the teeth long and acute, the inner one turned inward, and the tip nearly touching that of the opposite side. Length, 6.25 mm.; width, 1.25 mm. Type locality—San José, Costa Rica. Type.—Cat. No. 41610, U.S.N.M. Described from a single female collected at the type locality during May, 1922, by Ferd. Nevermann. AGRILUS TURRIALBENSIS, new species Female.—Elongate, slender, shining, and strongly flattened above; head reddish cupreous in front but becoming greenish brown on the occiput; pronotum dark olivaceous green, with a feeble purplish reflection toward the lateral margins; elytra greenish black, with a feeble purplish tinge at humeral angles and apex, and ornamented with whitish pubescent spots; beneath piceous, with distinct aeneous and cupreous reflections, and more shining than above. Head with the front wide, shghtly convex, about equal in width at top and bottom, the lateral margins feebly arcuately expanded at middle, and with a broad, deep, longitudinal depression extending from epistoma to occiput; surface coarsely, irregularly rugose, with a few fine punctures between the rugae, except at bottom where the 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 76 surface is very sparsely, coarsely, and irregularly punctate, and clothed with whitish pubescence behind the epistoma and antennal cavities; epistoma not transverse between the antennae, but deeply arcuately emarginate in front; antennae extending nearly to middle of pronotum, serrate from the fourth joint, and the outer joints about as wide as long; eyes large, broadly oblong, and equally rounded above and beneath. Pronotum nearly one-half wider than long, about equal in width at base and apex, and widest at middle; sides slightly arcuately rounded from apical angles to posterior angles, which are rectangu- lar; when viewed from the side the marginal and submarginal carinae are feebly sinuate, rather narrowly separated anteriorly, and connected to each other behind the middle; anterior margin feebly sinuate and without a distinct median lobe; base feebly emar- ginate at middle of each elytron, the median lobe broadly rounded, and subtruncate in front of scutellum; disk with two large, vague depressions placed longitudinally at middle, a broad, deep depres- sion on each side along lateral margin, and with strongly elevated, arcuate prehumeral carinae extending from posterior angles to mar- ginal carinae at middle; surface coarsely but not deeply transversely rugose at middle, becoming irregularly rugose toward the sides, finely punctate between the rugae, and sparsely clothed with very short whitish hairs in the lateral depressions. Scutellum strongly, trans- versely carinate, and the surface smooth. Elytra slightly wider than pronotum at base and distinctly wider at base than behind middle; sides nearly parallel for a short distance behind base, feebly narrowed to behind middle (vaguely constricted in front of middle), then more strongly, obliquely narrowed to near the tips, which are slightly expanded, broadly subtruncate, and coarsely, irregularly dentate; disk broadly, deeply depressed along sutural margins, causing a broadly rounded longitudinal costa at middle of each elytron, sutural margins distinctly elevated poste- riorly, and with broad, deep basal depressions; surface vaguely rugose, sparsely, finely punctate, sparsely clothed with short incon- spicuous black hairs, and each elytron ornamented with whitish pubescent spots as follows: Four elongate spots placed in the sutural depression, one at base, one in front of middle, one behind middle, and one near apex, and an additional elongate spot along lateral margin behind middle. Abdomen beneath finely, sparsely punctate, the punctures more or less connected transversely by vague sinuate lines on basal segment, sparsely clothed with short inconspicuous hairs, and with a large spot of white pubescence at sides of third segment; sides very broadly, abruptly exposed above; first segment convex and without long pubescence at middle; last segment broadly rounded at apex; ART. 6 NEW BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM COSTA RICA—-FISHER 73 suture between first and second segments not visible; vertical por- tions of all segments except the second clothed with distinct spots of white pubescence; pygidium broadly sinuate at apex, but without a projecting carina. Prosternum sparsely, coarsely punctate, more finely anteriorly, and clothed with short, recumbent white hairs; prosternal lobe broad, moderately declivous, and broadly, vaguely emarginate in front; prosternal process broad, feebly expanded be- hind the coxal cavities, then abruptly narrowed to the apex, which is bent upward and acute. Tibiae slender, the anterior pair slightly arcuate, and armed with a very short tooth on inner margin at apex. Posterior tarsi distinctly shorter than tibiae, and the first joint as long as the following three joints united. Tarsal claws nearly sim- ilar on all feet, cleft near middle, the teeth slender, and the inner ones slightly shorter than outer ones and turned inward, but their tips distant. Length, 11.75 mm.; width, 2.75 mm. Type locality —San Jose, Costa Rica. Type.—Cat. No. 41611 U.S.N.M. Described from a single female collected on “ guava leaves (Jnga sp.)” at the type locality, September 1, 1926, by Ferd. Nevermann. This is not the guava found in the southern part of the United States, which belongs to the genus Psidiwm and known under the name of guava by the English-speaking peoples, but is the Spanish name for various species belonging to the genus Jnga found in Cen- tral America, where it is considered the best tree for shading the coffee plants. 14 TAPHROCERUS BREVICARINATUS, new species Elongate, more strongly attenuate posteriorly, moderately convex, feebly flattened above, and nearly glabrous; above uniformly aeneous; beneath piceous, with a strong aeneous tinge. Head much narrower than pronotum at base, strongly convex from top to bottom, nearly flat transversely, the lateral margins vaguely wider at top than bottom, and with a broad, longitudinal, very shal- low concave depression extending from epistoma to middle of front; temple about one-third as wide as the transverse diameter of the eye; surface obsoletely reticulate, and glabrous. Pronotum moderately convex, nearly twice as wide as long, dis- tinctly wider at base than apex, and widest at base; sides when viewed from above obliquely expanded from apical angles to pos- terior angles, which are nearly rectangular; anterior margin trans- versely truncate; base transversely truncate to middle of each elytron, with the median lobe feebly produced and vaguely emarginate in front of scutellum; disk with a narrow transverse depression behind the anterior margin, broadly depressed along lateral margins, and 18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 76 broadly, deeply, transversely concave on basal half, the concavity more shallow in front of the scutellum; surface obsoletely reticulate, and with a few scattered, inconspicuous ocellate punctures in the de- pressions. Scutellum small, triangular, obsoletely granulose, and feebly arcuately rounded in front. Elytra feebly convex above, about as wide as pronotum at base, and equal in width at base and middle; humeral angles obtusely angu- jated; sides obliquely expanded from base to basal sixth, arcuately constricted at basal fourth, broadly arcuately rounded at middle, then obliquely narrowed to near the tips, which are conjointly, rather broadly rounded, and finely, irregularly serrulate; humeri smooth and strongly developed; disk with broad, shallow basal depressions, and with a distinct, vaguely arcuate lateral carina on each elytron extending from middle to near apex; surface clothed with a few short inconspicuous hairs near apex, very coarsely and irregularly punctate, the punctures coarser and forming more or less distinct rows in basal region along sutural margins, more irregular toward the sides, becoming finer and more obsolete toward the apex, and the intervals smooth. Abdomen beneath sparsely, irregularly ocellate-punctate, the punc- tures very shallow, elongate, open posteriorly, and from the center of each arises a very short white hair; intervals obsoletely reticulate; last segment rather narrowly rounded at apex, with the apical groove deep, and following the outline of the apical half of the segment. Metasternum punctured similarly to that of the abdomen. Pro- sternum finely, densely reticulate. Length, 3 mm.; width, 1.2 mm. Type locality —Las Mercedes, Costa Rica. Type.—Cat. No. 41618, U.S.N.M. Described from a single specimen collected on bushes at the type locality, November 15, 1922, by Ferd. Nevermann. Las Mercedes is on the northern slope of the voleano Turrialba, at an altitude of 150 meters, in the Santa Clara district. In Doctor Obenberger’s paper on a Revision of the Genus Taphro- cerus,’ this species runs down to Jaesicollis Chevrolat in his table to the species, but there seems to be an error in the placing of Zaesicollis in the table. Doctor Obenberger places it among the species having the elytral carinae distinct only in the apical region, whereas they are distinct only in the humeral region. Chevrolat,? in the original description of this species from Cuba, describes the elytra as having the “callo humerali elevato costulam longitudinalem efficienti.” Taphrocerus brevicarinatus is also allied to depilis described by Kerremans from Brazil, but that species is shining black above, with SRE OC Ein OPO RO AON UTES WOR Titi 1) UUTON en 1 Sbornik, vol. 2, 1924, p. 48. ? Ann. Soc. Ent. France, ser. 4, vol. 7, 1867, p. 587. art.6 - NEW BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM COSTA RICA—FISHER 19 a feeble bronzy green reflection, and the elytra are sparsely clothed with more or less distinct whitish hairs. BRACHYS NEVERMANNI, new species Male—Broadly cuneiform, more than twice as long as wide, broadly rounded in front, more acuminate posteriorly, moderately shining, and sparsely pubescent, the pubescence forming more or less distinct designs on the elytra; above dark brown, with more or less distinct aeneous and greenish reflections in certain lights; beneath piceous, with a feeble aeneous tinge. Head feebly convex, strongly flattened in front, and without gib- bosities on the vertex, but with a narrow longitudinal groove on the front, the groove becoming obsolete on the occiput and behind the epistoma; surface finely, sparsely punctate or granulose on occiput and vertex, with a smooth area on each side of the front, densely, finely punctate on lower half, sparsely clothed with recumbent yel- lowish hairs on occiput and vertex, and densely clothed with long, semierect silvery white hairs behind the epistoma; epistoma very narrow between the antennal cavities, slightly elevated, and not transversely carinate in front. Pronotum moderately convex, nearly two and one-half times as wide as long at middle, distinctly narrower at apex than base, and widest at base; sides obliquely narrowed from base to apical angles; when viewed from the side the lateral margins are feebly sinuate, and more strongly arcuate near the posterior angles for the reception of the anterior legs; anterior margin transversely truncate; base transversely truncate to middle of each elytron, where it is feebly arcuately emarginate, then turning obliquely backward to the scutel- lum, in front of which it is feebly arcuately emarginate; posterior angles rectangular; disk broadly, transversely concave on basal half, the concavity extending obliquely forward to the apical angles, caus- ing the antero-median part of the disk to be regularly convex, and with an elongate elevation and a distinct short carina on each side near the posterior angles; surface densely, obsoletely reticulate, and sparsely, irregularly punctate, the punctures fine and very sparse on convex area, but becoming ocellate-punctate in the depressions, and sparsely, irregularly clothed with rather long, recumbent yel- low hairs, with a few white hairs near the apical angles. Scutellum triangular, vaguely wider than long, with the anterior margin feebly rounded, and the surface densely, obsoletely reticulate. Elytra shghtly narrower than pronotum at base; humeral angles obtusely rounded; sides nearly parallel to middle (feebly arcuately emarginate at basal fourth), then obliquely narrowed to the tips, which are separately narrowly rounded, with the lateral margins 20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 entire; disk with distinct lateral carinae, which are sinuate, strongly elevated, and extending from humeral angles to near the apex, a broad, deep depression on each side behind the humeral angles, and with broad, moderately deep, transverse basal depressions; surface finely, sparsely, irregularly punctate, with a few coarser punctures forming more or less distinct rows in basal region, the intervals aluta- ceous, and each elytron ornamented with pubescent designs as fol- lows: A single row of brownish yellow hairs extending from basal lobe to near middle, a shorter row between it and the humerus, a broad, irregular fascia at middle, composed of sparsely placed pale yellow and brownish yellow hairs intermixed, with a few small in- distinct spots of white hairs anteriorly, a similar fascia covering the apical fourth, with a more distinct white pubescent spot anteriorly near sutural margin, a few scattered hairs of the same color in. the humeral region, and between the median and apical fasciae the sur- face is sparsely clothed with inconspicuous, semierect dark brown hairs. Abdomen beneath sparsely ocellate-punctate, the punctures large, distinct, oblong, open posteriorly, and from each puncture arises a 3) long, recumbent white hair; intervals densely, obsoletely reticulate; 5) last segment broadly, obtusely rounded at apex, with the margin en- tire, and the apical groove deep and following the outline of the posterior margin. Length, 3 mm.; width, 1.25 mm. Type locality—Hamburg farm, Costa Rica. Type.—Cat. No. 41614, U.S.N.M. Described from a unique male collected on an unknown bush at the type locality, December 15, 1824, by Ferd. Nevermann. This species resembles ornatus Fisher, but in that species the front of the head is not densely clothed with long silvery white pubes- cence, the surface above is piceous and more strongly shining, and the white pubescence on the elytra forms distinct designs, whereas in nevermanni it simply forms a few inconspicuous spots. U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1929 BRIAROSACCUS CALLOSUS, A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF A RHIZOCEPHALAN PARASITE OF LITH- ODES AGASSIZIIT SMITH By H. BoscuMa Of the University in Leiden, Holland The collection of the United States National Museum contains among a large number of other specimens, which for the greater part are representatives of previously described genera, one that is remark- able for its enormous size. It is a parasite of Lithodes agassizii Smith, which has been taken from its host. Consequently its position on the host is unknown, but probably the long axis of the parasite was lying in the transverse plane of the host, as in this manner more space is available between the thorax and the abdomen of Lithodes. The internal anatomy of the parasite is very similar to that of Peltogaster, and the parasite certainly is a representative of the Peltogastridae. In some respects, however, the specimen differs from Peltogaster and the other known genera of the family, and these dif- ferences are striking enough to establish for this specimen a new genus, which I propose to call Briarosaccus on account of the gigantic size of the type specimen. This genus may be defined as follows: BRIAROSACCUS, new genus Body slightly elongate, curved. Stalk about in the central part of the dorsal surface. Mantle opening at one extremity. Mesentery from the mantle opening to the posterior part of the dorsal surface, thin, except in the region of the stalk. Colleteric glands at the left and right side of the mesentery, highly lobular. Testes paired, situ- ated in the dorsal part of the visceral mass, parallel to long axis. In general structure Briarosaccus reminds one strongly of that of Peltogaster, from which it differs chiefly in the relative narrowness of the mesentery, the more complicated structure of the colleteric glands, and in its peculiar retinacula. The mesentery which joins the mantle to the visceral mass in Peltogaster is very broad (Boschma, 1928, fig. 4), having the breadth of one-fourth or more of the surface of the latter. Consequently it can not be compared directly with that in the Sacculinidae, in which there is a narrow ligament connect- No. 2804.—PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 76, ART. 7 93740—30 1 Pe PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 ing the visceral mass with the mantle. In Briarosaccus the mesentery is comparatively narrow as in the Sacculinidae (fig. 3). The type specimen of the genus, described below, may be character- ized as a distinct species especially by the structure of the chitinous covering of the mantle. BRIAROSACCUS CALLOSUS, new species Type.—Cat. No. 62304, U.S.N.M., on Lithodes agassizw Smith, ‘ Albatross”’ Sta. 2666 (off Fernandina, Fla., 270 fathoms) or Sta. 2677 (off Cape Fear, N. C., 478 fathoms), 1886. External cuticle thick and callous, with grooves and shallow pits. The surface is covered with small excrescences, which have a length of approximately 94 and form a dense covering of the outer layer. FIGURE 1.—BRIAROSACCUS CALLOSUS, RIGHT SURFACE. NATURAL SIZE Internal cuticle with retinacula of large size, containing numerous spindles, which vary in length from 15y to 55y. The specimen has a length of 98 mm, its height attains 53 mm, and the thickness amounts to 31mm. As compared with all other Rhizocephala hitherto known it really is a gigantic animal (fig. 1). The thick external cuticle possesses a number of grooves which spread from the stalk toward the ventral region of the parasite. Between these grooves and especially at the ventral region the surface of the mantle shows numerous small depressions, giving the surface a dotted appearance. The stalk is surrounded by a strong shield, consisting of chitin of a harder kind and of a darker color than the remainder of the external cuticle. The mantle opening is found at one side of the animal, which consequently has to be regarded as the anterior pole. In Figure 1 it is visible, though rather indistinctly, ART, 7 A NEW RHIZOCEPHALAN PARASITE—BOSCHMA 3 at the extreme right of the figure. It is surrounded by a thick sphincter, as a result of which the parts around the mantle opening slightly protrude, forming thereby a kind of wall. The shape of the mantle open- ing is more distinctly visible in Figure 2, which represents a part of the anterior region of the animal. For the study of the internal structure the mantle has been removed from the visceralmass. Figure 3 showsthe greater part of the internal surface of the mantle. At the left side of the figure the mantle opening, surrounded by its strongly devel- oped sphincter, may be seen. Slightly above the center of the figure the region of the stalk is to be seen as a concavity in a part of the mesentery. The latter, which has been detached from the visceral mass, extends from the sphincter of the mantle opening to the posterior part of FIGURE 2.—BRIAROSACCUS CALLOSUS, PART OF THE MANTLE, WITH THE MAN= TLE OPENING. APPROXIMATELY NATURAL SIZE the dorsal! surface (behind the stalk). Only a part of the mesentery, the posterior part, is found exactly at the dorsal surface; the anterior Siar FIGURE 3.—BRIAROSACCUS CALLOSUS, THE GREATER PART OF THE MANTLE, INTERNAL SURFACE part of the mesentery stretches from the mantle opening along the right surface of the mantle toward the stalk. The mantle opening 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou, 76 also does not occupy exactly the anterior pole, but lies slightly on the right side of the median plane. Consequently the parasite is not completely bilaterally symmetrical. Except the central part of the mesentery, which surrounds the stalk, the whole of this organ FIGURE 4.—BRIAROSACCUS CALLOSUS, VISCERAL MASS, RIGHT SURFACE. THE SOLID LINE DELIMITS THE PART FROM WHICH SECTIONS HAVE BEEN MADE, THE LINE @ LOCATES FIGURE 6, AND 0, FIGURE 5 constitutes a narrow strip of tissue connecting the visceral mass with the mantle. The central part is much broader; here a quantity of strong muscles are present which fasten the visceral mass to the shieldlike portion of the cuticle round the stalk. Asin other Rhizo- AN ms LASTER ANB FIGURE 5.—BRIAROSACCUS CALLOSUS, PART OF A TRANSVERSE SECTION b IN FIGURE 4, SHOWING THE TESTES. X7 cephala, the mesentery contains large lacunae, one of which is in connection with a spacious lacuna found in the posterior region and in the median plane of the ventral surface of the mantle. In the anterior region this lacuna terminates in the sphincter of the mantle ART. 7 A NEW RHIZOCEPHALAN *PARASITE—BOSCHMA 5 opening. This lacuna is distinctly visible in Figure 3; it denotes approximately the ventral and posterior border of the mantle when not spread out as in the figure. Nearly the whole space of the mantle cavity was occupied by the well-developed visceral mass, no eggs or developing larvae being present in the mantle cavity. The visceral mass (fig. 4) possesses a somewhat wrinkled surface, doubtless on account of the pressure of the irregular internal surface of the mantle. The scar of the removed mesentery is visible in the figure, at the left side the posterior part, which lies approximately in the median plane; at the right side of the figure the anterior part of the mesentery, which deviates from the median plane and runs along the right side of the visceral mass toward the mantle opening, is to be seen. FIGURE 6.—BRIAROSACCUS CALLOSUS, PART OF A TRANSVERSE SECTION @ IN FIGURE 4, SHOWING ONE OF THE COLLETERIC GLANDS. ‘THE CONTENTS OF THIS GLAND HAVE BEEN OMITTEDIN THE FIGURE. XX 14 For the study of the internal organs a part of the visceral mass has been cut off. This part, from which a series of sections has been made, is indicated in Figure 4 by the full line. Parts of two sections are represented in the present paper; Figure 6 is a drawing of a part of a section corresponding with the line a in Figure 4, whilst Figure 5 is drawn after a section from the region indicated with 6 in Figure 4. With the exception of the part surrounded by the line in Figure 4, the visceral mass consists nearly completely of groups of eggs in the ovary; between these groups of eggs numerous smaller and larger muscles are present. As already remarked, the central part of the 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou, 76 dorsal region is highly muscular (fig. 5); moreover, in this part large lacunae are found which are connected with the one which runs along the ventral surface of the mantle. The testes (fig. 5) are found in the dorsal part of the visceral mass, in the region below the stalk. They consist of more or less straight tubes which are directed parallel to the median plane: Surrounding the testes there are lacunae of rather large size. The male genital openings could not be found in the sections, as the posterior part of the testes is rather indistinctly visible. In common with all other organs, the testes have a comparatively large size; their diameter amounts to 1 mm approximately in some parts. The colleteric glands have a much more complicated structure than those of the other Peltogastridae. They are at each side of the median plane, not far from the stalk; their larger diameter amounts to 10 mm approximately. The lumen of the glands is rather wide, projecting from the center outward as a number of diverticules which in turn give rise to smaller divisions toward the periphery of the gland (fig. 6). The epithelium of these glands consists of a double layer of rather high cells, which are surrounded externally by a thin muscular layer. At various points the latter is connected with the muscles which traverse the visceral mass. The colleteric glands contain a rather irregular mass of secretion (for the sake of clearness omitted in the figure) in which no distinct structure can be found. An opening of the glands on the periphery of the visceral mass could not be detected, but at the proximal side of the glands there is a large opening, constituting the passage for the ripe eggs into the glands. By their highly complicated structure the colleteric glands of Briarosaccus form one of the generic peculiarities separating the genus from the other Peltogastridae. The specific characters of Briarosaccus callosus may be derived with sufficient accuracy from the details of the chitinous coverings of the external and internal surface of the mantle. As might be expected, these parts also are characterized by their thickness and solidity. The external cuticle of the mantle (fig. 7a) consists of two layers, owing to the fact that the cuticle is in the process of ecdysis. One might think that the two layers had developed by fission of the originally simple external cuticle, but as both of the two layers at their upper surface possess the characteristic small excrescences described below, we have here a formation of a new layer under the old external cuticle. These two layers of the cuticle, both with their characteristic excrescences, have been found in different Sacculinidae (Boschma, 1927); and the phenomenon, therefore, is not at all uncom- mon among Rhizocephala. Both of the layers of the external cuticle possess at their upper surface numerous small slender papillae (fig. 76), which have a length of about 94. Those of the outer layer are ART, 7 A NEW RHIZOCEPHALAN PARASITE—BOSCHMA Z somewhat less regular by being partially worn off, but on the whole they have the same form and size. The two layers of the external cuticle have approximately the same thickness, which in the lateral parts of the mantle is about 275u. With a number of folds and irregular excrescences the two cuticular layers project into the mantle, causing thereby the wrinkled appearance of the whole animal. The mantle is highly muscular; in transverse sections a number of muscular elements are visible, which constitute the transverse mus- culature of the mantle. Moreover, many of the epithelial muscular cells connect the external and the internal cuticle. Besides the = Se ~ SS : spas 2 NEL SS hers £24 GLEE SYP FIGURE 7.—BRIAROSACCUS CALLOSUS. a, SECTION THROUGH THE MANTLE, SHOWING THE TWO LAYERS OF THE EXTERNAL CUTICLE, THE INTERNAL CUTICLE, AND THE EPITHELIUM, MUSCLES, AND LACUNAE OF THE MANTLE. X18. 6, EXCRESCENCES OF THE EXTERNAL CUTICLE, SEEN FROM ABOVE. X 660 muscles and the epithelium the mantle contains several lacunae of different sizes. As the external cuticle the internal chitinous sheath of the mantle is strongly developed; it may even attain a thickness of 50u. Itssurface is rather irregular and wrinkled, and bears a large quantity of well-de- veloped retinacula, two of which may be seen in the section represented in Figure 7a. The retinacula of Briarosaccus (fig. 8) differ from those of Peliogaster by their great number of spindles. They occur in abundance on the lower surface of the internal cuticle (fig. 8a) and vary in size from 75yp to over 200u. A few more strongly enlarged retinac- ula are represented in Figures 86-d, from which may be seen the strong variability in the shape of these organs and of their spindles. Not only the number of spindles in each retinaculum is different (this 8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you, 76 number varies from 10 to 40 approximately) but also the size and shape of the spindles are subject to strong variation. The shape of the spindles strongly suggests those in Peltogaster, which have been described by Delage (1886) and figured by the present author (Boschma, 1928, fig. 3). The spindles have a more or less pointed extremity; some are comparatively slender, others are thicker. The length of the spindles, even of those of one retinaculum, varies from 15u to 55. Barbs could not be found at the surface of the spindles, but when studied with a high power their surface appears somewhat aN \ : I | Nh, oy) i Sit Vay 4 oN \ \ \ Mh 'f | VRS 1 v4 Se NV he | // . SA aay! Mh / | AW M ft \ en SN aa | ( B00 S)!) | Ne, \ Ca Ss ee bes b FIGURE 8.—BRIAROSACCUS CALLOSUS, RETINACULA. @, PART OF THE INTERNAL CUTICLE WITH RETINACULA. X 45. b,c, AND d, THREE DIFFERENT RETINACULA. X 330 granulated, but without definite excrescences such as occur on the spindles of many Sacculinidae. The basal part of the spindles is more or less narrowed, forming a kind of short stalk. LITERATURE CITED H. Boscuma, 1927. Uber europiiische Formen der Gattung Sacculina. Zool. Jahrb., Abt. f. Syst., vol. 54. , 1928. Rhizocephala of the North Atlantic Region. The Danish Ingolf Expedition, vol. 3, part 10. =p Y. Dexace, 1886. Sur le Systeme Nerveux et sur quelques autres points de VOrganisation du Peltogaster (Rathke). Arch. Zool. Exp. Gén., vol. 4. U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1930 A NEW VARIETY OF THE HEXACTINELLID SPONGE, RHABDOCALYPTUS DAWSONI (LAMBE) AND THE SPECIES OF RHABDOCALYPTUS By H. V. Witson and J. T. Pennry Of the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C. The sponge herein described was sent to us for identification by the United States Bureau of Fisheries. It was “taken on a halibut hook in 100 fathoms of water off Cape Spencer, Alaska.” It is a remarkably fine specimen, falling under Rhabdocalyptus dawsont (Lambe). The differences from the type are for the most part the usual quantitative ones which mark off the members of a widely ranging species that live at some considerable distance from one another. A more definite point of difference is exhibited by the spicules lining the paragastric cavity and this makes it advisable to classify the form as a (presumably geographical) variety. RHABDOCALYPTUS DAWSONI var. ALASCENSIS, new variety Diagnosis.—V ariety marked off from the type by the autogastralia. These are hexacts with tangential rays, 315 to 385u long, minutely spinose; parenchymal ray usually shorter than tangential rays, smooth or feebly spinose; free ray smooth or occasionally feebly spinose, smoother and distinctly shorter than the other rays. Type-locality—Oft Cape Spencer Alaska. Holotype-—Cat. No. 21382, U.S.N.M. Rhabdocalyptus (Bathydorus) dawsoni was established by L. M. Lambe (1892, p. 73), for four specimens taken in 20-40 fathoms off the coast of British Columbia. F. E. Schulze (1897, p. 37; 1899, p. 54) after examining preparations made from one of Lambe’s specimens assigned the form to Rhabdocalyptus Schulze (Schulze 1887, p. 155), one of the genera with discoctasters (Lambe’s dis- cohexasters, 1892, pl. 6, fig. 2e; the spicule often gives the appear- ance of having only six instead of eight main rays). Schulze fur- ther reports (1899, p. 55) on his study of three specimens and some fragments of this species taken by the Albatross off the coast No. 2805.—PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 76, ART. 8 1 58645—30 2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 of California and British Columbia at depths ranging from 55 to 437 meters. The species is vase-shaped, as are the species in general (2. plumodigitatus Kirkpatrick is cup-shaped), of the genus. The largest specimen of 2. dawsoni hitherto taken is Lambe’s type, about 275 mm. high. The sponge (pl. 1) herein described is a dried vase, widely open above, about 510 mm. high, tapering somewhat toward the upper (cloacal) and lower ends; cross diameter at middle of body about 250 mm.; lower end irregular as if molded over the substratum; ex- treme lower end only about 55 mm. wide. Wall of vase at middle of body about 22 mm. thick. Rim of cloacal aperture torn away on one side; normal aperture would measure about 130 mm. in diameter. Dried sponge is of a light yellowish color; firm but fragile and very light in weight. The autodermalia have been lost, washed or rubbed off, from almost the entire surface of the body. The meshes of the hypodermal net- work are therefore exposed; they are polygonal, something less than 1 mm. in diameter, the intervening strands narrow. Beneath this network the open ends of numerous (doubtless afferent) radial canals are plainly visible. The gastral membrane is well preserved, smooth, showing neat squarish meshes just visible to the eye and distinctly smaller than those of the hypodermal reticulum. Beneath this mem- brane the open ends of numerous radial (doubtless efferent) canals may be seen as on the outer surface. The surface of the sponge shows many depressed areas which are apparently mere accidental growth features. Some of them, as being protected places, are lined with, some practically filled with, prostal pentacts. Some of them contain also dense matted tufts of long pro- jecting spicules (prostalia lateralia). These include many slender subcylindrical diacts, in general smooth but roughened subterminally, with rounded ends; characteristic spicules measure 10-17 mm. in length, diameter about 12». Other stouter diacts occur, smooth in general but roughened subterminally, tapering gradually from the wniddle toward the slender ends which terminate in rounded or fairly sharp points; characteristic spicules measured 16-19 mm. in length, diameter at the middle 35 to 56x. Schulze records, for the type, the prostalia lateralia as consisting of prostal oxypentacts (hypoder- malia, see p. 37) and smooth oxydiacts 10-15 mm. by about 40z. The cloacal rim bears a marginal fringe 10-20 mm. high made up of long diacts, smooth in general, roughened subterminally. Spic- ules resembling the stouter ones described above and as large as 22 mm. by 63» occur. The slenderer ones, many of which accompany the larger as comitalia, resemble the slender diacts described above. Schulze (1899) finds that the fringe in his specimens of the type is ART. 8 A NEW VARIETY OF SPONGE—WILSON AND PENNEY 5 8-10 mm. high and that the spicules composing it are to be classed as ascending prostalia lateralia. There is no definite root tuft but there are some matted tangles of long projecting spicules at the lower end of the body resembling in appearance and composition those on the lateral surface. The larger form of diact may reach in these basal tufts a length of 25 mm. diameter at middle 100u. These spicules commonly taper continu- ously from the middle toward the ends, but in some spicules the tapering ceases at a little distance from the extremity and the ends are clavate. The parenchymalia are diacts, stout and slender, strewn in all directions through the parenchyma. ‘There are many bundles of the usual sort consisting of one stout diact (principal) accompanied by slender ones (comitalia). The spicules are like those described above as projecting from the lateral surface and basal end, except that the class of stout oxydiacts includes relatively shorter and stouter spic- ules grading down to 8-10 mm. by 40z to 90u, sometimes with smooth ends. Just below the gastral surface and tangential to it still smaller diacts of this class occur. They may be as small as 1 mm. by 28p near the middle; the actual middle as in the case of the larger spi- cules may show bosses representing the vestigial rays; one end of the spicule is occasionally rounded, the other end pointed. An occasional stout hexact is found in the parenchyma; these are prob- ably autogastralia that have passed into the sponge wall during maceration. Typically the parenchymalia in these sponges include no hexacts. In the type Lambe finds the parenchymalia principalia are stout smooth oxydiacts, 11.06 mm. by 100. Schulze notes the occurrence of diacts, in general smooth but with roughened ends, 10 mm. long and over. Lambe finds the parenchymalia comitalia are diacts up to 8.8 mm. by 10u; ends roughened, enlarged and blunt pointed or rounded and club-shaped. The variety and the type evidently agree well enough in these matters. Moreover the paren- chymalia exhibit, in details, too much variation within the same individual to afford good points for the distinguishing of species. The spicules regarded as of importance in the classification of these sponges are the autodermalia, hypodermal pentacts, autogastralia (there are no hypogastralia, paratangential bundles of parenchymal diacts alone underlying the autogastralia, Tjima 1897, p. 47), oxyhex- asters and discoctasters. Autodermalia.—As said, these have been lost over nearly the whole surface. Fortunately they are still present in some small areas close to the cloacal aperture. Both pentact and hexact forms occur. Four- rayed forms (stauracts) were not observed but they may be normally present. The rays are roughened (minutely spinose), blunt-pointed, 604 to 70u long. The spicules are similar to those recorded for the 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 type by Lambe (stauracts and pentacts, rays 60» long) and Schulze (pentacts, rays 80p long). Hypodermal pentacts—Present as prostalia in large numbers over parts of the dermal surface, projecting several millimeters. Some of the surface depressions are, as said, filled with a tangle of these spicules. Parenchymal ray is smooth, slender and tapering, becom- ing very slender toward the free end, reaching 6.5 mm. in length. Paratangential rays about 2.4 mm. long; spines 140» long and shorter, on superior-lateral surfaces of ray. Some of the pentacts actually in the substance of the sponge are somewhat smaller than the prostalia and have spineless paratangential rays. The spicules do not differ essentially from those of the type. Lambe gives the proximal (parenchymal) ray as 8 mm. long, paratangential rays about one-third as long. Schulze records that the prostal pentacts include those with (typical) spined paratangential rays and others with these rays smooth; and that the paratangential rays are some- times bent over toward one side (paratropal). In the autogastralia the Alaskan sponge differs in a definite detail from the type, even though the specimens assigned to the type would seem to fall in two groups in respect to this point and should there- fore, it would seem, be separated in some fashion in the formal classification. Thus Lambe (1892, p. 73; pl. 6, fig. 24) records the autogastralia as oxyhexacts, rays roughened and similar, ray length only about 60. In Schulze’s specimens these spicules are hexacts in which the tangential and parenchymal rays are about 120u long and minutely spinose; the free ray longer than the others, up to 300u long, and more strongly spinose. Schulze (1897, p. 36) does not speak of this difference between his record and that of Lambe and the difference may conceivably be due to Lambe’s having ex- amined a specimen in which the actual autogastralia had been largely washed away. In the autogastralia of the Alaskan sponge (fig. 2) the four tan- gential rays are strong, minutely and sharply spinose, tapering to points, characteristically about 350. long and 40, thick at the base. The length of these rays, measuring from center of spicule, ranges in general from 3815p to 385u. One of the four is occasionally shorter (250u) than the others and smooth. Smaller spicules (pre- sumably younger forms) also occur very sparingly; in these the six are about all alike, the ray length in the actual measurements rang- ing from 210» to 140u. The tangential rays of the autogastralia in general are arranged regularly as to make squarish meshes, the side of the mesh approximately equalling in length a spicule ray. The parenchymal ray is usually but not always shorter than the tangential rays of the same spicule, the range in actual measurement being 250p to 880; tapering, pointed, smooth, or feebly spinose. Free ray ART. 8 A NEW VARIETY OF SPONGE—WILSON AND PENNEY 5 typically (that is, nearly always) smooth, although occasionally it is feebly spinose, noticeably shorter than any of the other rays, tapering to a point or sometimes to a rounded point; common range in Jength 175p to 220, but the ray is occasionally as short as 80, or as long as 250u. This ray when exceptionally short does not taper and is terminally rounded or dilated. Thus the autogastralia differs greatly from those recorded by Lambe and in less degree, but yet qualita- tively, from those of Schulze’s specimens. There are no hypogastralia. And yet in radial sections we have seen inequiended, diacts, five or six in a section 10 mm. wide, arranged radially to the gastral surface as the parenchymal rays of the hypodermal pentacts are arranged radially to the dermal sur- face. The larger end of the diact is directed toward the gastral surface and the axial cross is very much nearer this extremity than it is to the more attenuated parenchymal end, the lengths of the two rays in a typical spicule being as one to three. These facts give some ground for regarding the inequiended diacts as vestigial hypo- gastralia. Hypogastral pentacts are absent in most members of this family, the Rossellidae (Schulze 1897, p. 13). The inequiended diacts observed in position were without comitalia; about 2 mm. long, 45» thick at middle of spicule, tapering toward both ends, minutely spinose at both ends, which were sharp or rounded. In macerations longer spicules of the same kind were observed, the length varying up to 7 mm. At the site of the axial cross there may or may not be conspicuous bosses. The owyhewasters, varying to the hexactine shape (the interme- diate forms being sometimes known as hemioxyhexasters) of the Alaskan sponge agree well enough with those of the type. For the latter (Liaambe and Schulze) the diameter is recorded as 60p to 1003 principal rays smooth and very short; terminals 2-3, long, smooth, or feebly roughened. The spicules of the Alaskan sponge reach a somewhat larger size, 90u to 144» diameter. The discoctasters of the Alaskan sponge are like those of the type. In the latter (Lambe and Schulze) they are set down as having a diameter 60u to 100n; the (eight) main rays 20” long; terminals 6-10 in number and 20, to 30n long, moderately divergent, the termi- nal knob (disk?) very small. The diameter of the spicule in the Alaskan sponge is commonly about 92u. The strikingly small size and the shape of these spicules are regarded by Schulze (1897, p. 13) as constituting the most important of the species-characters. The microdiscohexasters recorded by Schulze were not observed in the Alaskan sponge. The specimen to be sure was a dried one and these very small spicules may have been lost. On the other hand the parenchymal tissue has been so remarkably preserved 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 (mummified) near the gastral surface that individual cells and in- tercellular connections are still plainly recognizable and the spicules should be visible, one would think, if actually present. Schulze (1897, p. 87; 1899, p. 55) observed these spicules both in the Alda- tross specimens and in preparations made from one of Lambe’s specimens. He records them as numerous; diameter 20u to 35p; terminal rays 8-12, longer than the principals, delicate and knobbed. He notes (1904, p. 35) that these very small and delicate spicules are rare and difficult to observe in some individuals of many Rhabdocalyptus species. Tjima (1897, p. 45) thinks they are prob- ably never absent, although rare in some species. Schulze (1904, p. 36) regards their apparent absence, as in the cases of R. lophodigi- tatus (plumodigitatus) Kirkpatrick and R. australis Topsent, as having no significance for classification. Ijima in his splendid report (arranged for publication by Yai- chiro Okada) on the Siboga hexactinellida lists (1927, p. 377) the Inown species of Rhabdocalyptus, 13 in number. The following brief diagnoses of the species other than R. dawsoné will serve to in- dicate the persistent lines of past variation within this group. R. tener F. BE. Schulze (1899, p. 57), coast of California. Auto- dermalia, pentacts and hexacts. Autogastralia larger than auto- dermalia, hexacts with free ray longer and more spinose than the others. Oxyhexasters (varying, as in the other species of the genus, to the hexactine shape, Ijima 1897, p. 45) with spheroidal central thickening; terminal rays exceedingly slender. Discoctasters 80p to 100. diameter; the nodal protuberances, representing the six primary rays of the primitive hexact, unusually large and con- spicuous. Microdiscohexasters not observed. R. nodulosus ¥. BE. Schulze (1899, p. 58), coast of California. Autodermalia, stauracts and pentacts. Autogastralia, strong oxyhex- acts, free ray usually longer and more spinose than the others. Oxyhexasters with spheroidal central thickening. Discoctasters large, 240 to 300u diameter. PR. asper F, KE. Schulze (1899, p. 60), coast of California. Autoder- malia, pentacts and stauracts. Autogastralia, hexacts and pentacts. Prostal hypodermal pentacts all large; some with tangential rays that measure as much as 1-2 cm. in length and are smooth or with only a rough shagreenlike surface. Oxyhexasters 140 to 160» diam- eter. Discoctasters 150u to 200 diameter. R. mirabilis ¥. E. Schulze (1899, p. 61), coast of Alaska. Autoder- malia for the most part small diacts; some pentacts and stauracts. Autogastralia, oxyhexacts; free ray 500» long and spinose; other rays 200» long, roughened. Oxyhexasters about 120, diameter. ART. 8 A NEW VARIETY OF SPONGE WILSON AND PENNEY 76 Discocasters 160. diameter; protuberances representing the six primary rays large; terminal disks of secondary rays comparatively large and usually with six marginal teeth. R. (Acanthosaccus) tenuis (F. KE. Schulze, 1899, p. 66), coast of California. Autodermalia, pentacts, stauracts, and diacts. Auto- gastralia, oxyhexacts; free ray 600 to 8004 long and over, more strongly spinose than the other rays; latter rays 200 to 300, long. Oxyhexasters represented only by the (derived) oxyhexact form 150n to 200 diameter. Discoctasters 2004 diameter; main rays short, sometimes exceedingly short; terminal rays numerous, long and slender, bearing end disks having 5-6 marginal teeth. (Acantho- saccus F, KE. Schulze 1899, p. 65, was merged in Rhabdocalyptus by Tjima 1904, p. 128.) F. mollis F. E. Schulze (1887, p. 155; Ijima 1897, p. 50; Ijima 1904, pp. 253-801), Japan. Autodermalia, diacts with a few stauracts and pentacts. Autogastralia, oxyhexacts, rays all similar. Oxyhexasters with rays conspicuously barbed proximally. Discoctasters 130 to 176» diameter, F. capillatus Tima (1897, p. 51; 1904, pp. 276, 302), Japan. Auto- dermalia predominantly diacts. Autogastralia predominantly hex- acts, rays all similar or free ray twice as long as the others. Oxyhex- asters 106 to 186. Discoctasters small, 824 to 106» diameter; terminals much longer than the main rays, in a solid bunch and distinctly flaring. PR. victor Tjima (1897, p. 52; 1904, pp. 238, 301), Japan. Height may reach almost 3 feet (859 mm.). Autodermalia, stauracts. Auto- gastralia, oxyhexacts, rays all similar. Oxyhexasters 180 to 280p diameter; principals very short or obsolete. Discoctasters 180, to 240u diameter. R. unguiculatus Tjima (1904, pp. 268, 302), Japan. Autodermalia, diacts with a few stauracts or tauacts (8 rayed forms). Autogas- tralia, oxyhexacts; free ray much longer than the others, 440 to 5502; parenchymal ray 230, to 300u; tangentials 275p to 330u. Oxy- hexasters 130 to 160 diameter. Discoctasters 143 to 190% diam- eter; terminals much longer than main rays; end-disks with margi- nal teeth which are largest and strongest on side that is turned away from axis of the tuft of terminals. R. plumodigittatus Kirkpatrick (1902, p. 220; syn. R. lophodigi- tatus Kirkpatrick 1901, p. 458), South Africa. Shape, that of a subglobular cup. Autodermalia and autogastralia, diacts 600» to 1,000.2 long. Oxyhexasters 90u to 100n diameter. Discoctasters of two forms: large ones, 130» to 160 diameter, main ray bearing 6-8 very much longer terminals; small ones, 60y diameter, with more divergent terminals. Microdiscohexasters not observed. 8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 76 R. baculifer ¥. EB. Schulze (1904, p. 34), South Africa. Autoder- malia, diacts 200% to 600u long. Autogastralia, diacts commonly longer than the autodermalia. Oxyhexasters 100, to 160, diameter ; principal rays very short, often vestigial. Discoctasters 160 diam- eter. Schulze regards this species as very close to the preceding. He looks on the presence of only one form of discoctaster as the most important differential. R. australis Topsent (1901, p. 37; Ijima 1904, p. 237), Antarctic. Autodermalia predominantly diacts but stauracts and pentacts also abundant. Autogastralia, hexacts, all rays similar. Paratangential rays of hypodermal pentacts shagreened (that is, finely tuberculate) and also with spines. Oxyhexasters 140» to 160 diameter. Discoc- tasters 180 diameter; terminals few, three rarely four. Microdis- cohexasters not observed. R. roepert F, E. Schulze (1887, p. 158), having hypodermal pen- tacts with spineless paratangential rays, was transferred by Ijima (1897, p. 55) to Stawrocalyptus Tjima (1897). Likewise 22. dowlingia L. M. Lambe (1898, p. 37) from British Columbia was transferred to Staurocalyptus by Tjima (1897, p. 53). It will be seen from this survey that ten of the thirteen known species of the genus occur on the two sides of the North Pacific, the coasts of Alaska, British Columbia, and California on the East, the coast of Japan on the West. The variety here recorded is the only form in which the free ray of the autogastral hexact spicule is known to be smoother and smaller than the other rays, although one would expect to find in #. asper (see above) spicules of this kind. The op- posite development, leading to a free ray longer and more spinose than the others, has occurred in a number of forms (seven). Ina few forms all six rays are similar. In two the hexacts have degen- erated to diacts. REFERENCES IgtmMA, I. 1897. Revision of Hexactinellids with Discoctasters, with Descriptions of Five New Species. Annotationes Zoologicae Japonenses, vol. 1, parts 1 and 2. Tokyo. 1898. The Genera and Species of Rossellidae. Annotationes Zoologicae Ja- ponenses, vol. 2, part 2. Tokyo. 1904. Studies on the Hexactinellida. Contribution IV. Rossellidae. (Im- portant for the genera.) The Journal of the College of Science, Imperial University of Tokyo, vol. 18, article 7. Tokyo. 1927. The Hexactinellida of the Siboga Expedition. Siboga-Expeditie, Monographe VI. Brill, Leiden. KIRKPATRICK, R. 1901. Description of a new Hexactinellid Sponge from S. Africa. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, ser. 7, vol. 7. London. 1902. Descriptions of South African Sponges. Marine Investigations in South Africa. Department of Agriculture. Cape of Good Hope. Capetown. ART. 8 A NEW VARIETY OF SPONGE—WILSON AND PENNEY 9 LAmpsBeE, L. M. 1892. On Some Sponges from the Pacific Coast of Canada and Behring Sea. Transactions Royal Society of Canada for the year 1892. Section Iv. Ottawa. 1893. Sponges from the Pacific Coast of Canada. Transactions Royal Soci- ety of Canada for the year 1893. Section IV. Ottawa. SoHvuLzE, F. E. 1887. Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H. M. S. Challenger. Zoology, vol. 21, Report on the Hexactinellida. Edinburgh. 1897. Revision des Systemes der Asconematiden und Rosselliden. Sitzungs- berichte der kéniglich preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, vol. 26. y 1899. Amerikanische Hexactinelliden. Fischer, Jena. 1904. Hexactinellida. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der deutschen Tiefsee- Expedition, vol. 4, Fischer, Jena. TOPSENT, E. 1901. Spongiaires. Expédition Antarctique Belge. Résultats du Voyage du S. Y. Belgica. Anvers. EXPLANATION OF PLATES PLATE 1 The sponge, from the side; actual height about 510 mm. PLATE 2 Figure 1. The sponge from above, X about one-third. 2. Gastral membrane showing the autogastralia in place, the tangential rays of the latter forming a reticulum with, in general, squarish meshes. Photograph xX 47. U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1930 eng fi ‘ais ern deste vs | my ants Aa a adalat iii ee ke Pao pater i Bh So nares Pry ty. a! ang te festa ult ue sHeerige Hee pH oittontineys BE ube. (14) pit Psa tae BLY iy wana!” a apna tinh) gy ike Ushi ith baht, FAY: aA te Dash" RB lai Kaveh LoS OS A doalebrtany dot tage Py hay id peer yeas: MeN Aah Ligaen inne i) ths FIGURE 2.—MyYCTOPHUM CRENULARE JORDAN AND GILBERT A very adequate description of I/. crenulare is rendered by Gil- bert 1915 (p. 313), who first established the identity of the two above-mentioned nominal species. M. crenulare differs from all other species of the genus Myctophum by the presence of only one Pre and by the absence of pores from all of the lateral line scales except a few of the most anterior ones. It is further characterized by the strong compression of head and body, by the slenderness of the caudal peduncle, and by the nearly rudimentary state of the ventral fins, while the pectorals are well developed. The type specimen of Zarletonbeania tenua shows no significant differences at all from the type of W. crenulare, Gilbert’s opinion upon the identity of the two has therefore been fully accepted by the author. The various body proportions of the species are also very charac- teristic, and rather different from the usual proportions of the genus 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou, 76 Myctophum, particularly with regard to the distances from the snout to the ventral and vertical fins, as will appear from the following table of measurements: Measurements of M. crenulare Jordan and Gilbert [In per cent of the total length without caudal fin] TTY O hee a ee ee re OR we ee eee Tenua Crenulare Totalvengthawithout caudal finiin mmess= See sss ee eee eee ee 61 46 irengthrotheads sae ee ot ee ee oe 26 26. 0 Diameter Ol CVC. ee 2 ae GI ee eae eee 8 7. 6 Greatest heighta. (See a eee oe eee eee ete ee 21 24. 0 Length.of lower jaw ss262- 42a eee ee 8 Pe ee 18 18. 5 Heightror caudal peduncle. eos. Uy e oa eee ee 5 5. 5 Snoutrtosl) sree Pale oe AA LOR ER ELT Mer Pe a 51 50. 0 SnouitutonViotee Se tea ec 2 Rt Pee ees ie Ak 39 39. 0 ISTHOUNU UO At ee eee na te aoe as CREE CenySiERO Semen een ceutical amt 56 54. 0 The illustration of the species previously rendered by Goode and Bean (1895, fig. 105, pl. 28, Tarletonbeania tenua), being rather in- adequate and misleading in several respects, the accompanying dia- gram has been prepared from the above recorded specimens.°® Correctly defined in the previously rendered key. M. crenulare has been taken only off the Pacific coast of North America. MYCTOPHUM IMITATOR Parr, 1928 Myctophum suborbitale GILBERT, 1913 (name preoccupied, see Parr, 1928, GO): eee simile TAANING, 1928. Material investigated. Type specimen of Myctophum suborbitale Gilbert, No. 74473, U.S.N.M. Suruga Bay, Japan. The predorsal length of the type specimen is recorded by Gilbert 1913 as 55 per cent of the total length without caudal fin, but was found by the author to be only 45 per cent of the said measurement, the discrepancy probably being due to a misprint in Gilbert’s report. The length of the head was likewise found to be probably more nearly 32 per cent of the total length without caudal fin, than 35 per cent as recorded by Gilbert. The distance from snout to ventral fins equals about 41 per cent of the same measurement. No illustration of the species having previously been rendered the accompanying diagram was prepared from the type specimen. Correctly defined in the previously rendered key. Known only from the coast of Japan. ° The figure represents a composite diagram, photophores which have become accident: ally lost on the left side shown of the type of M. crenulare, on which the drawing is primarily based, have been entered by comparison with the right side and with the type of Tarletonbeania tenua, art. 10 NOTES ON MYCTOPHINE FISHES—PARR 7 The type of MZ. imitator (suborbitale) is in every respect per- fectly concordant with the brief preliminary diagnosis of M. simdle rendered by Taaning, 1928 (p. 56), and, if the identity of the two should become definitely established by further investigation of the latter form, Taaning’s name would have priority over the name of /. imitator. MYCTOPHUM PTEROTUM Alcock, 1891 Scopelus (Myctophum) pterotus Atcock, 1891. Myctophum pterotum Fowtsr, 1928; Parr, 1928 (full discussion of earlier synonymy). Myctophum gilberti EVERMANN and SEALE 1907. Material investigated. Type specimen of Mycotophum gilberti Evermann and Seale, No. 55900, U.S.N.M. Philippine Islands. The identity of M. gilberti with UM. pterotum Alcock, already sug- gested by Gilbert, 1913 (p. 81), could only be confirmed by an in- spection of the type specimen of the former species. Ficurm® 3.—MYCTOPHUM IMITATOR Park (=M. SUBORBITALE GILBERT) MYCTOPHUM FIBULATUM Gilbert and Cramer, 1897 Myctophum fibulatum Parr, 1928 (with full discussion of earlier snyonymy, p. 67). Material investigated. Type specimen No. 47711, U.S.N.M. Hawaii. A fairly accurate illustration of the type of this species has been rendered with the original description (Gilbert and Cramer, 1897 p. 411, and pl. 38, fig. 27), and the species has been further discussed in considerable detail by Gilbert 1913 (p. 81, under the heading of M. pterotum Alcock). The type specimen differs somewhat from the specimens previously described and figured by the author (Parr, 1928, p. 67 and fig: 7) in having the PZO very close to the lateral line, and by having the last Pre immediately below, not directly in the end of the lateral ™The legend (pl. 38, fig. 1) erroneously refers this figure to Diaphus chrysorhynchus, which is shown in figure 3 on the same plate and is referred to the above-discussed species. 8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 line; while in the material obtained by the Bingham Oceanographic Expedition to the Bahamas, 1927, the PLO is considerably closer to the base of pectoral fin than to the lateral line, and the last Pre is always directly in the end of the lateral line. In the author’s opinion these differences are not sufficiently significant to justify the intro- duction of an entirely separate species but a subspecific designation of the Atlantic form seems desirable. The two PVO are in both forms arranged in an only very slightly inclined, nearly horizontal series. Fowler, 1928 (p. 70) still includes M. fibulatum among the syno- nyms of Jf. pterotum Alcock, without giving any reasons for not accepting the arguments rendered by Gilbert 1913 (p. 81) for the distinctness of these two species. M. fibulatum fibulatum has only been recorded with reliable identi- fication from Hawaiian waters. MYCTOPHUM FIBULATUM PROXIMUM, new subspecies Myctophuwm fibulatum Parr, 1928. Type specimen, No. 2184 Bingham Oceanographic Collection. Paratype deposited in the United States National Museum. Distinct from I/. fibulatum fibulatum by having the PLO nearer the base of pectoral fin than to the lateral line, and by having the last Pre directly in the end of the lateral line, as above described. For illustration and further details see Parr, 1928 (pp. 67-69, and fig. 7). The anterior PVO is shown in a somewhat too low position in the figure. Known only from the Tongue of the Ocean, Bahamas. The species M/. fibulatum as a whole has been correctly defined in the previously rendered key. MYCTOPHUM ANDREAE Liitken, 1892 Scopelus (Rhinoscopelus) andreae LUTKEN, 1892. Rhinoscopelus andreae GoovE and BEAN, 1895; JorDAN and EVvERMANN, 1896. Myctophum coccot andreae BRAvUER, 1904. Myctophum andreaé Braver, 1906, ZuaMAyer, 1911. Centrobranchus andreae GILBERT, 1911; Fow rr, 1928. Centrobranchus gracilicaudus GILBERT, 1905; JoRDAN and JoRDAN, 1922. Myctophum nigro-ocellatum (part) Parr, 1928. Material investigated. Type specimen of Centrobranchus graci- licaudus Gilbert, No. 51518 U.S.N.M. Hawaii. The type of Centrobranchus gracilicaudus is in every respect per- fectly concordant with the description and figure of Myctophwm ART. 10 NOTES ON MYCTOPHINE FISHES—PARR 9 andreae rendered by Liitken, 1892 (p. 245,°) and the author can there- fore see no reason for maintaining the former as a separate species. In the previously rendered key to the genus Myctophum (Parr, 1928, p. 62) M. andreae has become identified with M. nigro-ocellatum Giinther through an unfortunate misinterpretation of a note upon these two species rendered by Taaning 1928 (p. 55), for which the author must apologize. M. andreae and M. nigro-ocellatum are easily differentiable from each other by the characters mentioned in the following supplementary key.° I. First (lower) SAO above third VO. AO 4-7+ 8-12 ° M. nigro- ocellatum Giinther 1889. II. First (lower) SAO above fourth VO. AO 6+11. M. andreae Liitken 1892. The synonymy of M/. nigro-ocellatum should then read : Scopelus nigro-ocellatus GUNTHER, 1889. Myctophum nigro-ocellatum TAANING, 1928; Parr, 1928 (part). Centrebranchus choerocephalus Fow er, 1903 and 1928; GitperT 1905, 1908, and 1913; JorpDAN and JORDAN, 1928. Myctophum (Myctophum) coccoi forma regularis BRAvER, 1904. Myctophum (Myctophum) choerocephalum Braver, 1906. A good illustration of If. andreae has been rendered by Gilbert 1905 (pl. 69, fig. 2) (“Centrobranchus gracilicaudus”), who also shows a specimen of M. nigro-ocellatum (“Centrobranchus choero- cephalus”) on the same plate (fig. 1.). M. andreae is known from the Indian and Atlantic oceans, and, as Centrobranchus gracilicaudus, from the Hawaiian waters and from Japan. MYCTOPHUM PRISTILEPIS Gilbert and Cramer, 1897 Dasyscopelus pristilepis GILBERT and CRAMER, 1897. Myctophum pristilepis Parr, 1928 (full synonymy). Material investigated. Type specimen No. 47737, U.S.N.M. From Hawaii. The original description and figure of this species (Gilbert and Cramer, 1897, p. 412 and pl. 39, fig. 1) has been supplemented by Gilbert, 1906 (p. 259 and pl. 3), with a very accurate illustration and a detailed discussion of its characters, to which the author has noth- ing to add. The species has been correctly defined in the previously 8 Liitken’s figure shows the SAO equally spaced, but this feature probably is due to inaccuracy in the drawing and is not mentioned in the text. In the type of gracilicaudus the middle SAO is distinctly nearer to the lower than to the upper organ of the same series. ®To be used for subdivision of point gg in the previously rendered key (Parr, 1928, p. 62). 195-74+9-12, according to Gilbert, 1905, p. 594 (“ Centrobranchus gracilicaudus’’) ; 45+ 8-9 according to Taaning, 1928, p. 55. 64440—29-—_2 10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 rendered key. Fowler, 1928 (p. 67), combines this species with M. asperum Richardson, with which it is very closely related. The type was obtained in Hawaiian waters. The typical form has later been recorded from near Mauritius (Gilbert, 1906), and an Atlantic subspecies obtusirostre is mentioned by Taaning (1928). MYCTOPHUM CALIFORNIENSE Eigenmann and Eigenmann, 1889 Myctophum californiense JorpAN and EVERMANN, 1896; GILBERT, 1913; TOWNSEND and NICHOLS, 1925, Parr, 1928. Myctophum humboldti (part) Brauer, 1906. Material investigated. Type specimen No. 41920, U.S.N.M. From San Diego, California. The original description of M. californiense Eigenmann and Eigenmann (1889, p. 124) has been very adequately supplemented by Gilbert, 1913 (p. 78), the accompanying diagram of the type specimen, however, represents the first illustration of the species. FIGURE 4.—MyYCTOPHUM CALIFORNIENSD EHIGHNMANN AND EIGENMANN The eyes and the head were found to be slightly larger in the type than in the specimen recorded by Gilbert, equaling 8.5 and 27 per cent, respectively, of the total without caudal fin, instead of 7.8 and 25 per cent of the same measurement. Correctly defined in the previously rendered key.' Type locality: San Diego, California. Subsequently recorded also from Japan (Gilbert, 1913). MYCTOPHUM EVERMANNI Gilbert, 1905 Myctophum evermanni BRAvER, 1906; Gi~BERT, 1908 and 1913; Wesemr, 1913, WEBER and BEAUFORT, 1913; JorDAN and JorDAN, 1922; Fowrrr, 1928; PARR, 1928. Material investigated. Type specimen No. 51521, U.S.N.M. From Hawaii. Adequately described and figured by Gilbert, 1905 (p. 597 and pl. (0, fig. 2). Correctly defined in the previously rendered key. 4 For “The last 3-4 posterior AO above the base A” (Parr. 1928, p. 64, point Z), read “The first 3-4 posterior AO above the base A.” ArT. 10 NOTES ON MYCTOPHINE FISHES—PARR 11 Known from the waters around Hawaii, from the Indo-Australian Archipelago and from Japan. MYCTOPHUM AFFINE Liitken, 1892 Scopelus affinis LUTKEN, 1892. Myctophum affine Goopr and Ban, 1895; JorpAN and EVERMANN, 1896; BRAUER, 1904 and 1906; LonNBERG, 1905; GILBERT, 1908, 1911, 1913, and 1915; ZuGMAYER, 1911; Fow Ler, 1912, not Fow ier, 1928; Weser, 1913; WEBER and BEAUFORT, 1913; PAPPENHEIM, 1914; JoRDAN and JORDAN, 1922; Fow Ler ard BALL, 1925; TAANING, 1928; Parr, 1928. Myctophum opalinum GoopE and BEAN, 1895; JORDAN and EVERMANN, 1896, WaAITE, 1903; Breprer, 1927. Myctophum nitidulwm GARMAN, 1899. Rhinoscopelus oceanicus JORDAN and HVERMANN, 1903. Myctophum margaritatum GILBERT, 1905. Material investigated. Type specimen of RAinoscopelus oceanicus Jordan and Evermann, 1902, No. 50622, Hawaii. Type specimen of Myctophum margaritatum Gilbert, 1905, No. 51536, Hawaii. An inspection of the above mentioned types can only serve to verify in every respect the identity of these two nominal species with the cosmopolitan M. affine Liitken, as already made out by Brauer, 1906 (p. 190) and by Gilbert, 1908 (p. 217) and 1918 (p. 77). Fowler, 1928 (p. 69), figures a young specimen (of about 30 mm. length without caudal fin) ,!? and describes another, of 72 mm. length, referring both to M/. affine. These specimens do, however, neither seem identical with each other nor can either one of them be iden- tified with Liitken’s M. affine, unless the description and figure should be very inaccurate and misleading. The illustration shows a specimen with prominent snout, 6 PO, 4 VO, SAO in a straight series, 10+5 AQ, only one single Pre, anal origin under the anterior part of the base of dorsal fin, the ventrals inserted far in advance of the origin of dorsal fin, and no lateral line. If these features are accurately shown in the drawing the specimen certainly must repre- sent an entirely new species most closely related to the group of J. coccoi Cocco, M. nigro-ocellatum Ginther and M. andreae Liitken, but has no relationship at all to M/. affine Liitken. The larger speci- men is on the other hand described as having a “ very short” snout, only 6+4 AO, 2 Pre, and a lateral line, That these two specimens can not be identical if figure and description are both reliable, is obvious without further discussion. That the larger specimen can not either be identical with Liitken’s M/. affine is indicated by the following features. The specimen is described as having “4 pec- torals”; “2 anterolaterals”; “5 thoracic”; and “ventrals appar- ently 3.” The fact that there are 5 “thoracics” in addition to the 4 “ nectorals” shows that there must be one photophore more on the “According to the scale of the illustration, fig. 13, in his Fishes of Oceania. 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 anterior part of the body than there is in &. affine (which has 1 PLO+2 PVO+5 PO=8, only, instead of 9). According to the defi- nition of antero-lateral organs (Goode and Bean, 1895, tentative arrangement of the genera of Myctophidae, with diagram and ex- planation of terms, inserted between pages 70 and 71, loc. ctt.), the presence of two such photophores as described by Fowler would mean, in modern terms, that the second VO is elevated, a condition which also automatically explains the statement that there are ap- parently only 3 “ventrals,’ the second VO being counted as an antero-lateral. Fowler’s larger specimen, therefore, would probably belong in division B, II, e, 2, « (p. 60) in the previously rendered key to the genus Myctophum (Parr, 1928), but does not seem to have any relationship to If. affine, in which the 4 VO are all situated on the same level. MYCTOPHUM REINHARDTI Liitken, 1892 Scopelus reinhardti LUrKEn, 1892. Myctophum reinhardti Parr, 1928 (with full synonymy). Myctophum braueri GILBERT, 1905. Material investigated. Type specimen of Myctophum braueri Gil- bert, No. 51527 U.S.N.M., from Hawaii. The identity of M. braueri Gilbert 1905 (p. 598 and Plate 70, fig. 1%*) with Liitken’s M. reinhardti has already been established by Gilbert, 1908 (p. 219), and can only be confirmed by the author after an inspection of the type-specimen of the former nominal species. MYCTOPHUM HYGOMI Liitken, 1892 Scopelus hygomi LUTKEN, 1892. Myctophum hygomi Parr 1928, (with full synonymy). Myctophum remiger GoopdE and BEAN, 1895. Material investigated. Type lot of Myctophum remiger Goode and Bean 1895, No. 48792, 9 specimens from the western Atlantic. Inspection of the type specimens of /. remiger G. a. B. only serves to verify the identity of this form with Liitken’s I. hygomé as al- ready made out by Jordan and Evermann, 1986, page 573. The sample showed the following compositions of organs in the anal series, each side being counted separately. 6+7 AO in 4 cases; 7+6 AO in 12 cases; and 7+7 AO in 2 cases (1 specimen). Asym- oy AO was found in two specimens. Known from the Mediterranean, the Atlantic, and the Indian Oceans. metry of the nature 18 Misnamed M. liitkeni in the legend of the figure (see Gilbert, 1908). ant. 10 NOTES ON MYCTOPHINE FISHES—PARR 13 LAMPANYCTUS WARMINGI Liitken, 1892 Scopelus (Nyctophus) warmingi LUrTKEN, 1892b. Lampanyctus warmingi Parr, 1928 (with earlier synonymy). Myctophum townsendi EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, 1889. Lampanyctus townsendi Parr, 1928 (with earlier synonymy) ; Fow Ler, 1928. Material investigated. Type lot of Myctophum townsendi Kig- enmann and Eigenmann, 1889, No. 41921, U.S.N.M., from Cortez Banks, California. The largest specimen of the sample of Myctophum townsendi, the only one which is still legible, is in every respect perfectly concordant with the Atlantic specimens of LZ. warmingi Liitken (see Taaning, 1928, p. 65, and Parr, 1928, p. 91), both with regard to proportions, photophores, and luminous scales. The latter are found in the same, characteristic arrangement as in L. warming? in a single mid- ventral series between ventral fins and the vent, ending in a symmetri- cal pair, one on each side of the anal opening, (see also Gilbert, 1913, p. 99). A group of luminous scales below the throat, now lost in the type, has also been described by Gilbert (1918, p. 99). There is a whitish patch above the eye, preserved in a bad condition, only on one side, which may be an artefact or might possibly represent a lum- inous tissue, similar to the presumably luminous patches found in the same position in Z. photothoraw Parr, 1928. This feature is, however, of a highly questionable nature and taxonomic value, and the investigated lot shows no adequate reason at all for regarding L. townsendi as a distinct species from Z. warmingi. LAMPANYCTUS MARGARITIFER Goode and Bean, 1895 Notoscopelus margaritifer GoopE and BEAN, 1895. Macrostoma margaritiferum JORDAN and HXVERMANN, 1896. Myctophum (Lampanyctus) margaritiferum BRAvER, 1906. Lampanyctus margaritifer Parr, 1928. Material investigated. Type specimen No. 43775, U.S.N.M. From the northwestern Atlantic. The original figure of this species (Goode and Bean, 1895, fig. 98, pl. 26) apparently renders a fairly accurate picture of the arrange- ment of the photophores, being generally correct in as far as it is now possible to check up on the type-specimen. The only obvious difference worth mentioning is contributed by the fact that 5 VO in a straight series are found in the type, while only 4 of these organs are shown in the figure. The upper PVO has now become lost on both sides, but is shown above the base of the pectoral fin in Goode and Bean’s drawing. Correctly defined in the previously rendered key. Known only from the Newfoundland Banks. 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 LAMPANYCTUS ELONGATUS Costa, 1844 Scopelus elongatus Costa, 1844. Lampanyctus elongatus Parr, 1928 (with full synonymy). Notoscopelus brachychir EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, 1889. Catablemmela brachychir EIGENMANN and EIGENMANN, 1891. Notoscopelus quercinus Goopp and Bran, 1895. Macrostoma quercinum JorDAN and EvERMANN, 1896. Myctophum (Lampanyctus) quercinum Brauer, 1906. Material investigated. Type specimen of Votoscopelus brachychar Eigenmann and Eigenmann, 1889, No. 76336, U.S.N.M. From Cor- tez Banks, California. Type specimen of Motoscopelus quercimus Goode and Bean, 1895, No. 43789, U.S.N.M. From the Newfound- land Banks. Only a few of the photophores can still be made out with cer- tainty on either of the two above mentioned type specimens, which are in a rather bad condition. There is, however, nothing to refute the view already previously held by the author that Notoscopelus brachychir and quercinus are both perfectly identical with Lam- panyctus elongatus Costa, as already made out by Jordan and Ever- mann, 1896 (p. 556) in the case of the former of the two nominal species. LAMPANYCTUS CASTANEUS Goode and Bean, 1895 Notoscopelus castaneus GoopE and BEAN, 1895. Macrostoma castaneum JorpDAN and EvERMANN, 1896. Myctophum (Lampanyctus) castaneus Braurr, 1906. Lampanyctus castaneus Parr, 1928. Material investigated. Type specimen No. 31706, U.S.N.M. From the northwestern Atlantic. The condition of the type specimen makes it quite impossible to observe any details of specific significance, practically all of the photophores having now become lost. Nothing can therefore be added to the unfortunately rather inadequate original description, and the accuracy of the details shown in the only illustration of this species (Goode and Bean 1895, fig. 95, pl. 25) can not be determined. LAMPANYCTUS GUNTHERI Goode and Bean, 1895 Lampanyctus giintheri GoopE and Bran, 1895; JorpAN and EvERMANN, 1896; WAITE, 1910 (?) ; Parr, 1928. Myctophum (Lampanyctus) giintheri BRAUER, 1906; PAPPENHEIM, 1914. Lampanyctus melanothoraxr, PARR, 1928. Material investigated. Type specimen No. 43777, U.S.N.M. New- foundland Banks. It appears from an inspection of the above type specimen that the lateral line scales of L. gtintheri are very much enlarged indeed, particularly on the posterior part of the body, where their broad posterior (free) margins extend over approximately three-fourths, art. 10 NOTES ON MYCTOPHINE FISHES—PARR 15 or more, of the entire height of the caudal peduncle. The fact that the said species was referred by Goode and Bean, 1895, to the genus Lampanyctus, in the restricted sense in which this generic designa- tion was employed by the said authors to embrace only the species which combined among other characters the feature of having the scales of the lateral line “scarcely larger than the others,” is there- fore inexplicable,“ and has caused the author previously to redescribe the species under the name of Z. melanothorax. The specimens re- ported by Waite, 1910, as having the lateral line scales only scarcely enlarged may possibly pertain to another species, if a similar mis- leading use of these descriptive terms has not also been made by Waite. The type specimen of Z. giintheri is in all other respects quite con- cordant with the material of Z. melanothoraw Parr previously re- ported upon (see Parr, 1928, p. 99), as will appear from a comparison of the accompanying diagram of the former with the figure and de- Ficgurp 5.—TYPHh SPECIMEN OF LAMPANYCTUS GUNTHERI GOODE AND BBHAN. SuPRA- AND INFRA-CAUDAL LUMINOUS SCALES LOST scription of the latter (oc. cit.). Most of the luminous scales, the second and third Prec, and possibly the sixth postero-anal organ have become lost, however, in the type of L. giinther2, but there is no reason to assume that these organs, when present, would have differed from those of the nominal LZ. melanothoraz. The species has been recorded from Atlantic and Australian waters. L. gaussi Brauer 1906, which has been identified with L. giuntheri by Taaning 1928, differs according to Brauer’s description in having 6 VO and a luminous scale at the base of ventral fin, while only 5 VO and no luminous scale in the said position are found in L. giintheri. LAMPANYCTUS MEXICANUS Gilbert, 1891 Myctophum mexicanum GILBERT, 1891. Nannobrachium mexicamumm JORDAN and EVERMANN, 1896. Myctophum (Lampanyctus) mexicanum BRAUER, 1906. Lampanyctus mexicanus Parr, 1928. Material investigated. Type specimen No. 76343, U.S.N.M. From the Gulf of California. 14 The original illustration of the species (Goode and Bean, 1895, fig. 90, pl. 24) is also entirely misleading in this respect, 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 PLO at the lateral line. First PVO well below and anterior to the second PVO. 5 PO, the fourth elevated approximately to the level of the upper PVO. Interspace between first and second PO enlarged. VLO very low, its distance from the base of ventral fin only about one-third of its distance from the lateral line. 4 VO, the second VO elevated to the level of the VZO. SAO broadly angulate. First SAO above the interspace between third and fourth VO, somewhat nearer to the vertical from the former. Second SAO above and behind fourth VO and slightly higher than first SAO. Third SAO at the lateral line, somewhat behind the vertical from second SAO. The continuation of the line through second and third SAO passes well behind the last VO. Only 4 widely spaced antero-anal organs, with the interspaces gradually decreasing caudalwards. None of the an- tero-anal organs elevated. 2 Pol, the upper at the lateral line, well behind the vertical from the lower Pol, which is situated well behind and somewhat higher than the last antero-anal organ. The anterior FIGURE 6.—LAMPANYCTUS MEXICANUS GILBERT organs of the postero-anal series have unfortunately now become lost in the type specimen, but four organs are found on each side on the posterior part of the caudal peduncle in a continuous, horizontal series along the ventral outline of the tail, ending at the bases of the lower caudal rays. These four organs evidently must comprise the posterior postero-anals and the anterior (lower) praecaudals and their arrangement indicates these two series to be perfectly confluent. The ultimate Pre is situated close to, but very distinctly above the end of the lateral line. No intermediate organ was found between this upper praecaudal and the above described posterior organ of the ventral series (see figure), but there is a possibility that such organs may originally have been present and have subsequently become lost in the type specimen. This possibility is, however, not confirmed by the original description, according to which there were “six pairs of spots along the under side of tail, and three along base of lower caudal lobe ” (Gilbert, 1891, p. 52), when the specimen was ** The pectoral fins have practically completely disappeared in this species and their bases can therefore scarcely serve as orientation points for describing the positions of the photophores. arr. 10 NOTES ON MYCTOPHINE FISHES—PARR 17 still in a comparatively fresh state of preservation. In modern terms the above quoted description should therefore probably read: Six postero-anals. The three anterior (or lower) Pre situated along the base of lower caudal lobe.'® With further details as above described. The obscure terminology of the original description has caused the species to be recorded as having 6+6 AO (Brauer, 1906, p. 167) or 6+5 AO (Parr, 1928, p. 84), the actual numbers being 4+6 (%) AO+4 Pre, as above made out. Otherwise correctly defined in the previously rendered key. 6-7 infracaudal and 3 supracaudal luminous scales, not elevated on procurrent caudal spines. The type specimen shows the following proportions in per cent of the total length without caudal fin (44 mm.). Length of head 30. Diameter of eye 6.8. Length of lower jaw 23. Greatest height 18. Distance from snout to dorsal fin 50. Distance from snout to ventral fins 42. Distance from snout to anal fin 60. FigurRn 7.—LAMPANYCTUS MICROCHIR GILBERT The advanced position of the ventrals relative to the dorsal fin, the low position of the VZO, the low number of photophores in the antero-anal series and the comparatively few scales are the dis- tinguishing features of the species. LAMPANYCTUS MICROCHIR Gilbert, 1913 Lampanyctus microchir GiLBerr, 1913; Parr, 1928. Material investigated. Type specimen No. 74468, U.S.N.M. Suruga Bay, Japan. A fully adequate and very accurate description of this species has already been rendered by Gilbert, 1913 (p. 101), but no illustration has so far been published. The accompanying diagram has therefore been prepared from the type specimen. Correctly defined in the previously rendered key. Known only from the type specimen. 16 The praecaudals being arbitrarily counted as four when they are confluent with the postero-anals (see Parr, 1928, p. 77). 64440—29-—_3 18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 LAMPANYCTUS NANNOCHIR Gilbert, 1891 Myctophum mannochir GILBERT, 1891 (part). Nannobrachium nannochir (part), JoRDAN and EvERMANN, 1896; GILBERT, 1895. Lampanyctus nannochir GILBERT, 1913, PARR, 1928. ? MyctOophum (Lampanyctus) leucopsarum BRAuER, 1906. Material investigated. Type lot No. 44291, U.S.N.M."" 8 speci- mens from off the coast of the State of Washington. In spite of the various, quite extensive discussions of its taxonomic status rendered by Gilbert (1895, p. 899; 1918, p. 100, and 1915, p. 315, under Z. leucopsarus), subsequent to its original description (Gilbert, 1891, p. 51), Z. nannochir has up to the present date re- mained a very obscurely and unsatisfactorily defined species. After an inspection of the type sample deposited in the United States National Museum the author is able, however, to verify the specific distinctness of Gilbert’s species from the closely related L. leucop- sarus Eigenmann and Eigenmann™ as well as from all other forms included in the genus Lampanyctus. The following description of the type sample, of which only one specimen is sufficiently well pre- served to show the arrangement and numbers of the photophores, may serve for future identification. 17 A second type specimen (Noy 1459 of the Leland Stanford Junior University Museum, from the same haul as the type-sample in the U.S.N.M.) has also been assigned to the species in a later publication by Gilbert (1895, p. 400), wherein a more restricted defini- tion of L. nannochir is rendered. It is obvious, however, that the specimens of L. leucop- sarus, with which species L. nannochir was at first confounded, must have become weeded out of the type sample of the latter species, probably by Gilbert himself, subsequent to the publishing of the original description, as no such specimens are found in the sample to-day. 18The author has had opportunity to examine the type of LD. leucopsarus EKigenmann and Higenmann in the Museum of Comparative Zoélogy, Cambridge. This specimen differs from the above-discussed type of L. nannochir in having the upper SAO and Pol only about the length of one of their own diameters, or even considerably less (Pol), removed from the lateral line; by the presence of 4 Pre in an equally curved series, well separated from the postero-anal organs; and by the presence of 5 VO, the second being elevated and advanced to a position nearly vertically above the first VO. No traces of a VLO are found in the type of ZL. leucopsarus, and there seems to be no indication of such organ ever having been present on the specimen. A comparison with the type of L. nan- nochir might further suggest the possibility that the so-called VLO of the latter specimen should actually be homologous with the second VO of the type of L. leucopsarus, this organ having in the former species merely become further elevated and advanced to a position slightly anterior to the vertical from the first VO. On the basis of this assump- tion both species might be defined as having lost their VZO. ‘The type of L. nannochir must otherwise be defined as distinct from the type of L. lewcopsarus in having only 4 VO as compared to the unquestionable 5 VO of the latter, in direct contradiction of the com- parative tabulation of the features of these two species given by Gilbert, 1895 (p. 399). Other differences in proportions, ete., claimed by the said author could not be verified on the type specimens, which, on the contrary, seem quite concordant in all measurements. A thorough revision of the various collections referred to each of the respective species is highly desirable to clear the confusion existing in all previous descriptions. The types of both species agree in the practically rectilinear arrangement of the SAO, the lower one of which is situated entirely behind the vertical of the last VO; and also in having the Pre well separated from the postero-anal series. art. 10 NOTES ON MYCTOPHINE FISHES—PARR 19 Total length without caudal fin 97 mim."® Proportions in per cent of the total length without caudal fin: Length of head 28. Diameter of eye 6.6. Length of lower jaw 22. Greatest height 19. Distance from snout to dorsal fin 46. Distance from snout to ventrals 40.5. Distance from snout to anal fin 56. Origin of anal fin below the end of the anterior three-fifths of the base of dorsal fin. The general appearance of the species will be sufficiently evident from the accompanying diagram. PLO nearer to the lateral line than to the base of pectoral fin. Upper PVO vertically above lower PVO. 5 PO, the fourth elevated to approximately midway between the levels of the upper and the lower PVO. The interspace between first and second PO enlarged. VLO * approximately midway between the lateral line and the base of ventral fin, or lower, only slightly in advance of the vertical from FicurRp 8.—LAMPANYCTUS NANNOCHIR GILBERT the anterior VO. 4 VO with gradually decreasing intervals, the first interval being the widest. 3 SAO in a very slightly curved, nearly straight, series, with the lower organ well behind and only slightly higher than the fourth VO. This lower SAO probably represents the fifth VO of earlier descriptions. Second SAO only slightly nearer to the lower than to the upper SAO. Upper SAO about 3 of its own diameters below the lateral line canal. 7+7 AO (determined by comparison, between the different specimens in the type-sample). Pol posterior to the vertical from the last antero-anal organ and about 3 of its own diameters below the lateral line canal. The postero-anal series begins at a considerable distance (about equal to two normal photophore-intervals or even more) behind the end of the base of anal fin. 38 Prc, well separated from the postero-anal organs and apparently arranged in a nearly straight or only very 19The measured specimen, on which the following description and figure are mainly based, carried the tin tags of the sample and probably represents the holotype of the species. Only the numbers and accurate arrangement of the posterior ventral series (AO and Pre) were determined by comparison with the other specimens, 20 See footnote 18 on the preceding page. 20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 slightly curved series, with the upper organ somewhat below the end of the lateral line. The luminous scales are difficult to make out, but it is obvious that the infracaudal scales have occupied considerably more than one- third of the length of the caudal peduncle, as claimed by Gilbert 1895, probably more nearly two-thirds of the same. The supra- caudal series, however, has scarcely been more than half the length of the infracaudal series, thus conforming with Gilbert’s statement. The various published records of the species are of highly ques- tionable taxonomic validity. LAMPANYCTUS MACDONALDI Goode and Bean, 1895 Nannobrachium macdonaldi Goopr and BEAN, 1895; JorDAN and EvER- MANN, 1896. Material investigated. Type specimen No. 389478, U.S.N.M. Northwestern Atlantic. The above type specimen, is in most respects quite concordant with the redescription of Giinther’s Z. niger” rendered by Brauer, 1906 (p. 242), and differs from the three new species Z. ater, L. lineatus and L. cuprarius introduced by Taaning, 1928 in having the VZO inserted far below the lateral line. Brauer describes the VZO as being situated “ein wenig ” (a little, somewhat), below the lateral line in the specimens examined by him, and his figure (1906, fig. 159), shows its distance from the lateral line as only about one-third of its distance from the base of ventral fin. In the type of Z. mac- donaldi the ratio between these two distances equals about 2:3. In L. macdonaldi the PLO is also inserted approximately midway be- tween the lateral line and the base of pectoral fin, and the two PVO are situated nearly vertically above each other; while in Brauer’s description and figure of Z. niger the PLO is close to the lateral line and the PVO are arranged in a very oblique series with the upper organ well in advance of the lower. For these reasons the author has felt justified in reestablishing Z. macdonaldi Goode and Bean as a separate species, and the following brief synopsis may serve for its identification, as a supplement to point 22 (p. 87), in the previ- ously rendered key (Parr, 1928). v. VLO a little or far below the lateral line. n. /LO near the lateral line. PVO in an oblique series, with the upper photophore well in advance of the lower. VZO much nearer to lateral line than to base of ventral fin, L. niger (Giinther) Brauer, 1906. 7 The L. niger recorded by Gilbert, 1905 (p. 591) and 1913 (p. 100), obviously is identical with the L. ater described by Taaning, 1928, having the VZO immediately below the lateral line and the first SAO above the interspace between second and third VO: but on the other hand is not concordant with the redescription of L. niger rendered by Brauer, 1906 (p. 242) [see Parr, 1928, pp. 87 and 104]. Fowler, 1928 (p. 68), merely refers to Gilbert’s descriptions. art. 10 NOTES ON MYCTOPHINE FISHES—PARR 21 n*. PLO about midway between lateral line and the base of pectoral fin. PVO in an approximately vertical series. VZO only moderately closer to the lateral line than to the base of ventral fin, the ratio between the two distances being only about 2:3. L. macdonaldi Good and Bean, 1895. v’. VLO immediately below the lateral line. L. ater Taaning, 1928. L. cuprarius Taaning, 1928. L, lineatus Taaning, 1928. The inadequacy of the original figure and description (Goode and Bean, 1895, fig. 110, pl. 29, and p. 94), makes it desirable to refigure and redescribe LZ. macdonaldi in full detail. Total length of type specimen exclusive of caudal fin 104 mm. Proportions in per cent of the total length without caudal fin: Length of head 29. Diameter of eyes 5.8. Length of lower jaw 23. Greatest height 17. Height of caudal peduncle 10.5. Distance from snout to dorsal fin 46. Distance from snout to ventrals 43. Distance from snout to anal fin 58. Fiegur® 9.—LAMPANYCTUS MACDONALDI GOODE AND BEAN. THE NUMBER OF SEPARATH INFRA- AND SUPRA-CAUDAL LUMINOUS SCALES CAN NOT BH CLEARLY MADE OUT IN THE TYPE SPECIMEN Snout short. Praeopercular margin strongly inclined. Ventrals somewhat in advance of the origin of dorsal fin. Origin of anal fin under the end of the anterior three-fourths of the base of dorsal fin. The comparatively great height of the caudal peduncle is con- spicuous. Pectorals rudimentary. PLO about midway between lateral line and base of P. PVO nearly vertically arranged. 5 PO, the fourth elevated to midway between the levels of lower and upper PVO. VLO about two- thirds as distant from the lateral line as from the base of ventral fin. 4 VO, all on the same level. 3 SAO, broadly angulate. First SAO above the interspace between second and third VO. Second SAO only very slightly higher, well behind the vertical from the last VO. Upper SAO close to the lateral line, on a line with the second SAO which passes well behind the fourth VO. 7 antero- anal organs, equally spaced in a gently convex curve, none ele- 99 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 vated. 2 Pol, the upper close to the lateral line and well behind the vertical from the lower Pol, which is again well behind, but not so very much higher than, the last antero-anal organ (see fig- ure). 7 postero-anals, entirely behind the base of anal fin and con- fluent with the praecaudals, which have been counted as four. Ullti- mate Pre immediately below the end of the lateral line, vertically above or even very slightly in advance of the penultimate Pre. Interspace between ultimate and penultimate Pre greatly increased. Supracaudal luminuos plates occupy only about one-third of the distance between adipose and caudal fins, while the infracaudal plates extend through almost the entire length of the caudal pedun- cle. The numbers of the luminous scales can not be counted. But for the type specimen there is no reliable record of the species. LAMPANYCTUS OMOSTIGMA Gilbert, 1908 Lampanyctus amostigma GiLBeERT, 1908; JoRDAN and JoRDAN, 1922; Parr, 1928, Fowtrr, 1928(?). Material investigated. Type specimen No. 75769, U.S.N.M. From the Marquesas Island. Lampanyctus omostigma has been very adequately and accurately described and figured by Gilbert, 1908 (p. 232 and pl. 5). Correctly defined in the previously rendered key. LAMPANYCTUS REINHARDTI Jordan, 1922 Nyctimaster reinhardti JorpAN, 1922; JorDAN and JorDAN, 1922. Lampanyctus omostigma (part 7), Fowler, 1928. Material investigated. Type lot No. 84095, U.S.N.M. (2 specimens from the coast of Hawaii). This purely nominal species is entirely without taxonomic value, being quite unidentifiable either from the types or from the original description, on account of the dried out condition of the specimens on which it has been based, and the consequent inadequacy of its di- agnosis. It may be taken for granted from their general appear- ance that the type specimens represent some species of the genus Lampanyctus, but nothing is known or perceptible of the numbers and arrangement of their photophores. Fowler, 1928 (p. 69), provisionally identifies Z. reinhardti with L. omostigma. This view on the taxonomic status of the former nominal species is quite probably correct, but can neither be proved nor disproved on the basis of the above discussed type specimens; and, as the same will also hold good of any other theory that might be advanced, the author has deemed it advisable not to accept or attempt any identification at all. ART. 10 NOTES ON MYCTOPHINE FISHES—PARR 23 LAMPANYCTUS PUNCTATISSIMUS Gilbert, 1913 L. punctatissimus GILBERT, 1913; Parr, 1928. Material investigated. Type specimen No. 74469, U.S.N.M. Suruga Bay, Japan. Adequately and accurately described by Gilbert, 1913, p. 103, but not formerly illustrated. The accompanying diagram has therefore been prepared from the type specimen. VLO, upper SAO, Pol and Pre immediately below the lateral line.?? Correctly defined in the previously rendered key. Known only from Japan. Ficurn 10.—LAMPANYCTUS PUNCTATISSIMUS GILBERT. ONLY A SMALL SELECTION OF THE MINUTE ACCESSORY PHOTOPHORES HAVE BEEN DRAWN TO SHOW THEIR RHLATIVE PROPORTIONS LAMPANYCTUS STILBIUS Gilbert, 1913 Lampanyctus stilbius GILBERT, 1913; Parr, 1928; FowLer, 1928. Material investigated. Type specimen. No. 757768, U.S.N.M. Marquesas Island. Very accurately and adequately described and figured by Gilbert 1908 (p. 235 and pl. 6). Correctly defined in the previously rendered key. Recorded only from the type locality. LAMPANYCTUS RITTERI Gilbert, 1915 Lampanyctus ritteri GILBERT, 1915; Parr, 1928. Material investigated. Type specimen No. 75807, U.S.N.M. Monterey Bay, California. Adequately described and figured by Gilbert, 1915 (p. 318 and fig, 3, pl. 15). The presence of a very minute photophore on the shoul- der, mentioned by Gilbert, as a small humeral spot, in addition te a similar small photophore above the posterior corner of the mouth identifies this species with division ¢ (p. 88), instead of division d 22“ Near the lateral line but not in contact with it.” 24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 (p. 89), in the previously rendered key. These spots are, however, both so minute that they will probably not be recognizable in small or even moderate sized specimens, the type specimen being very large, 120 mm. without caudal fin. This particularly holds good of the photophore on the shoulder. The species will therefore prob- ably more often be looked for in the said division d, in which it has previously been placed, or even in division @ (loc. cit., p. 83). In division ¢, LZ. rittert will be easily recognizable by the low position of its VZO, which is only about midway between the lateral line and the base of ventral fin, while it is situated immediately below the lat- eral line in the three other species of the same division (L. punctatis- simus, L. jordani, and L. stilbius). In division, a, the species will seem very close to LZ. macdonaldi, as described on the preceding pages, being differentiable, however, by the higher position of its PLO, which is much closer to the lateral line than to the base of pectoral fin, instead of midway between as in ZL. macdonaldi, and Ficurp 11.—LAMPANYCTUS RNGALIS GILBERT also by the slightly lower position of its VZO. The differentiation of L. ritteri in division d has been treated in the previously rendered key. Known only from the coast of California. LAMPANYCTUS REGALIS Gilbert, 1892 Myctophum regale GILBERT, 1892. Nannobrachium regale JorpAN and EVERMANN, 1896. Myctophum (Lampanyctus) regale BRAvuER, 1906. Lampanyctus regalis GILBERT, 1915; Parr, 1928. Material investigated. Type specimen No. 44289, U.S.N.M. Coast of California. The original diagnosis (Gilbert, 1892, p. 7) has been supplemented by a detailed, and in general very accurate description rendered by Gilbert, 1915 (p. 816), but no illustration has been previously published. As in the case of L. ritteri, the “somewhat larger luminous body . on lower posterior portion of cheeks” is so minute that there is a considerable probability of its being unrecognizable in small art. 10 NOTES ON MYCTOPHINE FISHES—PARR 25 specimens. 5 VO were found to be present instead of only 4 as de- scribed by Gilbert.?* Correctly defined in the previously rendered key. Recorded only from the coast of California. LAMPANYCTUS ALATUS Goode and Bean Lampanyctus alatus GoopE and BEAN, 1895; JorRDAN and EVERMANN, 1896. (Not Taaning, 1918,% and Breder, 1927.”) Myctophun (Lampanyctus) alatum Braver, 1906; ZuGMAYER, 1911; BARNARD, 1925. Lampanyctus pseudoalatus TAANING, 1928, Parr, 1928. Material investigated. Type sample No. 43769, U.S.N.M. Two specimens from the Gulf of Mexico. An inspection of the above two type specimens reveals the identity of Lampanyctus alatus Goode and Bean with L. pseudoalatus Taan- ing, 1928, by the presence of a luminous scale (or a pair of luminous scales) in the adipose dorsal fin as well as by the comparatively high fin counts already previously recorded by Goode and Bean (1895, p. 79). [D 18, A 17-18, as compared with D 11-13, A 14-15 in L. pusillus Johnson (according to Taaning, 1928, p. 66).] The VLO’s have, on the other hand, become completely lost in both specimens, and the organ indicated in Goode and Bean’s figure (loc. cit., fig. 92, pl. 24) in what might be an approximately normal position for a VLO, evidently gives a somewhat misplaced representation of the elevated fourth PO, which is well preserved in the specimens, but otherwise not shown in the illustration. This error in the original drawing certainly has given ample justification for the introduction of Taaning’s new species L. pseudoalatus, which, however, must now be included among the synonyms of Z. alatus Goode and Bean, as above made out. The existing confusion in the literature makes a complete redescription and a new figure of the species desirable. Measurements of type sample of Lampanyctus alatus Goode and Bean, 1895 No. 43769 U.S.N.M. [In per cent of the total length without caudal fin} Total lenethawithout caudal’ fin'im mime: — =-22-22~ 8 ee 47 44 Wenethnotihecadie 2a S50 2 se eee ah se 28 27 Diametersoe yes Lares oe 2 Pe eee ae aeee = 6. 5 6. 8 Wenge of dower JAW) i\oge2 . s2oeue) es Pua. gaIn2e3 21 22 Greatestrhetghteie vet 22 - be felon beehwe ae eee SE ik ee a ee 17 le Height of Caudal péduncle-'s*! 62202 Nese se Lee aloe le 8.5 9 MOM COU ee a oie cee a eg a ae 47 47 RS TNO UU AIO eye re ee ee ce Te ect eah LE eee ee 42 41 STO UCR CO MA eee eA AX MRRR Ls AAAI Nd ea ene _N 57 58 2'The author is indebted to Messrs. B. A. Bean and E. D. Reid, of the division of fishes, United States National Museum, for kindly verifying the correctness of this observation. *4T,. pusillus Johnson, according to later identification by Taaning (1928, p. 66). 2 Lampanyctus warmingit Liitken, Myctophum macrochir Giinther, and Myctophum imitator (Parr) [=M. suborbitale Gilbert]. 26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 Pectoral fins long, reaching to or beyond the origin of anal fin. Minute luminous organs scattered over the head and body. A moderate, but conspicuous, photophore in the middle of each cheek. PLO close to the lateral line. 2 PVO in a slightly oblique series, the upper a little anterior to the lower. 5 PO, the fourth elevated ap- proximately to the level of the lower end of the base of pectoral fin. VZO lost in the types, close to the lateral line according to Brauer 1906 and Taaning 1928. 4 VQ, all on the same level. SAO angulate. Anterior SAO above the interspace between second and third VO, slightly but distinctly higher than second SAO. Second SAO well behind vertical from the last VO, which is situated entirely in ad- vance of the line through second and third SAO. Upper (third) SAO at the lateral line. Second SAO approximately equidistant from third SAO and fourth VO. AO %+6, none elevated. The ° RIQuQuonG aI / S” FIGURE 12.—LAMPANYCTUS ALATUS GOODH AND BEAN. ONLY A FEW OF THE MINUTE ACCESSORY PHOTOPHORES HAVH BEDN DRAWN TO SHOW THEIR RELATIVE PROPOR- TIONS postero-anal series begins well behind the base of anal and is posteriorly confluent with the 4 Pre, which are differentiable, how- ever, by their smaller size and the shorter intervals between the first and second and between the second and third organs. Inter- space between third and. fourth Pre greatly increased. Fourth Pre immediately below the lateral line, somewhat in advance of the vertical from the third Pre. 2 Pol, in a straight, oblique series with the last antero-anal photophore, and with the upper organ imme- diately below the lateral line, well behind the vertical from the lower. Four supra- and four infra-caudal luminous scales, the latter occu- pying a somewhat greater portion (about two-fifths) of the length of the free caudal peduncle than do the former. A luminous scale, or pair of scales in the adipose fin. The species has been recorded from the Atlantic and Indian oceans. ART. 10 NOTES ON MYCTOPHINE FISHES—PARR pig LAMPANYCTUS CROCODILUS Risso, 1810 Gastropelecus crocodilus Risso, 1810. Lampanyctus crocodilus Parr, 1928 (with earlier synonymy). Lampanyctus gemmifer GoodE and BEAN, 1895; JorpAN and HvERMANN, 1896. (Not Braver, 1906; ZuamMayer, 1911; PAPPENHEIM, 1914; TAANING, 1928; and Parr, 1928.) Material investigated. Type specimen of Lampanyctus gemmifer, Goode and Bean, No. 35604, U.S. N. M. Western Atlantic. An inspection of the above type specimen reveals the perfect identity of Goode and Bean’s species with the ZL. crocodilus already described by Risso in 1910, as clearly shown on the accompanying diagram. Three photophores are found on each cheek, in the ar- rangement typical of Z. erocodilus and a luminous scale is present in the adipose fin. Further discussion of the characters of the specimen is unneces- sary with the very adequate descriptions of LZ. crocodilus already FIGURE 13.—LAMPANYCTUS CROCODILUS RISSO, DRAWN FROM THD TYPE SPECIMEN OF LAMPANYCTUS GEMMIFER GOODH AND BEAN available in the literature (Brauer, Holt and Byrne, Taaning; see synonymy in Parr, 1928, p. 90). With ZL. gemmifer thus eliminated as a separate species, however, it now becomes necessary to designate a new name for the truly dis- tinct taxonomic form currently identified with Goode and Bean’s nominal species. LAMPANYCTUS TAANINGI, new species Myctophum (Lampanyctus) gemmifer Brauer, 1906; ZuaMAyeEr, 1911; PAPPENHEIM, 1914. Lampanyctus gemmifer TAANING, 1928; PARR, 1928. Specimen No. 2301, of the Bingham Oceanographic Collection, “ Pawnee” Station 25, 1927, Exuma Sound, Bahamas, has been des- ignated as the type. A paratype from the same haul has been de- posited in the United States National Museum. The species is easily distinguished from the above L. crocodilus Risso by the absence of luminous scales in the adipose fin and by the presence of only two photophores on each cheek. 28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 As a very adequate and generally accurate figure and description of the species has already previously been rendered by Brauer 1906 (p. 246), we can here confine ourselves to a few notes on minor differences observed in the above recorded type and paratype. The upper organ on the cheeks is in both specimens slightly, but distinctly nearer to the posterior margin of the orbit than to the praeopercular margin. The posterior margin of the lower Pol barely touches the line through the centers of the upper Pol and the last AO anterior, these three organs thus not forming an en- tirely straight series, but only nearly so. The type specimen has 6+7 AO, well separated from the four Pre. In the paratype 6+8 AO are found, the AO posteriores being confluent with the 4 Pre. The latter organs are, however, also in this case readily distinguish- able from the AO posteriores by their slightly smaller size and closer arrangement. Third Pre only very slightly, barely noticeably, below the line from the second to the fourth Pre. Interspace between third and fourth Pre increased. The above recorded numbers of AO differ from those given by Brauer on account of the fact that only the two most posterior Prec as here understood were counted as praecaudals by the said author. Recorded only from the Atlantic. Named in honor of A. Vedel Taaning in recognition of his valu- able contributions to our knowledge of the biology and taxonomy of the Myctophinae. DIAPHUS UROLAMPUS Gilbert and Cramer, 1897 Myctophum (Diaphus) urolampus Braurgr, 1906. Diaphus urolampus JORDAN and JORDAN, 1922; Parr, 1928. Material investigated. Type a i No. 47709, U.S.N.M. (3 specimens). An inspection of the type-specimens did not serve to confirm the statement rendered by Gilbert (1908, p. 227, under discussion of D. agassizi), that the upper antorbitals are “apparently no longer functional,” but on the contrary revealed the organs in question as being, at least macroscopically, apparently perfectly equivalent with the presumably functional upper antorbitals of such species as D. dumerili Bleeker, D. hypolucens Parr and others. Each of the upper antorbitals in D. wrolampus has a small, but very distinct body of whitish, supposedly luminous tissue imbedded in densely pig- mented black tissues. There are no lower antorbitals, and no supra- or suborbital organs. The species thus properly belongs in divi- sion IT A 1 in the key previously rendered by the author (Parr, 1928, art. 10 NOTES ON MYCTOPHINE FISHES—PARR 29 p. 115), together with D. agassizi Gilbert 1908,”* but not in a separate Division I. D. urolampus is distinct from D. dumerili Bleeker, in which species it was tentatively included by Weber and Beaufort, 1913,** in the absence of a suborbital organ, in the elevation of the first AO anterior and in having the VZO situated close to the lateral line, not at a considerable distance below it. The latter feature also dis- tinguishes D. urolampus from D. agassizi Gilbert, with which species it is otherwise very closely related. These differences have been further made out in the following supplementary key to the species of the genus Diaphus, which have only one small antorbital organ on each side, entirely above the nostril (Division II A in the previ- ously rendered key, Parr 1928, p. 115). I. Upper SAO and Pol close to or in contact with the lateral line. A. VLO in contact with or very close to the lateral line. First AO anterior elevated. D. urolampus Gilbert and Cramer. B. VLO well below the lateral line. D. dumerili Bleeker. D. agassizi Gilbert. (See Parr 1928, p. 115.) II. Upper SAO and Pol well below the lateral line. D. gemellari Cocco. D, dofleini Zugmayer. D. nipponensis Gilbert. (See Parr 1928, pp. 115-116.) Measurements of Diaphus Urolampus Gilbert and Cramer, 1897. Type specimens No. 47709 U.S.N.M. [In per cent of total length without caudal fin] Total length without caudal fin in mm-___--__--__-_---------------- 90 79 75 MeenpbhworNeaG 2 8.2 [22s ao eS Se 29 29 30 iSrontesimiel ge. Wt os ee ee See Les 20 19 20 lienotit of lowot haw 5°55. 5S wee pecs te es e'2* 22 22 23 WitsncteMOueve cei. oo so oe Sate eo 7. 8 8. 2 8. 0 Distance snout tons oe. See eee ee 42 41 42 Digtancessnot LO7 Verses eS a ee ea 43 42 44 WigtanceisSHolostOr Ac ues. heer eee ee 2 eee 64 | 63 65 Upper antorbital very small, but distinct and normally developed. No lower antorbital, no supra or suborbital organs. PZO much closer to the lateral line than to the base of pectoral fin. PVO in a straight series with the anterior PO. Fourth PO elevated to some- 2D. dumerili Bleeker, 1856, has for practical purposes been included both in this division and in Division IV, where it properly belongs, as the suborbital organ, though always present, is often difficult to make out on account of its minuteness. 27 This view has been accepted by Fowler, 1928 (p. 68). 30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vob. 76 what above the level of the upper PVO.28 VJZO in contact with the lateral line. 5 VO. 38 SAO, the lower slightly in advance of the fifth VO and of the line through second and third SAO. Second SAO much closer to the lower SAO than to the upper, which is in contact with the lateral line. First AO anterior sharply elevated, last AO anterior also very conspicuously above the level of the rest of the series) AO 7+6. 4 Pre, the last organ slightly below the end of the lateral line. The original illustration (Gilbert and Cramer, 1897, pl. 38, fig. 1) being inadequate for showing the accurate arrangement of the photo- phores, the accompanying diagram (fig. 14) was prepared from the type specimen. Two specimens have a very conspicuous median dorsal luminous area on the caudal peduncle, occupying the greater part of the dis- tance between the caudal and the adipose dorsal fin. Known only from Hawaiian waters. = C lo - ie oh ee OD fe} FicurRB 14.—DIAPHUS UROLAMPUS GILBERT AND CRAMER DIAPHUS AGASSIZI Gilbert, 1908 Diaphus agassizii GmtperRT, 1908 and 1913; Parr, 1928; Fow er, 1928. Myctophum (Diaphus) lacerta (part) ? Brauer, 1906. Material investigated. Type specimen No. 75764, U.S.N.M. From the Marquesas Islands. The original description and figure (Gilbert, 1908, p. 226 and pl. 2), together with the remarks upon some of its features subsequently added by the same author (Gilbert, 1918, p. 85) give a very adequate and accurate conception of the characters of this species, making fur- ther comment unnecessary. The species is distinct from D. dwmerili Bleeker by the absence of a suborbital organ and by the elevation of the first AO anterior, and from D. urolampus Gilbert and Cramer by having the VZO situated only “ very slightly nearer lateral line than base of ventrals.” Properly defined in the previously rendered key (Parr, 1928, Division IT A 1, p. 115). Known from the Marquesas Islands and from Japan. * This character can not be considered very reliable except in perfect specimens. ART. 10 NOTES ON MYCTOPHINE FISHES—PARR or DIAPHUS DUMERILI Bleeker, 1856 Scopelus dumerili BLEEKER, 1856. Lampanyctus lacerta Goopp and Bran, 1895. Diaphus nocturnus (Poey) GILBERT, 1906. Diaphus dumerili Parr, 1928 (with earlier synonymy) ; Fow er, 1928. Material investigated. Type specimen of Lampanyctus lacerta Goode and Bean, 1895, No. 48778. An inspection of the type specimen of Goode and Bean’s Lam- panyctus lacerta can only serve to confirm in every detail its perfect identity with the species now designated as Diaphus dumerili Bleeker according to Weber and Beaufort, 1913. (See Parr 1928, p. 126.) D. dumerili differs from PD. agassizi Gilbert and D. uwrolampus Gilbert and Cramer in the possession of a minute suborbital organ, which is always present, but sometimes difficult to make out. VD. dumerili has its VZO situated approximately midway between the FIGURE 15.—DIAPHUS NIPPONENSIS GILBERT lateral line and the base of ventral fin or, more frequently, some- what above this point.*® The species has been very adequately described and figured by Gilbert, 1906 (p. 255 and pl. 1) under the name of “Diaphus noc- turnus Poey,” and has been further discussed in various details by Weber and Beaufort, 1913, and by Parr, 1928. Recorded from the Atlantic and from East-Indian waters. Taaning, 1928 (p. 58) designates the Atlantic material of D. dumerili as D. dwmerili nocturnus, without discussing the differences by which this subspecies can be distinguished from the East Indian form. DIAPHUS NIPPONENSIS Gilbert, 1913 Material investigated. Type specimen No. 74467, U.S.N.M. This species has been adequately described by Gilbert, 1913 (p. 86), and correctly defined in the previously rendered key. 2 This feature is not always quite reliable for the differentiation of groups 1 and 2, Division II A in the key previously given by the author (Parr, 1928, p. 115) and the main significance should therefore in this case be attached to the positions of the upper SAO and the Pol as described in the same key. one. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 76 A diagram of the type specimen is rendered in the accompanying | Figure 15, the species not having been previously illustrated. Known only from Japan. DIAPHUS GLANDULIFER Gilbert, 1913 Material investigated. Type specimen No. 74472, U.S.N.M. Accurately and adequately described and figured by Gilbert, 1918 (p. 90 and pl. 11, fig. 2). Correctly defined in the previously rendered key. Known only from Japan. DIAPHUS RAFINESQUEI Cocco, 1838 Nyctophus rafinesquei Cocco, 1888. Diaphus rafinesquei Parr, 1928 (with full synonymy). Diaphus theta EIGENMANN and HIGENMANN, 1891; GoopE and BEAN, 1895; JORDAN and HVERMANN, 1896; Braue, 1906. Myctophum protoculus GILBERT, 1891. Diaphus nanus GicBert, 1908 and 1913. Material investigated. Type lot of Diaphus theta Eigenmann and Eigenmann, 1891, No. 41914, U.S.N.M. (2 specimens). Type specimen of Myctophum protoculus Gilbert, 1891, No. 44290, U.S.N.M. Type specimen of Diaphus nanus Gilbert, 1908, No. 75765, U.S.N.M. The claim of D. theta Eigenmann and Eigenmann to specific dis- tinctness from PD. rafinesqwei Cocco has heretofore been mainly or entirely based upon the alleged smaller size of the eyes in the type of the former nominal species. An examination of the type speci- mens, however, served to show that no such difference seems to exist, the eyes of D. theta being quite as large as those of the normal D. rafinesquei, with a diameter equalling more than one-third of the length of the head or 10 to 12 per cent of the total length without caudal fin. D. theta is therefore herewith included among the synonyms of D. rafinesque?. The identity of Myctophum protoculus Gilbert with D. theta Eigenmann and Eigenmann has already been realized by the author of the former species (footnote by Gilbert in Jordan and Evermann 1896, p. 564), and could only be further confirmed by an inspection of the type. The lack of taxonomic differences between the descriptions of Diaphus nanus rendered by Gilbert, 1908 and 1918, and the current descriptions of D. rafinesquei Cocco has already previously prompted the author to include the former name among the synonyms of the latter species (see Parr, 1928, pp. 131 and 135). This opinion stands unaltered after examination of the type specimen of D. nanus. art. 10 - NOTES ON MYCTOPHINE FISHES—PARR 33 Although the three above-considered types have thus all been included in the older species )). rafinesquet Cocco, 1838, it is never- theless desirable to give a more detailed account of the investigated specimens for the purpose of deciding their possible racial relation- ships and the taxonomic priority of their names, in case it should prove possible to subdivide the species, as here understood, into sta- tistical groups of subordinate rank along the lines of taxonomic differentiation followed by Taaning, 1918 and 1928, by the intro- duction of his two new species, D. holti and D. mollis. The type specimens considered in the present paper, however, only seem to give further confirmation of the opinion already expressed by the author (Parr, 1928, pp. 1381-185) that such subdivision can only be applied to comparatively restricted geographic regions, for the purpose of defining ecological races, but does not enable us to make taxonomic differentiations of general validity and therefore can not serve as a basis for the definition of separate species. Table of measurements [In per cent of total length without caudal fin] BDECITNONBIN 0: te hei oe ee ee ee 44280 41914 75765 EIN O10 tae r eee er mea See 2 ee LD PM eee M. protoculus D. theta D. nanus Total length without caudal fin in mm_-________________._- 61 45 30 13 engthror meade —. evel ee a ee ee se 28 27 632 33 Digmeterporeye: ws. See Sees. ae 9 1OMelZ 12 Monvrnvotlower jaw 55... 2. Sooo Sue 20 21 23 20 Mengthor maxillary wo - =" 2. = 222252 -. 2. 19 21 23 19 Tearespsnelphte cok. 222. kek es ok en 21 22 23 23 SNOUtatO seat wes 8 8 ee ee 46 74 50 50 STOUU NCO MV eter tn te the ET Oe 44 44 45 46 SETI E AH) Be OR eo eg es oa een ee Me ea 66 65 65 62 The arrangement of the photophores in the three types is shown in the accompanying diagram. In D. “theta” the upper SAO and the Pol are much nearer to the lateral line than to the ventral series of photophores, while the VZO is considerably closer to the base of ventral fin than to the lateral line, and the PZO is situated about or slightly below midway between the latter and the upper end of the base of pectoral fin. The SAO are placed in an approximately straight and nearly equally spaced series, and the first anterior AO is not elevated. AO 5+6. Pre well separated from the posterior AQ. According to the definitions first given by Taaning (1918) D. “theta” should thus agree with D. holts Taaning in the positions of the anterior AO and of the VLO, differ- ing from PD. rafinesquei Cocco in both of these respects. 34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 According to the later synopsis by the same author (Taaning, 1928), however, we find the type of D. “theta” differing very con- spicuously from 7). holti by the higher positions of the Pol and the upper SAO in the former. It further differs from Taaning’s new species D, mollis (Taaning, 1928) by having the SAO in a nearly straight series, and should thus, according to the above-mentioned 41914 U.S.N.M. Jordan and Starks, 1904, makes a new key to this group of the genus Diaphus desirable. I. Supraorbital organ short, triangular, entirely in advance of the vertical from the center of the eye. Upper antorbital moderate or rather large. A. PLO much nearer to the lateral line than to the base of pectoral fin. Head comparatively large, its length equaling 29-31 per cent of the total length without caudal fin. Diameter of eyes 8.1-8.7 per cent of the same measurement, or about 3.4-3.6 in the length of the head. Upper SAO and Pol close below the lateral line. AO 6+5-6. D. chrysorhynchus Gilbert and Cramer, 1897. B. PLO much nearer to the base of pectoral fin than to the lateral line. Head smaller, its length only equal to about 26 per cent of the total length without caudal fin. Diameter of eyes about 6.5 per cent of the same measurement, or about 4 in the length of the head. Upper SAO and Pol more than 2 diameters below the lateral line. AO 7+5. D. watasei Jordan and Starks, 1904. II. Supraorbital long and slender, extending to or beyond the vertical from the center of the eye, “in the form of a narrow streak.” Upper antorbital small. A. PLO only very slightly below midway between the lateral line and the base of pectoral fin, its distance above the latter equaling about % of its distance below the former. Eyes about 3.84 in head. D. anteorbitalis Gilbert, 1913. B. PLO nearly twice as far from the lateral line as from the base of pectoral fin, the ratio between the two distances being as 16:9. Hye about 424-5 in head. D. adenomus Gilbert, 1905. DIAPHUS CHRYSORHYNCHUS Gilbert and Cramer, 1897 Diaphus chrysorhynchus JoRDAN and JorDAN, 1922, Parr, 1928, Fow er, 1928. Myctophum (Diaphus) chrysorhynchus Braver, 1906. Material investigated. Type sample No. 47710, U.S.N.M. (6 specimens). ; The original definition and figure of this species (Gilbert and Cramer, 1897, p. 409 and pl. 38, fig. 3)*° being in many respects inade- quate for proper identification, it has been deemed advisable to render a full description and diagrammatic illustrations of the essential features observed on the type material. % See Parr, 1928, p. 120, key to the genus Diaphus, division 9. 8% This species has in the previously rendered key (Parr, 1928, p. 122) been identified with D. coeruleus Klunzinger, according to the precedent set by Gilbert, 1913. 88 In Gilbert and Cramer’s report the figures 2 and 3 on plate 38 and the corresponding references in the text have, by misprint, become exchanged for each other, figure 2 actually representing Myctophum fibulatum and figure 3 Diaphus chrysorhynchus, while the legends and references have these species in the opposite arrangement on the plate. 38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 Measurements of Diaphus chrysorhynchus Gilbert and Cramer [In per cent of the total length without caudal fin] Motallengthiwithouticaudalstinvintmms = 222o2 ane eee ee ee ee 80 75 63 engin or Meat ness see. ee ee ee eee 29 31 30. Grentest heig int Hse 2. tae Pe ae REI EL SOLE 21 21 21 Lengthvofiawer jaws oat) 24) asc. Sate fe eset ahs 3 21 21 21 Diaiietersor Cyen se ie se eh ee ee 8.1 8.7 elf SNOW GOMID= eee mer es on Sot abs elie eh Oy ae 41 43 42 FSTECOL TAP Ou /: aga i SRE AA AL A a el ea Alp 61 65 63 HOME TO Vee a ae Le ee ek FIN ce eta 41 44 42 The description of the supraorbital organ as “a triangular or heart-shaped portion of it (the “anteorbital gland”) at the antero- dorsal angle of the orbit” has proved inadequate for conveying to subsequent investigators the proper conception of the morphological status of the organ in question. This supraorbital organ is quite distinctly, although narrowly, separated from the upper antorbital by a dividing ridge running obliquely upwards and mesad in a trans- verse plane at the anterior end of the snout. The subraorbital thus occupies a shallow, more superior and lateral concavity of its own, while the concavity of the upper antorbital is en- tirely transverse and forwardly directed (compare the figs. 17 and 18). There is apparently no con- tinuity between the luminous tissues of the upper antorbital and the supraorbital organs in any of the specimens, the very conspicuous dividing ridge ap- pearing as a narrow, lack lustrous, black line be- Ficure 17.—-Fron. tween the highly lustrous, silvery tissues of the or- TAL view or THE gans themselves. These features of the circumor- HEAD OF DIAPHUS 5 . curysoruyncuus Dital organs in D. chrysorhynchus are strongly af- se eee AND firmative of the opinion already previously ex- RAMER, SHOWING rue Aantorsiran pressed by the author that the so-called upper oneang ._-antorbital of such forms as D. effulgens Goode and Bean, 1895, is not homologous with the upper antorbital organs of the other Myctophinae, but rather with the constricted supraorbital portion of the upper antorbital in D. meto- poclampus, which is again undoubtedly homologous with the supra- orbital of D. chrysorhynchus. A comparison between the accom- panying diagram (fig. 16) and the illustration of the circumor- bital organs in PD. effulgens already previously rendered (Parr, 1928, fig. 30, no. 6, p. 140) makes this relationship quite obvious. The author therefore no longer feels any hesitation in regarding the circumorbital organs of Division IX in the key to the genus Diaphus (Parr, 1928, p. 120) as developed through the differentiation of a ART. 10 NOTES ON MYCTOPHINE FISHES—PARR 39 separate supraorbital organ followed by a complete fusion of the upper and lower antorbitals on each side. Division IX then differs from the group treated in the key on page 37 (Division VI, Parr, 1928) by this latter feature, while the upper and lower antorbitals in the latter group, now under consideration, always remain distinct from each other. The upper antorbitals of D. chrysorhynchus are quite large and only narrowly separated from each other as shown in the figure 17. The lower antorbital has a long, narrow, posterior ventral extension along the lower margin of the eye, ending approximately at the vertical from the center of the pupil or even beyond this point. PLO conspicuously nearer to the lateral line than to the base of pectoral fin. PVO in a straight series with the anterior PO. Fourth PO elevated approximately to the level of the upper PVO. VLO about midway between the lateral line and the base of ventral fin. FIGURE 18.—DIAPHUS CHRYSORHYNCHUS GILBERT AND CRAMBR 5 VO. SAO in a very steeply inclined, straight line, the continua- tion of which falls well behind the last VO. Interspace between first (lower) and second SAQ much smaller than that between the second and the third (upper) SAO. 6+5 AO were counted in 11 cases, 6+6 AO in one case, each side being counted separately. First anterior AO elevated to a level about midway between that of the lower and that of the middle SAQ. Last anterior AO also ele- vated. Upper SAO and Pol close to the lateral line. First posterior AO behind the base of anal fin. 4 Pre, equally spaced and curved, widely separated from the posterior AO and with the upper organ well below the end of the lateral line. Known only from Hawaiian waters. DIAPHUS WATASEI Jordan and Starks, 1904 Material investigated. Type specimen No. 514438, U.S.N.M. This species was identified by Gilbert, 1918 (p. 95) with D. coeru- leus Klunzinger 1871 and his example was followed by the present author in the previously rendered key to the genus Diaphus (Parr, 40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 76 1928, p. 122). An inspection of the type specimen, however, tends to make this identity seem rather problematical on account of the fact that a well developed supraorbital organ, quite distinct from the moderate upper antorbital, apparently is to be found in the original D. watasei. A slight damage of the type specimen has made it im- possible to make out the nature or presence of the upper organs of the circumorbital series on the left side of the head, but conditions on the right side ** do, in the author’s opinion, scarcely leave room for any doubt as to the existence of a distinct supraorbital organ, similar to the corresponding organ in /). chrysorhynchus in shape, nature, and position; but considerably smaller. Such supraorbital organs have not been described for DP. coeruleus, and D. watasei must therefore, at least tentatively, be regarded as taxonomically distinct from the former species, although agreeing very closely in most other respects. mi 9° ° 0 99 Figure 19.—DIAPHUS WATASEI JORDAN AND STARKS The original illustration (Jordan and Starks, 1904, p. 581) being inadequate for showing the exact arrangement of the photophores and circumorbital organs, the accompanying diagram has been pre- pared from the type specimen. PLO much nearer to the base of pectoral fin than to the lateral line. 5 PO. Fourth PO elevated approximately to the level of the upper PVO. VZO approximately midway between the lateral line and the base of ventral fin. 5 VO. SAO nearly equally spaced in a steeply inclined, straight line, the continuation of which passes well behind the last VO. AO7+5. First anterior AO elevated to about midway between the levels of the first (lower) and second SAO. The posterior part of the antero-anal series is also gradually ele- vated toward the Pol with which the series is practically continuous. This elevation is noticeable from the fifth to the seventh antero-anal organs, inclusive (fig. 19). Upper SAO and Pol more than two of their own diameters removed from the lateral line. First postero- 87 The organs in question are shown on the left side of the specimen in the accompanying diagram, fig. 18, to make the drawing harmonize with the other illustrations for the present report. ART. 10 NOTES ON MYCTOPHINE FISHES—PARR Al anal organ well behind the base of anal fin. 4 Pre, equally spaced in an even curve, well separated from the posterior AO and with the upper organ well below the end of the lateral line. Total length without caudal fin 108 mm. Proportions in per cent of the total length without caudal fin: Length of head, 26. Diameter of eye, 6.5. Length of lower jaw, 19.5. Greatest height, 19.5. Dis- tance from snout to dorsal fin, 42. Distance from snout to ventral fins, 44. Distance from snout to anal fin, 64. The VLO of D. coeruleus is described as being closer to the bases of the ventral fins than to the lateral line, not about midway be- tween as in the type of D. watasez, but with the possible exception of the arrangement of the photophores in the posterior part of the antero-anal series, this seems to be the only difference of any signifi- cance whatever which would appear to verify the taxonomic distinct- ness of the two species, above suggested as a possibility on the basis of the described observations on the circumorbital organs of D. watasez. The type specimen of D. wataset was obtained in Sagami Bay, Japan. DIAPHUS ANTEORBITALIS Gilbert, 1913 Diaphus anteorbitalis Parr, 1928. Lamprossa anteorbitalis JonDAN and Husss, 1925. Material investigated. Type specimen No. 74471, U.S.N.M. This species has been very adequately and accurately described and figured by Gilbert, 1913 (p. 92 and pl. 12, fig. 1), and has been cor- rectly defined in the previously rendered key. The distance from the upper end of the base of pectoral fin to the PLO was found to be 3.5 mm., the distance from PLO to the lateral line canal being only 4 mm. The type specimen apparently is a spent, the sex therefore being indeterminable without microsections. Known only from Japan. DIAPHUS ADENOMUS Gilbert, 1905 Diaphus adenomus JORDAN and JorDAN, 1922; Parr, 1928; Fowxer, 1928. Material investigated. Type specimen No. 51533, U.S.N.M. The author can not agree in the statement made by Gilbert, 1913, p. 92 (under discussion of D. anteorbitalis) that “in D. adenomus, both the superior preorbital and the extension between eye and nostril are lacking.” An inspection of the type specimen on the contrary reveals the presence of a small, but quite distinct upper antorbital organ, which seems perfectly similar to the corresponding organ in D. anteorbitalis. The author was altogether quite incapable of dis- 42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 covering any differences between the type specimens of these two species with regard to their circumorbital organs. D. adenomus has otherwise been quite accurately and adequately described and figured by Gilbert, 1905 (p. 592 and pl. 68, fig. 1), and correctly defined in the previously rendered key. The distance from the upper end of the base of pectoral fin in the PLO was found to be 4.5 mm., the distance from PLO to the lateral line canal being 8 mm. The type specimen is a female. The statement rendered by Fowler, 1928 (p. 68), that this species “possibly not distinct from D. coeruleus (Klunzinger)” would equally well apply also to the rest of the four species mentioned in the key on page 37, if the presence or absence of a supraorbital organ should prove insignificant as a taxonomic character, or if such organ should appear to be present also in the true D. coeruleus. The former possibility seems rather remote, however, and the latter possibility is not indicated in either of the descriptions of D. coeruleus given by Klunzinger, 1871, and by Brauer, 1906. It must on the other hand also be admitted that none of the four species would be satisfactorily differentiable from each other or from D. coeruleus on the basis of the photophores of the body alone, and the differences in proportions would also seem comparatively insig- nificant if not supplemented by differences in other respects. D. adenomus is known only from Hawaiian waters. DIAPHUS EFFULGENS Goode and Bean, 1895 Aethoprora effulgens GoopB and BRAN, 1895. Diaphus effulgens Parr, 1928 (with full synonymy). Material investigated. Type specimen No. 48770, U.S.N.M. The original description of this species (Goode and Bean, 1985, p. 87) being in several aspects quite inadequate with regard to the distribution of the photophores, it has been deemed advisable to render a full account of the arrangement of these organs in the type specimen and a diagram has been prepared for convenience in interpreting the description. The upper and lower antorbitals on each side have become fused to form a pair of very large luminous organs,** occupying practically 33 See p. 88. To avoid confusion by the use of the key to the species the fused upper and lower antorbitals were in the previous treatise on these fishes designated simply as lower antorbitals, in accordance with the precedent set by Brauer, 1906, and generally followed in the later literature, although the author was already at that time strongly inclined to doubt the correctness of the homologization implied by the use of such termi- nology. (See Parr, 1928, p. 140.) The supraorbital organs were correspondingly desig- nated as upper antorbitals. According to the new terminology, herewith introduced, the definition of Division IX (Parr, 1928, p. 120) should read: A small supraorbital organ on each side. Upper and lower antorbitals completely fused. ‘The latter character then distinguishes this division from the division treated on p. 37 in the present report. ART. 10 NOTES ON MYCTOPHINE FISHES—PARR 43 the entire snout anterior to the eyes and meeting each other at the median ethmoidal crest, as shown in the previously rendered diagram of the frontal view of this species. (Parr, 1928, fig. 30, 6, p. 140.) There is a small supraorbital organ between the upper posterior part of the fused antorbitals and the anterodorsal margin of the eye, in close contact with but quite distinct from the former organ. PLO nearer to the base of pectoral fin than to the lateral line. ‘The two PVO in a straight series with the anterior PO. Fourth PO ele: vated approximately to the level of the upper PVO. VLO about midway between the lateral line and the base of ventral fin. Prob- ably 5 VO, but the fourth is missing in the type specimen. Second and third VO elevated in a straight series with the first VO. 3 SAO in a very steep, practically straight line, the continuation of which passes well behind the last VO. Interspace between lower and middle SAO much smaller than that between the middle and upper organs. The anteroanals are arranged in an equally curved, Figure 20.—DIAPHUS EFFULGENS GOODE AND BEAN semicircular series which can be continued anteriorly to include the upper SAO and posteriorly to the Pol. 6 anteroanal organs are found in the type, but a somewhat increased interspace between the fourth and the fifth indicate the probability of another organ having been present in the undamaged specimen. Pol and upper SAO well below the lateral line (about two-thirds of their own diameters re- moved from the latter), their distances from the nearest AO ant. considerably larger than the interspaces between the anteroanal or- gans themselves. 5 posteroanals in a straight series beginning en- tirely behind the base of anal fin. 4 Prec, equally spaced and curved, with the upper organ well below the end of the lateral line. Total length without caudal fin 118 mm. Proportions in per cent of the total length without caudal fin: Length of head 31. Diameter of eye 10.6. Length of lower jaw 19. Greatest height 23. Greatest vertical height of the snout anterior to the eyes 12. Distance from snout to ventral fin 47. Distance from snout to dorsal fin 43. Dis- tance from snout to anal fin 65. 44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL, 76 The great height and very characteristic outline of the steep, even slightly prominent snout has not been clearly shown in the original illustration of this species. (Goode and Bean, 1895, fig. 103, pl. 27.) Type specimen from stomach of cod taken on Brown’s bank in the Gulf of Maine. Correctly defined in the previously rendered key. DIAPHUS LUCIDUS Goode and Bean, 1895 Aethoprora lucida Goope and BEAN, 1895. Diaphus lucidus Parr, 1928 (with full snyonymy). Material investigated. Type specimen No. 44084, U.S.N.M. There is nothing to add to the discussion of this species already previously rendered by the author. (Parr, 1928, p. 141.) Recorded only from tropical east American waters. Ficurn 21.—DIAPHUS TANAKAE GILBERT DIAPHUS TANAKAE Gilbert, 1913 Diaphus tanakae Parr, 1928. Material investigated. Type specimen No. 74470, U.S.N.M. An inspection of the type specimen brings out the fact that the antorbital organs, particularly the upper antorbitals, are propor- tionately so much larger in D. tanakae than in D. problematicus Parr (1928, p. 148) that the author feels satisfied that there can be no reason for maintaining any doubt about the distinctness of these two species. The upper antorbitals of ). tanakae are very large, extending mesad to a comparatively short distance from the median ethmoidal crest, each occupying about two-thirds or three-fourths of the distance between the latter and the anterior external margin of the orbit. The lower antorbitals extend to the level of the lower mar- gins of the eyes. Gilbert’s description is in all other respects perfectly adequate and accurate, and the species has been properly defined in the previously rendered key. No illustration of D. tanakae has heretofore been published. Known only from Japan. ART. 10 NOTES ON MYCTOPHINE FISHES—PARR 45 DIAPHUS SIGNATUS Gilbert, 1908 Diaphus signatus Parr, 1928, Fow er, 1928. Material investigated. Type specimen No. 75767, U.S.N.M. Diaphus signatus has been adequately and accurately described and figured by Gilbert, 1908. (P. 228 and pl. 3.) Correctly defined in the previously rendered key. Marquesas Islands. LAMPADENA SPECULIGERA Goode and Bean, 1895 Lampadena speculigera JORDAN and HVERMANN, 1896; Braver, 1906; Parr, 1928. Material investigated. Type specimen No. 43797, U.S.N.M. The present condition of the type specimen unfortunately makes it quite impossible to determine any details of taxonomic significance, most of the photophores having become completely lost. North Atlantic. LIST OF ARTICLES REFERRED TO IN THE PRECEDING NOTES For a full bibliography see Parr, 1928, pp. 180-193. Awcock, A. W. 1891. On the deep-sea fishes collected by the “ Investigator” in 1890-91. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. 8, 1891. BARNARD, K. H. 1925. A monograph of the marine fishes of South Africa, pt. 1. Ann. South African Mus., vol. 21, 1925. BLEEKER, P.: 1856. Beschrijving van nieuwe of wenig bekende vischsoorten van Menado en Makassar. Act. Soc. Sci. Indo.-Neerl., vol. 1, 1856. BRAUER, A. : 1904. Die Gattung Myctophum, Zool. Anz., vol. 28, 1904. 1906. Die Tiefsee-Fische, I, Systematischer Teil. Wiss. Ergebnisse, Deut- schen Tiefsee-Exp. ‘ Valdivia,” vol. 15, Lief. 1. Jena, 1906. BREDER, C. M.: "1927. Fishes, Sci. Res. First Oceanogr. Exp. “ Pawnee,” 1925. Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll., vol. I, art. 1, 1927. Cocco, A.: 1888. Su di aleuni Salmonidi del mare di Messina. Nuovi. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bologna, vol. 2, 1888. Costa, O. G.: 1840. Pesci della fauna napolitana con illustratione di specie nuove, vol. I. Napoli, 1840. EIGENMANN, C. H. and EIGENMANN, R. S.: 1889. Notes from the San Diego Biological Laboratory. The fishes of Cortez Banks. West Amer. Scientist, vol. 6, no. 48. San Diego, 1889. 1891. Additions to the fauna of San Diego. Proc., Calif., Acad. Sci., ser. 2, vol. 3, pt. 1. San Francisco, 1891. EXVERMANN, B. W. and SmALE, A.: 1907. Fishes of the Philippine Islands, Bull. Bur. Fisheries, Dept. Comm. Labor, Washington, vol. 26, 1906 (1907). 46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 76 Fow er, H. W.: 1903. Description of a new lantern fish. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. 55, 1903. 1928. The fishes of Oceania. Memoirs, Bishop Museum. Honolulu, Hawaii, 1928. GARMAN, S.: 1899. The Fishes. Rep. Expl. U. 8S. Fish Comm. St. ‘“ Albatross,” 1891. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zoél., Harvard Coll., Cambridge, Mass., 1899. GILBERT, C. H.: 1891. Preliminary report on the fishes collected by the steamer ‘ Alba- tross”’ on the Pacific coast of North America during the year 1889, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 18, 1890 (1891). 1892. Deseriptions of thirty-four new species of fishes collected in 1888 and 1889, principally among the Santa Barbara Islands and in Gulf of California. Sci. Res. Expl. steamer ‘“ Albatross.” no. XXII. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 14, 1891. Washington, 1892. 1895. The ichthyological collections of the steamer “ Albatross” during the years 1890 and 1891. Rept. U. S. Fish Comm., 18938. Washington, 1895. 1905. The deep-sea fishes of the Hawaiian Islands. The aquatic resources of the Hawaiian Islands, pt. 2, sec. 1. Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., vol. 23, 1908. Washington, 1905. 1906. Certain Scopelids in the collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo6l., Harvard Coll., Cambridge, Mass., vol. 46, no. 14, 1906. 1908. The lantern fishes. Rept. Sci. Res. Exp. Trop. Pacific ‘“ Albatross,” 1899-1900, X. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zo6l., Harvard Coll., Cambridge, Mass., vol. 26, no. 6, 1908. 1911. Notes on lantern fishes from southern seas, collected by J. T. Nichols in 1906. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 30, art. 2, 1911. 1918. The lantern-fishes of Japan. Mem. Carnegie Mus., vol. 6, no. 2, 1913. 1915. Fishes collected by the U. S. Fisheries steamer ‘“ Albatross” in 1904, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 48, 1915. GILBERT, C. H., and CRAMER, F.: 1897. Report on the fishes dredged in deep water near the Hawaiian Islands, with descriptions and figures of twenty-three new species. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 19, 1897. GoopE, G. B., and Bran, T. H.: 1895b. Oceanic ichthyology. Partaes ET, Config ear ah OG Ohv19 GA Mt nie Ne Taiors ri sition eit abcd Mua wh inv et A iat ack, mid hh; Ob parece i ioe @otl riloait _ ds fy it bree Any, any oe Rarhs'ity Bytes: all “fest jens ti netia aii t ae: se tie et ee) EL EIS ehyptnfal abe Dek Rag rs ae Raa oe a pei A tay eit) IA AGHAY, 4h yt arc: Mein! Rig ti ee 7 ’ ey her pi orl) aaron? ing apt “atlonndig al aly iAH in ae, ‘ys “ath hey Dea Aity ae pet ith audi fapantt spline eee. sfibiklaigoDA” axa WH i Bf OL PONE ph, “ep * ake re ae Lib Lk menos ofan. tit lee mendivde aig Np » RST eit “f of § eri Salt a a haste} ae pet 1 dies ; a0 baw. alas hi totva Ga Yohiinveat’ itt So pen wot: a ie a fit halal. ag ts Htnt 3 rte A ee eS ets HAG We ARyh, & No Bpatoahhing eee: iat ih cae us Ch i yi : — ane il al a i AV inn is Mi (ul iter en M Bak ds ve. ie BAe cieeiataen 4 . ue Cee baa i 4 Me aE or > hig iene neat ee Nola aes ate set! ol ae i, eecteane em eet ani an REVISION OF THE TWO-WINGED FLIES OF THE GENUS COELOPA MEIGEN IN NORTH AMERICA By J. M. Aupricu Associate Curator, Division of Insects, United States National Museum The present revision has been prepared as the result of recent correspondence with Mr. J. E. Collin, of Newmarket, England, who has furnished information relating to synonomy and has also sup- plied the Museum with determined European specimens; from his data and the specimens it appears that the North American members. of the genus have been misidentified to a large extent. Two species from the Bering Sea region, formerly considered to be identical with European forms, are here described as new. All the species appear to breed in the kelps, and are found only on seashores where seaweeds of this group are washed up. This limits the distribution of the flies on the Atlantic side to the northern coast, with Rhode Island as the southern terminus, but on the Pacific the kelps extend much farther south, so that one species of the fly is common at least as far south as San Diego, Calif. Genus COELOPA Meigen Coelopa MEIcEN, Syst. Beschr., vol. 6, 1830, p. 8—HatipAy, Ann. Nat. Hist., vol. 2, 1839, p. 186.—Westwoop, Introd. Mod. Classif. Ins., vol. 2, Synops., 1840, p. 144—StTENHAMMAR, Skandinaviens Copromyzinae (Kongl. Vetensk. Akad. Handl.) 1853 (1855), p. 317.—Lorw, Mon. N. Amer. Dipt., vol. 1, 1862, p. 42.—Scuiner, Fauna Austriaca, Diptera, vol. 2, 1864, p. 319.—CoLm and Lovett, List Dipt. of Oregon (Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 11) 1921, p. 320.—WILLIsTon, Manual N. Amer. Dipt., ed. 3d., 1908, p. 317—Mattocy, N. Amer. Fauna No. 46, 1923, p. 214, keys to species. Fucomyia Hauipay, Ann. Nat. Hist., vol. 2, 1839, p. 186.—Wersrwoop, Introd. Mod. Classif. Ins., vol. 2, Synops., 1840, p. 144. The genotypes of Coelopa and Fucomyia have been remarkably confused, owing to the misidentification of Musca frigida Fabricius. This was the only species included in Coelopa by Meigen in 1830, but Haliday in 1839 recognized that it was not the true frigida of Fabricius, and gave the name pilipes to Meigen’s species, which thus attains the status of genotype and has been so accepted by Mr. Collin, although the matter has not been discussed in print. No. 2808.—PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 76, ART. 11 61588—29 1 =o PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM ArT. 11 Fucomyia had originally three species—the first was what Haliday thought to be the true frigida of Fabricius, which he distinguished from the frigida of Meigen; of the former he makes his own gravis 1833 a synonym. The other two species included are simplex and parvula, both new. Westwood (1840, p. 144) makes frigida Fabri- cius the genotype of Fucomyia. But here, again, is a misidentifi- cation of frigida, which is not a Coelopa at all, but probably a Scatophaga (Stenhammar, Copyromyz., 1855, p. 269). Haliday’s supposed frigida “Fabricius is disposed of by adopting gravis Haliday, 1833 for it, since Haliday himself indicated the synonymy. Thus gravis Haliday becomes the genotype of Fucomyia. The ques- tion is not of prime importance, since Yucomyia is undoubtedly a synonym of Coelopa. Hucomyia has bristly legs, while in Coelopa they are pilose; but this applies only to males, and is best developed in the large males, smaller ones showing much less difference, and females showing hardly a specific difference, much less a generic one. The genus Coelopa is the main component of the small acalyptrate family Coelopidae, which is distinguished by the following characters in Hendel’s recent key to the families of Diptera.* Body depressed, postverticals well developed, convergent or crossed; prelabrum protruding; tibiae with preapical bristle on dor- sal side, but with apicals only on ventral side; scutellum with a pair of erect, crossed apical bristles, curving forward; auxiliary vein complete, costa not broken or interrupted at tip of auxiliary or before it. In Coelopa the face in profile is very deeply hollowed; the sides of the epistoma are bulging; the anal vein reaches the margin, but only as a fold. The mesonotum is strikingly flattened, with no bristles of considerable size except a single humeral, two notopleurals and one postalar—of these the single, large erect humeral is most dis- tinctive. The antennae are rather small, the third joint rounded, with bare arista. No other genus of the family occurs in North America; in our literature Omomyta Coquillett has been referred here, but it appears to show more affinity to the Scatophagidae. All of the species vary greatly in size; specimens of vanduzeet, which are all recognizable by the hairs on the apical portion of the first vein, vary from three to seven millimeters in length. In all cases the larger are more spinose or pilose, the striking vestiture being reduced with the size until it becomes inconspicuous. On this account I have given up parvula as a name for our smaller New England specimens, without attempting to decide whether there is a 1 Tierwelt Deutschlands, Jena, 1928, part 11, section 2, pp. 86—89. VOL. 76 TWO-WINGED FLIES OF THE GENUS COELOPA—ALDRICH 3 valid European species to which the name may be applied. Mr. Collin, however, says that gravis and parvula always occur together, which casts doubt upon the validity of the latter. I have omitted Coelopa anomala Cole”, from Lower California, which is said to have a convex thorax instead of the flattened one which is so characteristic in the genus, and probably does not belong here. At any rate the form of the thorax will separate it. KEY TO NORTH AMERICAN SPRHCIES OF COELOPA MALES 1. First vein with a few hairs on apical part; middle tibiae pilose, the others Spinya(Calitornid py Onreson))e pees ws alee eon ae eee vanduzeei Cresson. RIES Velnt en tLLely ial esi. lee Mus We Tee cba Te ee ee Soe ee 2. 2. All femora and tibiae with dense, long soft pile, like that of middle basitarsus, not at all bristly (Bering Sea)________ stejnegeri, new species, All femora and tibiae spiny in the larger specimens, bristly in the smaller, but in all cases the pile of the middle basitarsus is evidently much softer can dmIMoOremcdehicate mechan tHiSss ee oe a ee ae ae es Ne ee 3. 3. Abdomen with spiny bristles not only on sides and hind margin but scattered over the disk of the last three segments (Bering Sea region). nebularum, new species. Abdomen with spiny bristles only on hind margin and sparsely on sides (Norther lam tic «Coast Saar et oe 8 a Lae ae gravis Haliday. FEMALES 1. First vein with a few hairs on apical part (California and Oregon). vanduzeei Cresson. BiISe vein ientinelys Dame: 4 tea oy ook et yewiy ye ey bigs eek ee i ee D: 2a4hegs usually blackish. (North, Racifie. Coast) 2 i.— 4.4 fb nt es 3. Legs reddish yellow (North Atlantic Coast) _--_-.-_________ gravis Haliday. 3. Cheek with dense, soft, rather short hair; arista minutely setulose under Mich POWwersA= =. 212. sete ae ee stejnegeri, new species. Cheek with sparser hair, which is somewhat bristly above; arista not MUTI Lela SCLULOSCh eo 22 ee ee ee nebularum, new species. COELOPA GRAVIS Haliday Coelopa gravis HaLipAy, Entomological Magazine, vol. 1, 1833, p. 167. Ooelopa frigida OSTEN Sacken, Catalogue N. A. Dipt., 1878, p. 197 (not of Fabricius) —Hagrn, Canad. Ent., vol. 17, 1885, p. 140.—Jounson, List Dipt. New Eng., 1925, p. 248; Proe. Bost. Soc. N. H., vol. 38, 1925, p. 95. Coeclopa eximia STENHAMMAR, Copromyzinae, 1855, p. 318. Coelopa nitidula OsTEN SACKEN, Catalogue N, A. Dipt., 1878, p. 197 (not of Stenhammer ). Coelopa parvula JOHNSON, List Dipt. New Eng., 1925, p. 248 (not-of Haliday) ; Proce. Bost. Soe. N. H., vol. 38, 1925, p. 95—SturtTEvANT, Biol. Bull., vol. 50, p. 33. I have examined 22 specimens from the New England coast— Massachusetts and Rhode Island. Johnson writes me, “They do not 2Proc Cal. Acad. Sci., vol. 12, 1923, p. 470. 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM ART. 11 seem to be found south of where the kelp grows. Narragansett Pier, R. I., is my most southern locality. I have seen the kelp a quivering mass of maggots and later an enormous swarm of flies.” Length 3 to 6 mm., the smaller recorded as parvula. Seven specimens of both sexes from European seacoasts are also in the United States National Museum, determined by Collin, Bezzi, and Lundbeck, the two latter having identified it as frigida Fabricius. Male——Head and body black, the antennae, palpi, and proboscis reddish; a few reddish indistinct marks below wing on pleura; hind edges of last three segments and sides of last four yellowish red; abdomen flat, with a single row of bristles on each side and across the hind margin of each segment beyond the first or second (fewer in small specimens); front femora thickened and with stout spines, front tibiae spiny, but with some appressed pile on ventral side; front basitarsus with several stout, short erect spines below near base, the apex below with a thin, expanded rim or margin, wider on mesial side. Middle femora and tibiae spiny, the latter villous on flexor side and with several stout apical spines ventrally; middle basitarsus with long hair below and behind, and with about four stout spines curved downward on the front side. Hind femora and tibiae somewhat thickened, spiny, the latter with a few more deli- cate hairs on the flexor side; the yellow brush of cleaning hairs begins below the middle and extends the whole length of the first and second tarsal segments. Female—Abdominal segments less widely bordered with reddish yellow behind, but about the same on the sides. Front femora thickened, but with only a few stout bristles above. COELOPA VANDUZEEI Cresson Coelopa vanduzeei CrESsoN, Ent. News, vol. 25, 1914, p. 457—Prrmrson, Ill. Biol. Mon., vol. 3, 1916, No. 2, p. 182 (numerous morphological figures). Coelopa frigida Cotx, First Rept. Laguna Lab., 1912, p. 156 (det. by Aldrich, not of Fabricius) —CoLm and Lovett, List Dipt. of Oregon, 1921, p. 320. Easily recognized by Cresson’s description and by the hairs on the first vein; I place the Cole and Lovett Oregon specimens here from the excellent figure, although otherwise it is not known from that State. ‘ I have before me 119 specimens from the California coast— San Diego (Aldrich), Laguna Beach (Cole), Santa Barbara (Blais- dell, Aldrich) ; Pacific Grove (Aldrich), Santa Cruz (Cole). Adults appear to occur throughout the year, as Doctor Blaisdell sent a large shipment which he collected on January 2, 1929, at Santa Barbara. Professor Hine also sent five specimens of both sexes, which he collected on Kodiak Island, Alaska, in September, 1919. You. 76 TWO-WINGED FLIES OF THE GENUS COELOPA—ALDRICH 5 COELOPA NEBULARUM, new species Coelopa frigida CogurLteTtT, Dipt. Commander Ids., 1899, p. 345 (not of Fallen, not of Fabricius) ; Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., vol. 2, 1900, p. 460.—Mattocn, North American Fauna, No. 46, 1923, p. 214, pl. 12, fig. 1. Coelopa nitidula CoQqurmLLeTt, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., vol. 2, 1900, p. 460 (nct of Stenhammar). Coquillett reported the species from the Commander Islands and Kodiak Island, as frigida; and as I identify the specimens he also re- corded a specimen from Kodiak Island as nitidula. Male—Differs from gravis, which is so widespread that it may well be used for comparison, principally by the character given in the key, the posterior part of the abdomen being much more bristly above and on the sides, and also less flattened. Female.—The legs are almost invariably blackish, while in a dozen females of gravis they are uniformly reddish yellow. Length, 3.5 to 6.2 mm. Described from 15 males and 29 females, mostly from the Pribi- lof and Commander Islands in Bering Sea. From the former group, 19 of both sexes, including type and allotype, are from St. Paul Island (KE. A. Preble, G. D. Hanna, A. G. Whitney), in 1914-1917; while 7 are from St. George Island (Hanna), June 6 and 14, 1914. From the Commander Islands (palaearctic), a male and two fe- males (Stejneger) are from Bering Island, and a female (Barvett- Hamilton) is from Copper Island. One of the Stejneger females is from the early collecting in the eighties. A male and a female were collected by the Harriman Expedition (Kincaid) on Kodiak Island, in 1899, and a male from the same island (Hine) in 1917. Also two males and nine females from Katmai, Alaska, collected by Pref. J. S. Hine in 1917, and lent by him for study. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 41859, U.S.N.M. COELOPA STEJNEGERI, new species Coelopa frigida CoquILLeTT, Dipt. Commander Ids., 1899, p. 345 (not of Fabricius). Coelopa eximia MatiocH, N. Amer. Fauna, No. 46, 1923, p. 213, pl. 14, fig. 25 (not of Stenhammar). Coelopa parvula Cote, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. vol. 11, 1921, p. 174 (not of Haliday). Coelopa nitidula CoquitterT, Dipt. Commander Ids., 1899, p. 845 (not of Haliday). Coquillett reported the species from the Pribilof and Commander Islands as frigida and nitidula; Cole reported it from the former as parvula; and Malloch as ewimia. The Commander Islands are in the palaearctic region, being on the western side of the North Pacific. Male.—Black and rather shining; front opaque except the ocellar triangle and an upper border to the eye, all the opaque portion with erect hair of considerable length; the frontal bristles variable, 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM ART. 1 sometimes absent; cheeks with dense, long pile; arista with a few scattering minute setules under high power (35 diameters). Femora almost black, with long hair and no bristles; tibiae reddish to blackish, all with long pile, the middle ones with several apical spines on lower side, middle basitarsi also pilose, with several short, curved spines on front edge below; hind tibiae with long pile, below at tip with one longer and one shorter spine. The golden brush of hairs for cleaning are conspicuous on inner side of hind tibia on apical third, and on basitarsus. Abdomen shining black, with no bristles, but a good deal of black hair, especially posteriorly. Female.—Pilose as in male, but the pile is shorter; front with some distinct frontals, but they seem variable; cheek with dense but rather short pile. Length, 2.7 to 5.5 mm. Described from nine males and eight females. The type and allo- type are from St. Paul Island, Bering Sea, collected August 1, 1914, by E. A. Preble, and August 16, 1915, by G. D. Hanna. Another male and a female from the same island were collected by Hanna in 1915 and 1916, a male and female by A. G. Whitney in 1914, and another male by Preble in 1914; a male and a female from Bering Island, of the Commander group in Bering Sea (palaearctic), by Barrett-Hamilton and Dr. Leonhard Stejneger respectively, in 1897; a female from Pribilof Islands by Stejneger some years earlier, not dated; two females from Nikolaki, Bering Island, in 1895; a female frome Skagway, Alaska, June 14, 1921 (Aldrich) ; and a male and female from Union Bay, Vancouver Island, April 26, 1916 (Hanna). Also a male and female from Katmai, Alaska, 1917, lent by Prof. James §. Hine and collected by him. Type.—Male, Cat. No. 41860, U.S.N.M. Named in honor of Dr. Leonhard Stejneger, of the United States National Museum, whose interest in the life of the Bering Sea islands has been continuous for nearly half a century. This is the nearest of all our species to the European pilipes Hali- day, type of the genus, which also has all the legs with long pile and not bristles. It however has the abdomen opaque, the dorsocentral bristles quite appreciably developed, and the front with distinct lateral bristles in the male and not so much pile. The thin expan- sion of the front basitarsus below its apex is less noticeable in stejnegeri than in nebularum, but in pilipes it is hardly perceptible at all. The female of stejnegeri can be distinguished from that of pilipes by its more shining abdomen. In making these comparisons J am using four European specimens of pélipes received from Mr. Collin and two from Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell. U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1929 For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. - - - - - Price 5 cents TWO NEW SPECIES OF TREMATODES OF THE GENUS PARAMETORCHIS FROM FUR-BEARING ANIMALS By Emmerr W. Price Of the Zoological Division, Bureau of Animal Indusiry, United States Depart- ment of Agriculture In this paper two trematodes which appear to be new species are described. These flukes belong to the family Opisthorchiidae Braun, 1901, and to the genus Parametorchis Skrjabin, 1913. The first of these species was forwarded to the Bureau of Animal Industry, October 13, 1927, by Dr. J. E. Shillinger, of the Bureau of Biological Survey, who collected them from the gali bladder of a silver fox from Wisconsin. For this spectes the name Parametorchis inter- medius is proposed. ‘The second species, comprising about a dozen specimens, was collected from the gall bladder of a mink by Dr. Ronald G. Law, of the Experimental Fur Farm, Kirkfield, Ontario, and forwarded to the Bureau of Animal Industry for identification on February 2, 1929. For this species the name Parametorchis cana- densis 1s proposed. The genus to which these species obviously belong was proposed by Skrjabin (1918) and is characterized as follows: Genus PARAMETORCHIS Skrjabin, 1913 Generic diagnosis —Flattened, moderate-sized distomes, attenu- ated anteriorly and rounded posteriorly. Cuticle spiny. Suckers equal in size and weakly developed; acetabulum at the border of the first and second fourth of body length. Pharynx and a smaller esophagus present. Intestinal ceca extend to posterior end of body. Testes lobed and arranged tandem in posterior half of body. Uterus rosette-shaped, in anterior half of body, surrounding the acetabulum. Vitellaria lateral of uterus, in anterior half of body, and uniting in front of uterus. Ovary lobed, cephalad of testes. Receptaculum seminis moderately large. lateral of ovary. Parasites of the gall bladder of mammals. Type species—Parametorchis complexus (Stiles and Hassall, 1894). No. 2809.—PROCEEDINGS U.S. NATIONAL MuSEuM, VOL. 76, ART. 12 64438—29 al: yy PROCHEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUN VOL. 76 PARAMETORCHIS INTERMEDIUS, new species Specific diagnosis —Parametorchis: Body linguiform, the anterior end attenuated and posterior end rounded, 3 to 3.5 mm. long by 1 mm. wide in the region of the anterior testis. Oral sucker terminal, 155 to 262u long by 232u to 2784 wide, weakly muscular. Prepharynx absent; pharynx strongly muscular, 170u to 186 long by 1404 wide. Esophagus very short; intestinal ceca wide and sinuous, terminating TT to 124n from the posterior end of body. Acetabulum weakly developed, slightly oval transversely, 150u long by 2004 wide, and situated about 775p to 997» from the anterior end. Testes deeply lobed, tandem or slightly oblique, and situated in the posterior half of body. The anterior testis is from 262, to 310p long by 8325p to 496u wide and the posterior from 310, to 500u long by 3887p to 4964 wide. Cirrus pouch absent. Seminal vesicle slender and sinuous, and usually obscured by the convolutions of the uterus. Ovary trilobed, 108, to 140 long by 200 to 260u wide, and situated a short distance in front 7iN ItGURE 1.—PARAMETORCHIS INTERMEDIUS, NEW SPECIES. VENTRAL VIEW of the anterior testis. Receptaculum seminis elongated and slightly twisted, and situated to the right and caudad of the ovary. Vitellaria lateral, extending from slightly behind the level of the esophageal bifurcation to the level of the anterior border of the ovary. Uterus composed of close transverse coils and extending from ovary to a short distance in front of acetabulum. Genital pore median, about 850n from the anterior end of body. Excretory canal sigmoid, branching at the level of the anterior border of the anterior testis, the two branches extending extracecally to about the level of the pharynx; excretory pore terminal. Eggs oval, 30y long by 15h wide, and yellowish brown in color. Host.—Silver fox (Vulpes fulva.) Location.—Gall bladder. Distribution.—United States (Wisconsin. ) Type specimens.—United States National Museum Helminthologi- cal Collection No. 27857; paratypes No. 28179. ART. 12 NEW SPECIES OF TREMATODES—PRICE 3 This species apparently occupies a position intermediate between Paremetorchis complexcus, which was described by Stiles and Hassall (1894), from the gall bladder of cats from NewYork, Maryland, and District of Columbia, and P. noveboracensis which was described by Hung (1926) from the gall bladder of a cat from New York. In the former species the testes are deeply lobed and the vitellaria unite in the median line forming a U around the uterus; in the latter species the testes are almost round, the posterior being only slightly in- dented, and the vitellaria do not unite in front of the uterus. The peculiar character of the vitellaria in P. compleaus appears to be constant and not changed by host relationship. Specimens of this species which the writer has examined (U.S. N. M No. 14407), col- lected January 21, 1907, by E. C. Stevenson from a blue fox which died in the National Zoological Park, Washington, D. C., conform in this respect to the type specimens from the cat. P. intermedius is considerably smaller than either P. complexus or P. noveboracensis. M7172. FIGURE 2.—PARAMETORCHIS CANADENSIS, NEW SPECIES. DORSAL VIEW The body form and shape of the testes are similar to the former species, but the arrangement of the vitellaria is similar to that in the latter species. On the basis of these differences, the writer feels justified in considering P. intermedius a distinct species. PARAMETORCHIS CANADENSIS, new species Specific diagnosis —Parametorchis: Body linguiform, transparent, 1.7 to 2 mm. long 590, to 687 wide in the region of the anterior testis. Cuticle missing owing toe the somewhat macerated condition of the specimens. Oral sucker terminal, 984 to 1082 long by 140u to 155u wide. Prepharynx absent; pharynx muscular, 108 to 140 long by 62 to 93» wide. Esophagus very short; intestinal ceca slightly sinu- ous, terminating 70 to 90n from the posterior end of the body. Ace- tabulum 125, long by 140. wide, weakly muscular, and situated about 470 from the anterior end. Testes oval or slightly indented, and situated tandem in the posterior half of body; they are about equal A PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL, 76 in size, 186y long by 125y wide. Cirrus pouch absent. Seminal vesicle slender and sinuous, its posterior end lying on a level with the center of the acetabulum. Ovary trilobed, small, and situated about twice its own length in front of the bifurcation of the excretory vesicle. Receptaculum seminis large and pyriform, and situated to the right and caudad of the ovary. Vitellaria lateral, extending from a short distance caudad of the esophagus bifurcation to the level of the ovary. Uterus composed of close transverse coils which are filled with small eggs. The genital pore is situated 400u to 600u from the anterior end of body. Excretory system similar to that in other species of the genus. Eggs oval, 22 long by 11p wide, and yellow- ish brown in color. [ost.—Mink (Mustela vison). Location.—Gall bladder. Distribution —Canada (Kairkfield, Ontario). Type specimens.—United States National Museum Helminthologi- cal Collection No. 28180; paratypes No. 28366. This species is much smaller than any of the other species of the genus. It resembles P. tntermedius in many respects but is more transparent, the testes are oval instead of being lobed, and the egg is sughtly smaller. Since the specimens of both of these species are fully mature, the writer feels that in view of a lack of information in regard to the influence of different hosts on the size of trematodes of this genus, these forms should be considered as separate species. For further comparison of the more important characters of the species of Parametorchis, the following table is appended. Comparative table of characters of species of Parametorchis Parametorchis Parametorchis Parametorchis Parametorchis complexus noveboracensis intermedius canadensis Body form: -=£-=--= Linguiform.__-__-- Wingeniformuses === Linguiform -~-2.--.- Linguiform. Size: ene thes. OubO (7 a a ee | 6 to 6-3: mm- - =: <2 3it0/3.5 mmo =| 7, fo Zima, Width22-o 2 LS SeGOR2 ITER eae |) Zea: bomaiounmim= eae Mpochast Ae eeeee bs »----| 590 to 687p. Oralasnckery | i— 3 330 to 3904__-_-___ | 232 to 242y_ 2 155 to 262u by 232 to | 93 to 108u by 140 o 278y. 155. Acetabuliam: 225222), 380 tOrs 9 Opie. a Skea ee eras eae ee 150u by 200u__..._-- | 1254 by 140z. U2 a EE raga b, ey ea en ene ped | EE Ri aU ee SES 232 to 2424 by 281 to | 170 to 1864 by 140u__| 108 to 1404 by 62 to 300. | Su. ON aE ane eee MriWoped sa---s-— = Mrilobed= =. 282 nee PrUO DR ee Trilobed. Intestinal ceca__-__- SINVWOMs ese eee Almost straight____- SimlQus= fsa ae | Slightly sinuous. Mes lose esa eae es Obed ee ne | Almost reund_-_--_-- THODeGt oss e ae | Oval or slightly lobed. Whterushee > sees eee Rosette-shaped____| Rosette-shaped_____- Compact transverse | Compact trans- coils. | verse coils. Vitellaria______..._| United iu front of | Not united____----_- Not united ---.--2--2 | Not united. uterus. | Receptaculum | Pyriform__________ Pynifornrs = seek: Slightly twisted____- | Pyriform. seminis. | Deep ae ek ESS 8 he 2a py Wye aes | 28-32u by 15-18u--_-- 30 by: Wopsees- | 22u by Iu. ART, 12 NEW SPECIES OF TREMATODES—PRICE 5 REFERENCES Hune, SEr-LU. 1926. A new species of fluke, Parametorchis noyeboracensis, from the cat in the United States, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Wash. (2627), vol. 69, art. 1, pp. 1-2, fig. 1. SKRJABIN, K. I. 1913. Vogeltrematoden aus Russich Turkestan, Zool. Jahrb., Jena., Abt. f. Syst., vol. 35, pp. 351-388, pls. 18-14, figs. 1-16. Stites, CH. WARDELL; and HASSALL, ALBERT. 1894. A new species of fluke (Distoma [Dicrocoelium] complexum) found in cats in the United States, with bibliographies and diagnoses of allied forms. (Notes on parasites, 21.) Vet. Mag., Phila., vol. 1, June, pp. 413-432, pls. 1-4, figs. 1-19. [MS. dated March 2, 1893.] U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1929 toa No he Na Foal Oty: ety, Ty i : espace hia THE BRYOZOAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS By Frerprnanp Canu Of Versailles, France AND R. S. Bassier Of Washington, District of Columbia INTRODUCTION Continuing our investigations of the dredgings of the United States Fish Commission steamer Albatross preserved in the United States National Museum, we have recently cumpleted the study of the material collected from a few stations in the vicinity of the Galapagos Islands. As a result we find that the bryozoa of the Galapagos afford equally interesting results as other classes of animals from this classic area. In the pursuit of these studies we have had financial assistance from the American Association for the Advancement of Science, which help is here gratefully acknowledged. Located on the equatorial line, the bryozoan fauna of the Galapagos Islands is found to be particularly interesting to the paleontologist. The species common with the Gulf of Mexico indicate the ancient communication of the Pacific with the Atlantic and the very recent formation of the Isthmus of Panama. These species are Acantho- desia savartii, Aplousina filum, Callopora tenuirostris, Callopora curvirostris, Cupuladria umbellata, Puellina innominata, Try postega venusta, Hippoporina cleidostoma, Mamillopora cupula, and Liche- nopora radiata. None of these is known to have made the circuit of any of the continents, so that free communication between the two oceans must have existed. Another remarkable phenomenon is the persistence in this region of archaic forms known hitherto only as fossils and in which nat- urally the anatomic structure was unknown. Very useful compari- sons can thus be made by means of such species as Proboscina lamel- lifera, Plagioecia subpapyracea, Diaperoecia (Reticulipora) mean- No. 2810.—PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 76, ART. 18. 61589—29 1 1 2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 76 drina, Defrancia stellata, Cavaria praesens, and Heteropora sp. The materials collected were, unfortunately, not very numerous. The bryozoa from the eastern side of the Pacific are still little known, so that we should not be surprised at the large number of new forms discriminated. Thus, of 53 species determined and studied, 29 are new and 4 new genera of Cheilostomata have been created. Three of the latter have a decided originality and are peculiar to the region. Although under the influence of the southern current, which spreads even to the Sandwich Islands, we have not recognized the species common with South America. However, it is true that the bryozoan fauna of the South American continent is scarcely known. We hope that new explorations of the Galapagos Islands will furnish a larger quantity of material. Life is very active in these equatorial regions for a plancton of extraordinary richness assures the life of a great fauna as peculiar as it is varied. The location, characteristics, and faunas of the three stations studied are as follows: FAUNAL LISTS Albatross Station D. 2818. Galapagos Island; 1° 21’’ S; 89° 40’ 15’’ W.; 40 fathoms; coral sand; April 7, 1888. Acanthodesia savartii Savigny-Audouin, 1826. Adeona granulata, new species. Adeona tubulifera, new species. Aplousina filum Jullien, 1903. Callopora curvirostris Hinecks, 1861. Callopora tenuirostris Hincks, 1880. Callopora verrucosa, new species. Cavaria praesens, new species. Chorizopora brongniarti Audouin, 1826. Cedonella granulata, new species. Crepidacantha poissonii Savigny-Audouin, 1826. Cupularia umbellata Defrance, 1823. Dakaria sertata, new species. Diaperoecia flabellata Canu and Bassler, 1923. Diaperoecia? striatula, new species. Diaperoecia subpapyracea, new species. Diplonotos costulatwm, new species. Heteropora, species. Hippomenella parvicapitata, new species. Hippoporidra granulosa, new species. Hippoporina cleidostoma Smitt, 1873. Hippotrema(?) spiculifera, new species. Holoporella hexagonalis, new species. Holoporetia quadrispinosa, new species. Lagenipora marginata, new species. Lichenopora radiata Savigny-Audouin, 1826. Mamillopora cupula Smitt, 1878. ART. 13 BRYOZOAN FAUNA—CANU AND BASSLER = Membrendoecium claustracrassum, new species. Microecia tubiabortiva, new species. Micropora coriacea Esper, 1794. Microporella gibbosula, new species. Microporella tractabilis, new species. Oncousoecia (Proboscina) major Johnston, 1847. Osthimosia anatina, new species. Pachycleithonia nigra, new species. Plagioecia lactea Calvet, 1903, variety. Proboscina lamellifera, new species. Puellina innominata Couch, 1844. Schizopodrella (Stephanosella) biaperta Michelin, 1842. Smittina trispinosa Johnston, 1838, variety. Trypostega venusta Norman, 1864. Tubulipora, species. Albatross Station D. 2815. Galapagos Islands; 1° 17’ 30’” S; 90° 30’ 15’ W.; 33.5 fathoms; gray sand with black specks; April 9, 1888. Adeona tubulifera, new species. Arthropoma cecili Savigny-Audouin, 1826. Callopora tenuirostris Hincks, 1880. Cauloramphus brunea, new species. Cavaria praesens, new species. Chaperia condylata, new species. Codonella granulata, new species. Crepidacantha poissoni Savigny-Audouin, 1826. Defrancia stellata Reuss, 1847. Dakaria sertata, new species. Diaperoccia meandrina, new species. Enantiosula manica, new species. Hippoporina cleidostoma Smitt, 1873. Hippotrema (?) spiculifera, new species. Holoporella porosa, new species. Holoporeila quadrispinosa, new species. Holoporella tridenticulata Busk, 1881. Lagenipora verrucosa, new species. Membrendoecium claustracrassum, new species. Microporella tractabilis, new species. Osthimosia anatina, new species. Puellnia radiata Moll, 1808. Schizopodrella (Stephanosella) biaperta Michelin, 1842. Smittina reticulata MacGillivray, 1842. Smittina trispinosa Johnston, 1838, variety. Trypostega venusta Norman, 1864. Tubulipora, species. Tubulipora liliacea Harmer, 1898. Albatross Station D. 3408. Off Galapagos Islands; 12’ 30’’ N.; 90° 32’ 30” W.; 684 fathoms; Globigerina ooze; April 3, 1891. Diplonotos costulatum; new species. Diplonotos striatum, new species. Semihaswellia sulcosa, new species. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM Vou. 76 Order CHEILOSTOMATA Busk Suborder ANASCA Division MALACOSTEGA Family BIFLUSTRIDAE Smitt, 1872 Genus ACANTHODESIA Canu and Bassler, 1920 ACANTHODESIA SAVARTII Savigny-Audouin, 1826 Zoological bibliography . Flustra savartii Savieny, Description de l’Hgypte Polypes, pl. 10, fig. 10. 1826. Flustra savartii AupouIN, Explication sommaire des planches de Polypes de l’Egypte et de la Syrie, p. 240. . Biflustra savartii Smirr, Floridan Bryozoa, Kongl. Svenska Vetenskaps- Akademiens Handlingar, vol. 11, p. 20, pl. 4, figs. 92-95. 1880. Membranipora delicatula HincKks, Contributions toward a General His- 1909. 19138. 1914. 1920. 1928. tory of the Marine Polyzoa, Annals and Magazine of Natural History, ser. 5; vol: 6, p28, pl. 11, fig. 12 . Biflustra delicatula MacGiniivray in MeCoy, Prodrome Zoology of Vic- toria, decade 6, p. 28. pl. 37, figs. 2, 3. . Biflustra savartii BusK, Challenger, p. 67, pl. 14, fig. 2. . Membranipora savartii WatErs, Bryozoa from New South Wales, North Australia, Annals and Magazine of Natural History, p. 181, pl. 4, fig. 8. ( Variety.) Membranipora savartii Waters, Reports on the marine biology of the Sudanese Red Sea, XII, Journal Linnean Society, London, vol. 31, p. 187, pl. 11, figs. 8-138. Membranipora savartii Waters, Marine fauna of British East Africa and Zanzibar. Bryozoa Cheilostomata. Proceedings Zoological Society Lon- don, p. 486. Membranipora savartii Ospurn, Tortugas, Publication Carnegie Institu- tion of Washington, No. 182, p. 1941. Acanthodesia savartii CANuU and Basstrr, North American Early Tertiary Bryozoa, Bulletin 106, U. S. National Museum, p. 100, pl. 21, figs. 2-4. (Complementary bibliography geologie and geographic distribution. ) . Acanthodesia savartii CANU and Basster, North American Later Tertiary and Quaternary Bryozoa, Bulletin 125, U. S. National Museum, p. 30, pl. 11, figs. 1-8; pl. 2, figs. 2, 8; pl. 5, figs. 1-5; pl. 11, figs. 5-9 (forma delicatula) ; pl. 11, fig. 4; pl. 46, figs. 8, 9. (Study of the recent and fossil varieties. ) Acanthodesia savartii CANU and Bass ter, Fossil and Recent Bryozoa of the Guif of Mexico Region, Proc. U. S. National Museum, Art. 2710, p. 14, pl. J, figs. 5, 6. 1929. Acanthodesia savartii CANU and Basstrer, Bryozoa of the Philippine Re- gion, Bull. 100, vol. 9, U. S. National Museum, p. 66, pl. 1, figs. 1-5. Our specimen is bilamellar, bifurcated, in narrow fronds with eight rows of cells. The mural rim is thick and granular. It is well represented by Figure 9 of Plate 11 of Canu and Bassler, 1923. ART. 13 BRYOZOAN FAUNA—CANU AND BASSLER 5 There are areal spicules but no serrate denticles, while in the Philip- pine and in the Gulf of Mexico specimens there are no spicules. Biology—The discovery of this equatorial species at the Galapagos confirms our preceding deductions on the recent formation of the Isthmus of Panama, in which we have discovered it with certainty as a fossil. Its geographic extension is very great, but everywhere it lives only in waters of little depth. Its presence in the fossils always reveals the vicinity of the shore. It is able to cross the great depths of the ocean only when parasitic on floating algae. Occurrence.—Galapagos Islands, D. 2818. Geographic distribution —Atlantic: Gulf of Mexico and Florida (29 fathoms) ; Tortugas (10 fathoms) and between Florida and New Orleans (27-80 fathoms). Pacific: Sulu Sea and Celebes Sea in the Philippines (20-24 fathoms) ; Samboangan (10 fathoms) ; Australia, Queensland and Victoria, Palm Island (8-10 fathoms), and Darnley Island in Torres Strait. Indian Ocean: Zanzibar (8-10 fathoms) ; Sudanese Red Sea (5-30 fathoms) and Ceylon. Plesiotypes.—Cat. No. 8469, U.S.N.M. Family HINCKSINIDAE Canu and Bassler, 1927 Genus APLOUSINA Canu and Bassler, 1927 APLOUSINA FILUM Jullien, 1903 Plate 1, Figures 1, 2 1873. Biflustra lacroivii Smiru (not Audouin), Floridan Bryozoa, p. 18, pl. 4, figs. 85 to 88 (Florida, 21-97 m.). 1902. Membranipora reticulum CaAtver (not Linnaeus), Bryozoaires marines des Cotes de Corse, Travaux de l'Institut Zoologique de Montpellier, ser. 2, mem. 12, p. 14. 1903. Membranipora filum Juin, Bryozoaires provenant des campagnes de l’Hirondelle 1886-1888, Resultats des campagnes scientifiques accom- panies par le Prince de Monaco, fasc. 23, p. 41, pl. 5, fig. 4 (Azores, 2 130-818 m.). 1907. Membranipora filum Carver, Bryozoaires des expéditions scientifique du Travailleur et du Talisman, VIII, p. 386 (bibliography). (Cape Verde Islands, 80-180 m.; Cape Spartel, northwest of Morocco, 717 m.) 1923. Callopora filum Canu and Basster, North American Later Tertiary and Quaternary Bryozoa, Bulletin 125, U. S. National Museum, p. 42, pl. 45, fig. 5 (Pleistocene of Mount Hope, Panama). 71898. Membranipora capriensis Waters, Observations on Membraniporidae, Linnean Society’s Journal, Zoology, p. 690, pl. 47, fig. 6 (Capri, Italy). Structure—In 1923 we interpreted badly the description of the ovicell given by Calvet in 1907 without figures. As it is easy to see on the figure of Smitt, 1873, the ovicell is really endozooecial; it is often ornamented with a small frontal cicatrix. The opercular valve is very short and is supported on the mural rim, with a width of 0.16-0.20 mm. Smitt said also that it is small, 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 but he figures it isolated from the mural rim and gives it 0.18 mm. in width. It is difficult to appreciate these chitinous organs on the dry specimens. Our specimens are poorly located on their substratum and can be photographed only with difficulty. Nevertheless, in spite of their imperfections, they show great micrometric variations. We have measured Zz=0.60-0.73 mm. and /2=0.50-0.45 mm. The figures of Jullien measure 0.80-0.64 mm. Waters for JZ. capriensis speaks of a length of 0.60-0.70 mm., and his figure indi- cates 0.84—0.44 mm. The mural rim is isolated and finely granulated. The small granulations are not always clearly visible; for this reason we have introduced doubtfully Membranipora capriensis Waters, 1898, which is figured with a smooth mural rim but in which the ovicell is clearly endozooecial. The two small oral spines cited by Jullien are not visible on our specimens. Smitt did not figure them, so they appear inconstant and fragile. We have not discovered this species in the dredgings made by the Albatross in the Gulf of Mexico, and we therefore can not confirm the observations of Smitt. Our specimens from the Galapagos were dredged living on dead Cellepores at 40 fathoms of depth. Biology.—* In the lowest state of development, it is a thin, glossy, yellow-white shining crust. In the zooecia, covered by their thin, translucent ectocyst, within the area, the bundle of tentacles and the musculi retractores operculi clearly present themselves through their black color.” (Smitt.) The ectocyst of the adult zooecia easily loses its clearness. This species has been observed on corals, on dead bryozoa (Celle- pora, Steganoporeclla, etc.), on Mytilus and on fragments of dead shells. All the specimens collected to the present time appear to have lived at the depths where they were dredged. These vary from 2 to 717 meters, which reveals a great facility of adaptation to bathy- metric and thermometric conditions. However, this is an equatorial or subequatorial species in which the extension toward the north does not transgress beyond the Mediterranean. We are ignorant of the causes which maintain it in these actual biologic limits. The species was in reproduction at the Cape Verde Islands on July 27, 1883, but at the Galapagos Islands our specimens were ovicelled on April 7 to 9, 1888. The simultaneous occurrence in the Gulf of Mexico and the Galapagos Islands and in the Quaternary of Panama indicates the ancient communication between the Pacific and the Atlantic and the recent formation of the Isthmus of Panama. The species common to these two oceans are now rather rare. At the Galapagos Islands ART. 13 BRYOZOAN FAUNA—CANU AND BASSLER rf the great southern current has modified considerably the nature of the plancton and all the marine fauna. The simple forms indifferent to the thermic influences alone have been able to persist. This is precisely the case for A plousina filum. Occurrence.—Galapagos Islands, D. 2813. Geographic distribution —Kastern Atlantic: Cape Verde Islands, 80-180 meters; Azore Islands, 130-318 meters; Cape Spartel, north- west of Morocco, 717 meters. Mediterranean: Corse, littoral; Capri (?). Western Atlantic: Florida, 18-60 fathoms. Pacific: Galapagos Islands, 40 fathoms. Plesiotypes.—Cat. No. 8470, U.S.N.M. Genus MEMBRENDOECIUM Canu and Bassler, 1917 MEMBRENDOECIUM CLAUSTRACRASSUM, new species Plate 1, Figures 3-7 Description —The zoarium is multilamellar; it incrusts fragments of shells and dead gastropods. The zooecia are oval, the point above, a little enlarged at the base, elongated, distinct, separated by a deep furrow. The mural rim is a thin salient thread; the cryptocyst almost entirely surrounds the opesium; it is very much enlarged proximally and is finely granular. The opesium is elongated, oval, distally adjacent to the mural rim, finely crenulated. At the base of each zooecium there is a small triangular avicularium oriented longitudinally, the beak above. The opercular valve is small, re- moved from the mural rim laterally. The ovicell is endozooecial, little apparent, covered by a small chitinous band distally and a large, thick, and much chitinized opercular valve. Measurements.— Lz=0.40-0.50 mm. 2z=0.30 mm. ho=0.26-0.30 mm. Opesium | /o=0.16-0.18 mm. Zou Structure—The structure of the ovicell is quite remarkable and can be seen only on the specimens preserving their ectocyst. It is a simple distal cavity covered by a chitinous band and by a large hinged operculum thicker and more chitinized than the small oper- cular valve of the other cells. It is therefore little visible on speci- mens deprived of the ectocyst, although the doubling of the small distal avicularium is often an index of its presence. Certain zooecia have their cryptocyst perforated by a small sub- circular median opesium; they are not regenerated and we are still ignorant of their anatomical structure. The ancestrula is very small; unfortunately our specimen does not show this structure very well. 8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 On the much calcified zooecia the opesium is smaller and the cryptocyst more developed. A simple tuberosity then replaces the distal avicularium. Affinities —This species differs from Membrendoecium ovatwm Canu and Bassler, of the Philippines, in its smaller zooecia and its finely crenulated opesium. It has much resemblance to &. trans- versum Canu and Bassler, 1920, of the American Midwayan and differs only in the longitudinal orientation of the small avicularia. It could perhaps be the same as U/. papillatwm Busk, 1884, of the Philippines, in which the cryptocyst is granulated and the opesium is regularly oval, but we have no other means of comparison than the incomplete figure of the author. Biology.—The zoarium incrusts shells in many superposed lamellz. The exterior lamella shows then false ancestrule which are not derived from a larva. The lamella directly in contact with the shell has zooecia less calcified and more irregular. Our specimens were in reproduction and fixation April 7, 1888. Occurrence—Galapagos Islands, D. 2813 and D 2815. Cotypes.—Cat. Nos. 8471, 8472, U.S.N.M. Family ALDERINIDAE Canu and Bassler, 1927 Genus CALLOPORA Gray, 1848 _CALLOPORA TENUIROSTRIS Hincks, 1880 1918. Membranipora tenuirostris Waters, Some collections of the littoral marine fauna of the Cape Verde Islands, Bryozoa, Journal Linnean Society Zoology, vol. 34, p. 9. (Bibliography, geographic distribution). 1920. Callopora tenuirostris CANU and BAsstER, North American Harly Tertiary Bryozoa, Bulletin 106, U. S. National Museum, p. 154, pl. 29, figs. 10, 11. 1928. Callopora tenuirostris CANU and BASSLER, Fossil and Recent Bryozoa of the Gulf of Mexico Region, Proc. U. 8S. National Museum, art. 2710, p. $1, p. 3, fig. 4. 1929. Callopora tenuirostris Canu and BaAsster, Bryozoa of the Philippine Region, Bull. 100, vol. 9, U. S. National Museum, p. 102, pl. 3, fig. 6. Our specimens incrust dead shells, oysters, Cellepores, Smittina, Nullipores, and Cupuwlaria umbellata. For the greater part they are living. Biology—tThis is a species of shallow water and does not pass beyond 90 meters. The Albatross, however, dredged a dead speci- men in the Philippines at 379 meters. It is abundant in the equa- torial or subequatorial zone, although it has been observed in the temperature zone of the Pacific. It was in reproduction on January 30, 1885, in the region of the Gulf of Mexico, and on April 7-9, 1888, in the Gallapagos Islands, and in September 18, 1918, at La Jolla, Calif. Occurrence.—Galapagos Island, D. 2813 and D. 2815. akT. 13 BRYOZOAN FAUNA—CANU AND BASSLER 9 Geographic distribution—Atlantic: Madeira, Cape Verde Islands (10 fathoms). Gulf of Mexico (24-65 fathoms). Mediterranean: Naples (10-40 fathoms), Capri, Rapallo, Oran (85 meters), Adriatic. Pacific: Philippines (20-140 fathoms), La Jolla, Calif., and Queen Charlotte Islands. Cat. No. 8473 U.S.N.M. CALLOPORA CURVIROSTRIS Hincks, 1861 1918. Membranipora curvirostris Waters, Some collections of the littoral ma- rine fauna of the Cape Verde Islands, Bryozoa, Journal Linnean Society, Zoology, vol. 34, p. 9 (bibliography). 1923. Callopora curvirostris CANU and Basser, North American Later Terti- ary and Quaternary Bryozoa, Bulletin 125, U. S. National Museum, p. 42 (Guernei). 1925. Callopora curvirostris CANU and BassLer, Les Bryozoaires du Maroc et de Mauritanie, Mem. de la Société des Sciences Naturelles du Maroc, No. 10, p. 14. 1928. Callopora curvirostris CANU and BAssLerR, Fossil and Recent Bryozoa of the Gulf of Mexico region, Proc. U. S. National Museum, Art. 2710, p. 32, pl. 3, figs. 9, 10; pl. 32, figs. 8. Our specimens incrust a shell, a dead Cellepore and a large Smittina foliacea. They were living and ovicelled April 7, 1888. Biology.—This species has almost always been dredged dead and its biology is therefore difficult to determine. We had the good fortune to find our specimens had been dredged alive. The species lives in the equatorial and temperate zones at depths varying up to 231 meters. It is another indication of the ancient communication between the Atlantic and the Pacific. Occurrence.—Galapagos Islands, D. 2813. Geographic distribution—Atlantic; Polperro, Great Britain, 40 fathoms; Cape Verde Islands, 10 fathoms; shores of Morocco, 110- 158 meters; Gulf of Gascogny, 135 meters; Brazil, 56 meters; Ha- bana, Gulf of Mexico, 201 fathoms; between Cuba and Yucatan, 143 fathoms. Mediterranean: Naples, Oran, Pacific; Nukatofa, Tongatabu, 20 fathoms; Hawaiian Islands 91-113 fathoms; Indian Ocean: Dwarka, Gulf of Arabia, Laccadives Islands; Adelaide, Aus- tralia; Bangam, Bengal; Singapore (26 meters). Cat. ‘No. 8474 U.S. N. M. CALLIPORA VERRUCOSA, new species Plate 1, Figure 8 Description—The zoarium incrusts fragments of shells. The zooecia are distinct, separated by a furrow, elongate elliptical or a little oval. The mural rim is smooth, thin, salient, and regular. The form of the opesium is that of the zooecium. The ovicell is hyperstomial, globular. In all the interopesial spaces there is a 10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 76 small triangular avicularium with rounded beak. In the marginal zone of the colony, in the separating furrows of the cells, there are small elliptical zooeciules perforated by a submedian pore. On the margin itself, the zooeciules develop exclusively and arrest the for- mation of the normal zooecia. Measurements.— , ho=0.40 mm. > Lz=0.50 mm. Opesium lo=0.25 mm. Zooecium lz=0.30-0.85 mm. Affinities —The function of the small zooeciules is absolutely un- known. They have been observed in several species; in Mystriopora areolata Canu and Bassler, 1923, from the Pleistocene of California, in Callopora pumicosa Canu and Bassler, 1928, recent species from the Gulf of Mexico, and in Electra distefanoi, Cipolla, 1923, of the Sicilian of Italy. They appear to have a small polypide since they undergo the phenomenon of total regeneration. Our photographs show several examples. Adventitious zooeciules somewhat more elongated in form have also been observed in other genera of the bryozoa. Occurrence.—Galapagos Islands, D. 2813. Holotype.—Cat. No. 8475, U. S. N. M. Genus CAULORAMPHUS Norman, 1903 CAULORAMPHUS BRUNEA, new species Plate 1, Figures 9, 10 Description.—The zoarium incrusts dead Cellepores. The zooecia are distinct, elongated, separated by a very deep furrow, somewhat oval. The mural rim is thick, rounded, very salient. It bears 4 distal spines and 7-9 pairs of brown, areal spines. The pedunculate avicularia are white, a little longer than the spines. The ancestrula is a very small ordinary zooecium. Measurements.— : ho=0.30 mm. ‘ Lz=0.40-0.45 mm. Opesium) 7,—§.15 mm, Zooecium) 7,—0.30 mm. A ffinities—This species is very well characterized by the brown spines. They are white in Cauloramphus spinifer Johnston, 1847, which is the closest species. Biology.—This is a sordid species for the living specimens, in spite of their large number of spines are always covered with calcareous granules, siliceous particles, fragments of sponges, and of dirt. It is difficult to find a specimen that can be photographed. By boiling in Javelle water the cells when completely freed from their spines and all the dirt have on the contrary a most agreeable aspect and resemble little crowns. ArT. 13 BRYOZOAN FAUNA—CANU AND BASSLER ll Occurrence.—Galapagos Islands, D. 2815. Coty pes.— Cat. No. 8476, U.S.N.M. Division COILOSTEGA Levinsen, 1909 Family OPESIULIDAE Jullien, 1888 Genus MICROPORA Gray, 1848 MICROPORA CORIACEA Esper, 1794 1920. Micropora coriacea CANU and Basser, Monograph Early Tertiary Bryozoa of North America, Bulletin 106 U. 8. National Museum, p. 235, pl. 4, figs. 20-22. (Bibliography, geographic and geologic dis- tributions). 1921. Micropora coriacea Marcus, Bryozoen von den Juan-Fernandez Inseln in Skollsberg, The Natural History of Juan Fernandez and Haster Isles, vol. 3, p. 101, fig. 4. 1923. Micropora coriacea CANU and Basser, North American Later Tertiary and Quaternary Bryozoa, Bulletin 125, U. S. National Museum, p. 58. 1928. Micropora coriacea CANuU and BAsster, Fossil and Recent Bryozoa of the Gulf of Mexico Region, Proc. U. S. National Museum, vol. 72, p. 62, text, fig. 8c. Measurements.— ETN ha=0. 06 mm. Pat atl Lz=0.46—0. 50 mm. Wan la=0. 10 mm. lz=0. 24—0. 30 mm. A single dead specimen has been found; it has some transverse cells. This is the single species of the fauna from Juan Fernandez Island which has been drifted by the southern current as far as the Galapagos Islands. The Albatross also dredged it in the Hawaiian Tslands. Occurrence —Galapagos Islands, D. 2818. Cat. No. 8477, U.S.N.M. Family CALPENSIIDAE Canu and Bassler, 1923 Genus CUPULARIA Lamouroux, 1821 CUPULARIA UMBELLATA Defrance, 1823 1923. Cupularia umbellata CANU and BASSLER, North American Later Tertiary and Quaternary Bryozoa, Bulletin 125, U. S. National Museum, p. 80, pl. 2, figs. 15-19. (Bibliography, geologic distribution.) 1928. Cupularia umbellata CANU and BASsLErR, Fossil and Recent Bryozoa of the Gulf of Mexico Region, Proce. U. S. National Museum, Art. 2710, p. 64, pl. 1, figs. 1-3. 1929. Cupularia umbellata CANu and BAss.rr, Bryozoa of the Philippine Region, Bull. 100; vol. 9, U. S. National Museum, p. 142, pl. 15, figs. 5-11. Variations —The specimens collected are numerous and more vig- orous than the specimens from Hawaii dredged at 4,411 meters depth. 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you. 76 In the great abyssal depths the bryozoa generally appear to be stunted. At the center there is no visible ancestrula, but there are four zooecia in a cross. Each cell is perforated by six large opesiules. On the inner side the ribs are smooth when the colony is little calci- fied; they are granulated on the much calcified colonies. . All of our colonies were dead except one which had preserved its avicularian setae. There exists a small variation coniéca, in which the colony is very small, full, and conical. It has been found in the Helvetian faunas of Touraine. Biology—This species has been dredged at very great depths, for it is one of the rare species characteristic of the abyssal ooze. Be- cause of its mobility it can live upon the moving bottom. The bathy- metric dispersion rises only up to a depth of 80 meters and it can not adapt itself easily to slight depths (Calvet, 1907). This statement of Calvet on the bathymetric dispersion is a little exaggerated, for it lives perfectly in waters of little depths, because Smitt discovered it at Cape ‘ear River at a depth of only 11 meters. As it is very abundant between America and the Hawaiian Is- lands at the great depth of 4,411 meters with a temperature of 1.4° C. we may suppose it can exist in the boreal zone, but it is a species of the tropical zone and does not generally extend far from the Tropics. Neither the depth nor the temperature seem to modify its biologic limits. Its locomotion facilities are much reduced and it is not able to Occurrence.—Galapagos Islands, D. 2815; Hawaii, D. 3813. Geographic distributton—Mediterranean: Oran, 87 meters. At- lantic: Cape Verde Islands, 1,900 meters; Canary Islands, 80 meters; Madeira, 81-113 meters; Florida, 29 fathoms; Tortugas, 12-22 fath- oms; Beaufort, N. C.; Cape Fear River, 7 fathoms. Indian Ocean: Mergui Archipelago. Pacific Ocean: Between California and the Hawaiian Islands, 2,723 fathoms. Cat. No. 8478, U.S.N.M. art. 13 BRYOZOAN FAUNA—CANU AND BASSLER 13 Suborder ASCOPHORA Levinsen, 1909 Family COSTULAE Jullien, 1888 Genus PUELLINA Jullien, 1886 PUELLINA RADIATA Moll, 1803 1920. Puellina radiata CANU and Basstrer, North American Early Tertiary Bryozoa, Bulletin 106, U. S. National Museum, p. 295, pl. 41, figs. 14-18. (Bibliography, geographic and geologic distribution.) 1925. Puellina radiata CANU and BAsstEr, Les Bryozoaires du Maroc, Mémoires ‘de la Société des Sciences naturelles du Maroc, vol. 10, p. 21. 1928. Puellina innominata CaANnu and BAsster, Fossil and Recent Bryozoa of the Gulf of Mexico Region, Proc. U. S. National Museum, Art. 2710, p. 73, polls ais sakes, ala 1929. Puellina radiata Canu and BASSsLER, Bryozoa of the Philippine Region, Bull. 100, vol. 9, U. S. National Museum, p. 238, pl. 22, fig. 1. Our specimens were dead and incrusting Cellepores. They are of small dimensions. Occurrence-—Galapagos Islands, D. 2815; Hawai, D. 3813. Cat. No. 8479, U.S.N.M. PUELLINA INNOMINATA Couch, 1844 1925. Puellina innominata CANU and BAsster, Les Bryozoaires du Maroe. Mé- moires de la Société des Sciences naturelles du Maroc, vol. 10, p. 21. 1928. Puellina innominata CANU and Basster, Fossil and Recent Bryozoa of the Gulf of Mexico Region, Proc. U. 8S. National Museum, Art. 2710, p. 73, pl. alee Rent keg The frontal pore is very constant on our specimens, which were almost all living and ovicelled. They incrust Cellepores and shells. One of them is incrusted by small Serpulas against which it could not defend itself. Reproduction occurred on April 7, 1888. Occurrence.—Galapagos Islands, D. 2813. Cat. No. 8480, U.S.N.M. 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL, 76 Family HIPPOTHOIDAE Levinsen, 1909 Genus CHORIZOPORA Hincks, 1880 CHORIZOPORA BRONGNIARTI Audouin, 1826 1925. Chorizopora brongniarti CANU and Bass er, Les Byrozoaires du Maroe, Mémoires de la Société des Sciences naturelles du Maroe, vol. 10, p. 23, Oe, hig t. A single living ovicelled specimen on Lithothamnion (April 1%, 1888). Occurrence.—Galapagos Islands, D. 2813. Cat. No. 8482, U.S.N.M. Genus TRYPOSTEGA Levinsen, 1909 TRYPOSTEGA VENUSTA Norman, 1864 1920. Trypostega venusia Canu and Basser, Bull. 106 U. S. National Museum, p. 330, pl. 85, fig. 15-16. (Bibliography, geographic distribution.) 1928. Trypostega venustw Canu and Basster, Fossil and Recent Bryozoa of the Gulf of Mexico Region, Proc. U. 8. National Museum, vol. 72, art. 14, p. 77, pl. 8, figs. 5, 6. 1929. Trypostega venusta CANU and BaAssLER, Bryozoa of the Philippines, Bull. 100, U. S. National Museum, p. 248, pl. 22, figs. 9-11. The ovicelled zooecia not having frontal tuberosities show that our specimens belong to the form striatula Smitt, 1873, just as in the Philippines and in the Indian Ocean. Biology—Our specimens were living and ovicelled and were therefore in reproduction April 7-9, 1888. We have stated in our work on the Gulf of Mexico that reproduction occurred from Janu- ary to March, which must now be changed to April. Our specimens incrust shells and nullipores as in Europe these being the most habitual substrata of this species. Nevertheless we have observed rare colonies on bryozoa, (Steganoporella, Stylopoma), corals, and hydroids in the Gulf of Mexico and on small pebbles in the Philippines. The geographic extension of this species is rather great. It ap- pears more abundant in the equatorial zone, but it extends in the Atlantic up to the fiftieth parallel. The localities in the temperate zone are very rare and not yet been dredged in the Mediterranean. Perhaps it has been brought to the English Channel only by a cur- rent from the Gulf stream. The geographic distribution which we gave in 1920 was incomplete, and we believe it useful to give it anew, adding some bathymetric notes. Occurrence.—Galapagos Islands, D. 2813 and D. 2815. Geographic distribution.—EKastern Atlantic: Guernsey, 16 meters, and the shores of Calvados, France, in the English Channel; Ma- ART. 13 BRYOZOAN FAUNA—CANU AND BASSLER 15 deira, in shallow water; Cape Verde Island, 110-180 meters. West- ern Atlantic: Beaufort, South Carolina; Tortugas, 8-24 meters; Gulf of Mexico at Habana, 98-325 meters and Florida, 41-97 meters. Indian Ocean: Amirante, 37-137 meters; Saya de Malha, 47-202 meters; Wasin, British East Africa, 16 meters; Mauritius; Tizard Banks, China Sea, 43 meters. Pacific: Philippines at Jolo, Sulu Sea, 30 meters, in the Celebes Sea, 372 meters and 11.6° C. and at Anima Solo, 170 meters and 17.2° C. (specimens all dead) ; Murray Islands, Torres Strait, 24-32 meters; Port Phillips Heads, Australia; Sifu, Loyalty Islands; Galapagos Islands, 54-65 meters. Cat. No. 8471, U.S.N.M. Family GALEOPSIDAE Jullien, 1903 Genus SEMIHASWELLIA Canu and Bassler, 1917 SEMIHASWELLIA SULCOSA, new species Plate 10, Figures 4-8 Description.—The zoarium is free, branching dichotomously at intervals usually of 5 to 7 mm. The zooecia are indistinct, gigantic; the frontal is formed by a very thick epitheca ornamented with very deep longitudinal sulci at the bottom of which are large vacuoles rather close together. The peristome is long, cylindrical, salient, oblique. ‘The peristome is thick, sharp edged, orbicular. ‘The aper- ture is buried at the bottom of the peristomie. The ascopore is tubular, salient, oriented toward the proximal zooecium. Raymond, P. E., Mus. Comp. Zoél. Bull., vol. 67, No. 1, 1925. 58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 76 nearly 20 years ago in my “Revision of the Paleozoic System ” 7° under the general designation of continental and local “tilting ” and “warping.” Much was known even then about the north-south and east-west tilting of the only slightly deformed interior area of the continent, but we learn of new instances almost every year. We knew something also of the similar movements in the Appalachian region, but in this much less stable geosynclinal region the new ap- plications of the theory have accumulated faster than we can ade- quately assimilate and adapt them to the general scheme. O YF . JAY SOUCL —-+¢+---o, (veyosnp Peumveapun 49 (OBIE SO SNLOUY) 21YI9D/2/09 ET WU PAV TLE Natty tirdrrsdadten BSHOY 22/44 SYUAMOT | go SNB/ONUIAL (aigo0eg) Ma/Atiog | Anasb ayhsoy | TITTITATT TIT UU LEE yonuunisg |» & ppal i019 Bppi iy ‘Kelsie OWN || Way SUCIspAU:, FO buyouseyo @ g arly JaLzianf~ BL402/4> ATTIVA INULHOVTIY NIVLISG | NV/HOYT¢dd| FIC ONY || 27VOS FWIL OF2/TVSINTO Ne2THLION | NATHLIOS ‘Neo NIGIMS ONY AWMYON LEGO EI NOG Meta: PIOYOYO "UD 'Of7 YSITSW Dy SZ ya219 dyne\® QUHOZ 'y YB ayppashopy M2 CITT TTT Tr yr rye y rrr rrr) suoyouses | ejoniey | SUOHOWIOZ © oyeyonboyy "sy NoapIo/S (LLTTTTUOT ITT) X/OM)-~POOMPL DF ‘Sf MOD 4S. FISSINNIL TIM) , ONVAYDILNFMY AZTTVA OHO AZTTIVA . VAOH THO ‘SASS SSISSIAS SNOLLVNYOA NVIDIAOGHO NVadOUNd INV NVOIYANV 4 SNOLLYIZNUOD AILSADONS DISCUSSION OF CORRELATION TABLE Basis of the generalized time scale—The column giving the gen- eralized time scale in the accompanying correlation table is built up of stratigraphic units of thoroughly determined age relations in different parts of eastern North America. The Silurian part of the 74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 column is taken from the Mississippi and Ohio Valleys and the Ordo- vician part from the southern Appalachian Valley and central ‘Tennessee except the Buffalo River series, which is best developed in northern Arkansas. As will be observed, only the Chazyan part of the column is divided into units of formational rank, this being the part that is mainly concerned with questions discussed in this paper. Besides, and however detailed the correlations of American Ordo- vician and Silurian formations may be, we can as yet do no better in correlating Kuropean formations of these periods than to suggest more or less indefinitely located positions for them in one or another of our series or groups. Though this column is called a time scale it should not be as- sumed that even its Ordovician part accounts for all of the time included in this period. In fact it accounts only for those subordi- nate parts of the accesible depositional record that was laid down in American epicontinental basins; and of these only those whose sequential relations have been estabilshed. As most if not all of the named minor units of the scale are separated from each other by stratigraphic breaks of undetermined time significance it follows that these depositionally unrecorded intervals, at least, are not ac- counted for. Doubtless some of these intervals are represented, probably only in part, by deposits in other areas of the North Ameri- can Continent, but these could not be used in constructing the scale because their relations to those found in the southern Appalachian, Ohio, and Mississippi Valleys are insufficiently understood; and we know even less about the correlation of the European and American Ordovician deposits. Finally, as suggested previously (p. 54), there may have been times when the continents on both sides of the Atlantic were so elevated above sea level that the basins in which Ordovician marine deposits are now accessible were completely drained. Obviously such times also are not accounted for. It fol- lows, then, the “ generalized time scale” of the chart is incomplete to these several extents and pretends to be nothing more than a temporary standard for comparison. Perhaps I should call attention also to the fact that the correla- tions with formations in European countries differ considerably from those given in a similar table published by me only three years ago.*® However, the changes occur mainly in the lower two-thirds of what J think should be included in the Ordovician system, which, as many know, I define differently from the original and even yet prevailing conception of that term. Briefly stated, my definition of the Ordo- vician system is based primarily on diastrophic criteria that in my *% Relative values of criteria used in drawing the Ordovician-Silurian boundary: Geol. Soc. America Bull., vol. 37, p. 829, 1926. ART. 21 ORDOVICIAN TRILOBITES—ULRICH 75 opinion demand elimination of formations from both the top and the base of this system as originally defined by Lapworth. The evidence on which these views are based, particularly those facts that concern the upper boundary of the system, are briefly discussed above and much more fully in the just cited Ordovician-Silurian boundary paper published in 1926. The evidence relating to the lower bound- ary was already rather thoroughly pointed out in my “ Revision of the Paleozoic Systems ” published in 1911, but some of it will again be presented with local details and in generally amplified form in a work on the Paleozoic formations in Oklahoma due to appear before the close of the present year. Generalized comments on other columns of table—Regarding the changes in correlating European and American formations that continued study of the extremely difficult problems in the past three years has indicated, I make no apologies. The innovations are pre- sented as suggestions and not as final conclusions. 'They are based on theoretical considerations and reasonable inferences and probabilities that are not yet susceptible of satisfactory proof—and may never be. Still, they seem as well worth trying out as other not very dissimilar suggestions were that have been presented in the past twenty years and whose merits have in the meantime been fully established. The probable bearing of the postulated differential character and slowness of the vertical movements of the surface of the earth on the correlation of formations in the more or less widely separated geological provinces covered by the table is indicated by the inter- mediate placing of many of the names of the formations in the several columns. However, I am not at all certain that the Kuropean and even some of the North American formations actually belong in the positions assigned to them in the chart. Any of these may belong a notch or two higher or lower in the time scale than is indi- cated by the present status and probable trend of the organic and physical evidence studied to date. But I do feel satisfied that the tentative arrangement presented in the chart is a nearer approxima- tion to the facts in the several cases than any previous effort has attained. Of extreme and commanding importance in working out the sequence of events and the great length of time involved in the geologic history of the Lower Paleozic ages is the indisputable fact that so far as known the least incomplete depositional record of these ages occurs in America. I venture to say further that, so far as the stratigraphic correlation of the marine deposits of these ages in the several largely supplementing provinces in North America is con- cerned, the record of the frequently shifting Paleozoic epicontinental seas is also better understood than is the more epitomized and on the whole much less completely developed record found in European 76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you. 76 countries. Let me not be misunderstood here. I have no wish to deny that the local developments of the fossil faunas in Bohemia, the Baltic region, Sweden, Norway, and, perhaps in less degree, also in Great Britain have been more thoroughly exploited and the results of their study published than in America. ‘This admission applies particularly to the often extremely fossiliferous pre-Cincin- natian formations in the Appalachian Valley, central Kentucky, middle Tennessee, Missouri, Arkansas, and Oklahoma, but it should not be interpreted as implying that we have neglected to collect and study these faunas. We have failed only in this, that publication of the results has lagged far behind our information regarding their character and stratigraphic significance. Having the maximum development of lower and middle Paleo- zoic marine deposits and also a more detailed conception of the sequence of geologic events recorded in and by them it seems not only natural but also desirable that the American record should be the standard for world-wide comparison. If this were conceded then even very elementary comparisons of classical north Kuropean Kopaleozoic sections with American sections of the same era would convince the observer that the composite European sequence is not only inferior in completeness but also that the stratigraphic hiatuses in it are of greater chronologic significance than has been recog- nized by those most familiar with the fossil contents of the concerned deposits. EXPLANATORY NOTES ON THE FORMATIONS IN THE SEVERAL COLUMNS Oklahoma.—This sequence of formations is found on the flanks of the Arbuckle and Wichita Mountains in the south-central part of the State. At the base and resting on pre-Cambrian granite and porphyry are the two Upper Cambrian formations. Over these comes the great series of dolomitic and pure limestones to which Taft applied the term Arbuckle limestone, but which is subdivided into a number of formations in a work nearing completion. The lower part is divided into six oscillating Ozarkian formations, two of which are confined to the Arbuckle area, two to the Wichita area, and two are datum planes common to both. The greater upper part of the Arbuckle is of Canadian age and divided into three formations, the limestones of the Lower and Middle Canadian being provisionally united in one and the lithologically more varied beds of Upper Canadian age into two. The succeeding Simpson of Taff’s classification comprises seven variously distributed and interfingering formations. Of these only the topmost (Bromide) has been previously named. The others are newly named as in the table. Each begins with a sandstone of ART. 21 ORDOVICIAN TRILOBITES—ULRICH G7 from a few feet to more than 100 feet in thickness and is distin- guished from the others by a complete change in the character and in most cases also in the derivation of its fauna. The first (Joins) and second (Oil Creek) derived their faunas from the west, whereas the third (McLish) contains species of the Appalachian Lenoir fauna, which therefore are regarded as indicating an invasion from the east at this time. The fourth (Falls) contains species found elsewhere in America only in Nevada and western Texas, which is interpreted as showing that the sources of the invasion was again in the Pacific. The fauna of the fifth formation (Tulip Creek) compares closely only with Stones River faunas of Tennessee, and is therefore held to be an Oklahoma recurrence of that southern fauna during Blount time that did not reach central Tennessee. The fauna of the sixth (Criner) formation again differs radically from that of the next underlying formation. Genetically comparable fos- sils occur only to the east in Blount and Chambersburg formations. Finally, the faunules of the succeeding Bromide formation are essen- tially the same as those found in the Black River and early Trenton formations in Iowa and Minnesota, whose northern origin has long been recognized. The position of the succeeding Viola limestone in the time scale can not as yet be fixed with precision. We know, however; that it follows the Trenton, so that it must fall somewhere in the Cincinna- tian or into the hiatus that everywhere separates that series from the Richmond. Its graptolites compare rather well with the Upper Hait- fell of Britain, and its trilobites, among which species of Crypto- lithus predominate, agree better with British Caradoc forms than with any other trilobite fauna known. The Tyner and Sylvan are early Silurian and clearly correspond to parts of the Maquoketa of Iowa. Above these come thin limestones of Upper Medinan and Clinton ages that are ‘better developed in eastern Missouri and northern Arkansas. Mississippi Valley—aAt the base of this column the Ozarkian and Canadian depositional record between the top of the Upper Cam- brian and the base of the Buffalo River series in Missouri is broadly indicated on the left side and the inferior record of the same sys- tems in Wisconsin on the right side. Throughout the valley north of Tennessee limestone of Black River age rests on the Buffalo River series. Evidently, about 10,000 feet of deposits—more than half of this thickness consisting of limestone—that occur in east Tennessee and other parts of the Appalachian Valley are wanting in States bordering the Mississippi. Generalized, but in most cases very detailed correlations of the formations of the Mohawkian series in this column with those in Oklahoma, Kentucky, Tennessee, or 78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 New York are too well established to require further comment here. But the case of the succeeding Galena dolomite is quite different. The more I study this formation the less I am satisfied with the reputed Trenton age of its typical parts. Provisionally, and mainly to emphasize my doubts regarding its precise age, 1 have moved it up in the scale opposite the Cincinnatian. At present it seems that the dolomite in the vicinity of Dubuque, Iowa, is certainly a younger formation than the Kimmswick limestone of Missouri, with which it has been correlated by other geologists; and some of the beds that have been assigned to the Galena in Wisconsin are older than Tren- ton, whereas others are younger than the Maysville of Ohio. A special paper needs to be written about the Galena. Ohio Valley—No deposits of the Buffalo River series occur in Tennessee, but in Kentucky a calcareous phase of one of its sand- stones is found in deep wells as far south, at least, as Lexington. Over it are at least three of the limestone formations that make up the Stones River group in central Tennessee. This group attains greater thickness in the western third of the Appalachian Valley, but pinches out completely and rapidly to the west of the Cincinnati anticline. The absence of the southern Appalachian Mosheim hme- stone in both Kentucky and central Tennessee is a notable feature of this column. Formerly the Mosheim was believed to be included in, or to underlie, the horizon of the Murfreesboro limestone. How- ever, in August of 1928 Doctor Butts and I studied a completely exposed section in the eastern part of Lee County, Va., in which both formations occur in typical development and in which the Mosheim overlies the Murfreesboro. In the next Ordovician belt to the southeast the Murfreesboro is absent and the Mosheim as usual in contact with the eroded top of the Canadian system. In Kentucky and Middle Tennessee the Lowville limestone of the Black River group is in contact with the tdép of the Stones River, the great Blount group and also the succeeding Little Oak limestone of east Tennessee and Alabama being absent. The Black River also lacks some hundreds of feet of limestone beds that are present in the section of Mulberry Valley north of Sneedville, Tenn. ‘The Trenton, however, is more fully represented, though its beds and fossils are very different from the beds and fossils of similar age in New York and Pennsylvania. The Prosser of Minnesota, being closely akin to the New York Trenton, differs in like manner from the Trenton of Kentucky and Tennessee. Evidently the New York- Minnesota Trenton faunas invaded the continent from a different source than that which supplied the life of Trenton formations in Kentucky and Tennessee. As these northern and southern facies of the Trenton have not yet been found interfingering or mingling ART, 21 ORDOVICIAN TRILOBITES—ULRICH 79 with each other we can not say what, if any, differences in age the observed differences in their respective faunal contents may indicate. In essentials the Cincinnatian series is much the same on the Cincin- nati axis as in New York. However, both regions exhibit faunal and lithologic details that distinguish the sequence in one from that of the other. Most of these differences have been discussed by Ruede- mann,** but to appreciate their full significance many as yet unpub- lished facts that have been disclosed by study of this part of the column in Pennsylvania and Virginia must be taken into considera- tion. Obviously the subject is too intricate to warrant anything more than its mere mention on this occasion. The case is similar with respect to the Medinan formations concerning which so much wholly unpublished, or only partly published, information is in hand that adequate discussion of its problems constitutes the mate- rial of another of my uncompleted papers. Southern and middle Appalachian region—It would require at least 10 columns to present in correct and readily understandable manner the variations in sequence of the Ozarkian, Canadian, Ordo- vician, and later formations that are known to occur in the Appa- iachian Valley region from central Pennsylvania to central Alabama. The sections would be in sets of twos and threes taken at intervals across the strike of the valley troughs and two, or better three, sets taken at points along the strike. But, however, interesting and il- luminating such a series of columns would be, my present purpose is particularly concerned only with the oscillations in the valley troughs that are indicated by the distribution of the Chazyan de- posits and faunas. Accordingly this column may be characterized as a rather unsatisfactory composite presentation of the frequently varying sequence of formations in the southern and middle stretches of the Appalachian geosyncline. Absence of the Buffalo River series emphasizes the chronologic significance of the break between the Ordovician and Canadian sys- tems. As a rule the value of this hiatus in the valley south of Staunton, Va., is further increased by absence of the Murfreesboro which, as above mentioned, has been observed to wedge in from the west in the eastern part of Lee County, Va. Elsewhere in the valley Ordovician sedimentation usually begins with greatly varying thicknesses of Mosheim limestone, but there are many places in Vir- ginia, Tennessee, and Alabama at which not only the Mosheim but also most or all of the Lenoir and the Holton are missing, so that the Athens shale is in contact with the Canadian. The facts just mentioned and the many similar variations that occur at the contact between the Canadian and Ordovician wherever 3 Ruedemann, Rudolf, The Utica and Lorraine formations of New York, New York State Mus. Bull. No. 258, 1925. 80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 rocks of these ages were deposited in North America constitute the physical part of the evidence on which I base my claim that this is one of the most important breaks in the Paleozoic column. And the organic part of the evidence is no less impressive. The strati- graphic significance of the gap between the two systems is narrowed to its observed minimum in Lawrence County, Ark., where it is reduced (1) by the insertion of two formations at the top of the Cana- dian that are not present elsewhere in the Ozark region and (2) by the downward expansion of the Buffalo River series which attains its maximum development in Newton County about 100 miles west of Lawrence County. To the north and west of Newton County the chronologic significance of the gap then increases rapidly to places at which the Powell or even the Cotter—respectively, the third and fourth formations beneath the top of the Upper Canadian—is direct- ly succeeded by deposits of Mississippian age. Surely, conclusions based on such data deserve respect and more general acceptance. Proceeding with the explanatory notes on the middle and southern Appalachian column, the conventions employed indicate that the Murfreesboro, Pierce, and Lebanon formations lap out eastwardly and the Mosheim pinches out in the opposite direction. The Lenoir, however, seems to extend completely across the valley in southwestern Virginia and is supposed to have attained weak connection with the Ridley in central Tennessee and Kentucky. But no such alter- nation of Atlantic and southern invasions of the Appalachian geo- syncline is indicated by the formations of the Blount group, all of which are confined to the eastern half or two-thirds of the valley; and the succeeding Little Oak is found only in one or two of the eastern troughs in Alabama. In Black River time that excellent datum plane—the Lowville and its red sandy facies, the Moccasin or “ Bays ”—began a new series of alternating tiltings in which the southern invasions pre- dominated. The Lowville, itself, extends from the Mississippi River far eastward to East Tennessee and in places there overlaps the Chazyan formations quite to the edge of the overthrusted Lower Cambrian formations. To the north in the middle stretch of the valley the Chambersburg, which invaded from the northeast and follows the Lowville, extends southwardly from Pennsylvania to Lexington, Va., beyond which place it has not been recognized. Usually, and perhaps throughout its extent, the Chambersburg is succeeded by the shaly lower Martinsburg facies of the Trenton. In the belt just within the western side of the valley, in which it is represented by its typical limestone facies, the Trenton is succeeded by either the Reedsburg shale phase of the Cincinnatian or by distinguishable Eden and Maysville formations. In the ART, 21 ORDOVICIAN TRILOBITES—ULRICH 81 southwestern corner of Virginia the Maysville is represented only by its lower formation (the Fairview). At Cumberland Gap and to the south in Sequatchie Valley this is succeeded directly by the Sequatchie formation, which is the southern Appalachian marine equivalent of the Richmond. Following the strike northeastward from Cumberland Gap up the Powell Valley the Sequatchie loses in thickness and probably disappears entirely before reaching Big Stone Gap, so that younger Medinan and finally Clinton beds are in contact with the Fairview. In the Clinch River Valley belts to the southeast the Richmond is represented by the nonfossiliferous red, probably continental deposit known as the Juniata sandstone. This extends continuously from northeastern Tennessee to central Pennsylvania and thence under cover to western New York, where it is known as the Queens- ton shale or sandstone. In central Pennsylvania and New York the Juniata and Queenston are underlain by the Oswego (“ Gray Medina”), sandstone, also mainly a continental deposit, that is believed to correspond in age with the highly fossiliferous McMillan formation of the Cincinnati section. The Brassfield and Whiteoak represent southern marine invasions that reached the Appalachian Valley only south of Virginia and also only in places that had been occupied previously by the Sequatchie. The Tuscarora and the at least partly equivalent Clinch sandstone rest on the Juniata and like it are unfossiliferous and regarded as continental deposits that in their case correspond in age to the fossiliferous Brassfield and Whiteoak formations which occur in belts to the west of Clinch Mountain. No indication of important movements having occurred during the transition from the Lower to the Upper Medina or, in other words, between the Richmond and Alexandria (or “Albion”’), epochs has been observed in the Appalachian Valley region between the Adirondacks and central Alabama. North Appalachian Valley—This column pertains mainly to the Ordovician and early Silurian deposits in Newfoundland, Anticosti, and the St. Lawrence and Champlain valleys. The Canadian and Ozarkian formations in this region are not referred to except to state my opinion that zones F, G, and H of the Newfoundland sec- tion are of Upper and perhaps Middle Canadian age and that the Ozarkian is represented at Philipsburg, Quebec, by beds of the Upper and the Lower series. To this I may add the further opinion that the sections in northern Vermont and at Philipsburg, Quebec, do not include deposits of Middle Ozarkian age; and in the latter section only one of the Champlain Valley Beekmantown formations, namely, the Cassin limestone, has been recognized. Regarding the Chazyan 64441—_29—_6 82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 formations further comment is regarded as unnecessary because the statement and braces on the chart give a sufficiently clear illustra- tion of my belief that the formations and zones of this age in the northeastern St. Lawrence extension of the Appalachian Valley region fall between rather than opposite the formations in its southern part (see pp. 57 and 76). The Lowville and the in part sandy shales (Snake Hill, Canajoharie, and Schenectady), that are correlated with the lower half of the Martinsburg occur in the Champlain and lower Mohawk valleys. The Richmond, Alexandria, and Clinton formations at the top of the column occur on the Island of Anticosti. In 1923 *7 I referred the Gun River formation of the Anticosti section to the Lower Clinton. This was done on unimpeachable fossil evidence found on slabs that had been sent by Doctor Twen- hofel to Doctor Bassler for report on the Bryozoa and Ostracoda and which were marked as collected by the former in the Gun River formation. 'Twenholfel’s final report ** on the “Geology of Anti- costi Island” now being at hand it appears that these supposed Gun River fossils were either incorrectly labeled or the beds from which they were collected were subsequently assigned to the lower part of the Jupiter River formation. Despite the elimination of these un- questionably Lower Clinton fossils review of the revised lists of Gun River fossils in Twenhofel’s last report still leaves considerable and perhaps sufficient ground for my 1923 view. At present, there- fore, I will modify it only so far as to say that the Gun River is mainly and perhaps entirely of Clinton age. The underlying Becsie I regard as either contemporary with the Brassfield or slightly older but not as old as the Edgewood of Missouri and southern Illinois. The Ellis Bay falls somewhere between two or opposite one of the three or four Upper Medinan formations that underlie the Brass- field in the Mississippi Valley. Partly to indicate the uncertainty of these correlations—but mainly because alternate arrangement of the units accords with my view that, as a rule, formations in the eastern part of the St. Lawrence trough are not precisely correlat- able with those of nearest dates in interior basins—the Gun River is placed midway between the Clinton and the Brassfield and the Becsie just beneath the space alotted to the Brassfield. Britain. —This column begins with the Tremadoc, which I believe belongs rather low in the Canadian and may be correlated in general with the Dictyonema flabelliformis zone of the Bretonian of Matthew and the Schaghticoke shale of eastern New York. The Shineton i i NPY et re a ee *7 Ulrich, E. O., and Bassler, R. S., American Silurian formations: Maryland Geol. Sur- vey, Silurian vol., pp. 368-372. ® Geol. Survey Canada, Mem. 154, 1928 (title page reads 1927), ART. 21 ORDOVICIAN TRILOBITES—ULRICH 83 seems to be nearly of the same age, but the Arenig, which succeeds it, is more confidently assigned to the Upper Canadian. The Durness on the northwest coast of Scotland belongs to another province and is closely related to American formations of the Canadian. Its lower part contains the Lecanospira fauna, which characterizes the Middle Canadian in the Appalachian Valley, Missouri, Oklahoma, Texas, and many areas in western North America; and its upper half contains the similarly distributed Ceratopea fauna which is equaily characteristic of the Upper Canadian. So far as known the Durness comprises only Middle and Upper Canadian. In this respect it agrees with the Canadian as developed in Missouri and northern Arkansas and in Alabama, Tennessee, and most of the valley in Vir- ginia. The lower Canadian series is differently and less widely dis- tributed. In the Mohawk Valley in New York and probably also in New Jersey no higher beds of the system are present. However, in the vicinity of Ticonderoga, N. Y., again in central and southern Pennsylvania, and thence southward through Maryland to some un- known point in northern Virginia, and finally in the Arbuckle and Wichita uplifts in Oklahoma the Middle and Upper Canadian lime- stones are underlain by varying thicknesses of the lower series. The observed maximum of 3,000 feet (Jonesboro limestone), is attained at Limestone, Tenn. The section at this place is further unusual because the excellently exposed Jonesboro limestone is directly suc- ceeded by a 50-foot development of Lenoir limestone and this by Athens Shale. A small variety of Didymograptus bifidus is said to occur in the basal part of the Llandeilo. In America we have two small varieties of this graptolite, and both occur near the boundary between the Canadian and the Ordovician. One occurs in Lawrence County, Arkansas, near the top of the Black Rock limestone, which is the youngest of the Canadian formations in the Mississippi Valley. The other occurs near the base of the Joins limestone with which the Ordovician (Ulrich), begins in Oklahoma. Which of the two is most like the Llandeilo variety remains to be determined. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES ON THE GIRVAN DISTRICT SECTION In deference to my belief that the Ordovician formations of the Girvan District named in the middle part of this column are with two exceptions not strictly correlatable with Appalachian formations, I have placed the names of most of them in midway positions with respect to those of the latter. The following notes on the Girvan section, which became possible only since my visit to Girvan the past summer with Prof. O. T. Jones and other British and American members of the Princeton University Summer School of Geology in 84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. %6 Britain, seem more appropriate here than in preceding parts of the paper. The Stinchar limestone of the type locality rests on the Kirkland conglomerate which presumably represents the clastic initial deposit of the Stinchar stage of submergence. The conglomerate rests— doubtless unconformably—on Radiolarian cherts and black shales said to contain Arenig (Upper Canadian) graptolites. Lithologically and to notable extent also faunally the upper part of the typical Stinchar is strikingly lke the upper part of the Lenoir limestone in Tennessee and Virginia, a fact observed and commented on by Professor Jones when we studied the natural outcrop of the formation and its unweathered appearance in the quarry. The lower part of the Stinchar also resembles lower beds of the Lenoir, so that as a whole the formation strongly suggests approximate equivalence to the mentioned American formation. The limestone exposed in the quarry at Craighead, about 3 miles east of Girvan and which supplied many of the distinctive fos- sils of the district, is generally classed as Stinchar limestone. But this correlation is almost certainly in error. The supposed age equivalence of the Craighead and Stinchar limestones evidentiy arose from the fact that Lapworth in describing the section at Craighead regarded the limestone in the quarry as being succeeded normally by a shale formation from which he had collected Glenkiln grap- tolites. In other words, Lapworth decided that the sequence at Craighead is the same as on the Stinchar where shale of Glenkiln age lies in normal sequence on the typical Stinchar limestone. I doubt that any of our 1929 party left the Craighead quarry uncon- vinced that the well displayed superposition of the shale on the limestone in the quarry is due to overthrust faulting and not original deposition—namely, that the Glenkiln shale has been thrust over a much younger, probably Medinan, limestone formation. All agreed, too, that the Craighead Jimestone is very different in lithic and faunal characters from the previously investigated typical Stinchar. So far as I have been able to learn not a single species of fossils is common to the limestones of the Craighead and the Stinchar. Besides, the published fauna of the typical Stinchar makes but a short list, whereas a total of at least 85 species has been collected from the Craighead quarry limestone. The relations of the Craighead limestone fauna to that of the Balclatchie group is much closer. In fact, of the 85 Craighead fossils Reed’s lists of Girvan fossils described in his monographs indicate that 87 of the trilobites and brachiopods are present also in the Bal- clatchie beds. It should be noted, however, that with very few excep- tions Reed expresses some doubt regarding the actual specific identity An, 21 ORDOVICIAN TRILOBITES—ULRICH 85 of the species listed as common to the Balclatchie and the Craighead limestone. The latter, of course, is referred by him to the Stinchar, and its fossils are listed under that heading. Comparison of Reed’s lists therefore indicates a much greater similarity in the fossil con- tents of the Stinchar and Balclatchie formations than is warranted by the facts. Indeed, I am confident that revision and correction of the lists will show that not a single species of the true Stinchar passes upward into the Balclatchie. Evidently the Craighead fauna comprises a large proportion—ap- proximately 40 per cent—of derivatives of Balclatchie species. Many of these may be very close relatives that as preserved are not readily distinguishable from their ancestors. However, experience shows that with good and abundant material and closer attention to details of structure these difficulties of discrimination will become much less and in most instances quite ordinary. Moreover, this similarity of faunas is precisely what should be expected and what we are experi: encing over and over again in comparing faunas that invaded from the same sea at more or less widely different times. The Balclatchie, despite the mentioned faunal similarity to the Craighead, is unquestionably Ordovician in age. The only question is how far beneath the top of the American development of the system does it belong? In my opinion the Balclatchie, together with the Benan conglomerate which I regard as the initial deposit of its time, is not older than the Tellico of east Tennessee and both most prob- ably are entirely post-Blount age. The Ardwell Group then may be placed near the middle of the Black River Group. I have recently procured what seems good faunal and physical evidence for this view in northern Virginia, but more field work and further study of the fossil collections is desired before I shall feel prepared to discuss the problem. In the case of the Whitehouse group positive faunal evidence tending to show its stratigraphic relations to Appalachian forma- tions is as yet scant and far from conclusive. However, taking into account all of the faunal similarities now suposed to have any bear- ing on the question together with probabilities suggested by the lithic character of underlying and overlying formations in Girvan, we may be safe in placing the Whitehouse within the limits of the Trenton group or perhaps at the contact of the Trenton and Eden groups. After this disposal of the Whitehouse and the more confident refer- ence of the Drummuck to the Medinan the intervening Barren flag- stones seem to fall very naturally into the space occupied in America by the Upper Cincinnatian (Maysville group). The Girvan beds supposed to be of this age agree particularly well with the upper part of the Pulaski group and the Oswego sandstone as developed in parts of New York and Pennsylvania. 86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 THH ASHGILLIAN OF NORTHWESTERN ENGLAND Marr’s term Ashgillian does not appear on the chart, but since I enjoyed an opportunity the past summer to study the typical and best known exposures of the series in northwestern England under the able guidance of T. C. Nicholas and W. B. R. King, both of Cambridge University, some expression of my opinion concerning the age of the beds covered by the term seems desirable. As defined by Marr *° and as the beds and fossils appeared to me in the field, the Ashgillian should fall within the Medinan epoch. Whether any part of the series is of Richmond age I am not prepared to say, but the upper part at least I am strongly inclined to refer to the Alexandrian. Let me say further that at no place visited by us in 1929 did we see any convincing contact between beds admitted by our guides to be very low Silurian and beds of Ashgillian age that my British friends classify as “ Upper Bala” or “ Caradocian” and therefore as “late” Ordovician. ‘The supposed “contacts” and sometimes “passage ” beds that were pointed out as marking the transition from the Ordovician to the Silurian in no case presented the dias- trophic criteria and qualities that in America we insist on being definitely located in the outcrop and indubitably shown to be present at the Ordovician-Silurian contact. However, much more convinc- ing and diastrophically well marked contacts occur in the Lakes District and elsewhere in Britain between lower beds, but as their fossils consist mainly of Ordovician generic types and perhaps par- ticularly because they lack monograptids they are referred by the British geologists to the Ordovician system. In my opinion the naturally defined base of the Silurian in the English Lakes District lies at the base of the Coniston limestone series. This series begins with the “Stile End beds,” 0 to 50 feet thick and consisting of sandstones, grits, and as much as 10 feet of coarse conglomerate at the base. The Stile End beds are succeeded by the Applethwaite beds—calcareous shales, banded and nodular limestones—about 100 feet thick, with a basal zone full of pebbles derived from the underlying Borrowdale volcanic series. Here and there the Applethwaite limestone is highly fossiliferous, the fauna consisting mainly of corals. But these corals—among them several species of Heliolites—are of kinds that viewed in the light of Ameri- can occurrences could indicate nothing older than topmost Medina or Clinton. The Applethwaite is succeeded by Marr’s Ashgill group, 70 feet thick, with the Phillipsinella beds at the base and the Phacops mucronatus beds—now admitted by Troedsson to be Silurian—in *° Marr, J. E., The Lower Paleozoic rocks of the Cautley District: Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 69, p. 5, 1913. ART. 21 ORDOVICIAN TRILOBITES—ULRICH 87 the middle third. The Ashgillian is succeeded by the Skelgill beds. These comprise a number of thin zones with species of Monograptus _ and at the base a thin limestone with Atrypa flewuosa and directly over this a black mudstone with Dimorphograptus. - Just why the first appearance of monograptids, unheralded as it usually is by a well-marked physical break, should determine the be- ginning of the Silurian system and the close of the Ordovician is not clear to me. It is merely an event in the course of Silurian history and one that can hardly be expected to have been manifested at pre- cisely the same time everywhere. It is no more important than the first appearance of Yenestella in the Richmond or of Hemétrypa in the Brassfield or of Coelospira and Spirifer in the Clinton or of the subsequent first appearances of many other generic types that became abundant and lasted for long periods thereafter. In America we also find it troublesome to detect a satisfactory physical or faunal boundary between the Richmond and the Alex- andrian, and considerable difference of opinion as to the precise loca- tion of the Medinan-Clinton boundary is notable in American litera- ture. However, as regards the systemic boundary, the best informed American stratigraphers—at least those who have learned their stra- tigraphy from field observations in many areas rather than from lab- oratory studies and comparisons of collections of fossils—are well satisfied to follow the footsteps of the geologists of the first geological survey of New York, who in the forties of the last century drew the boundary between their Ontario and Champlain divisions of the New York system at the generally clearly marked base of the Lower Medinan. The official survey of New York has never, so far as I know, receded from its position on this question except by substituting British terms for New York names. After four brief but well-filled periods of field studies in Britain, Scandinavia, and Bohemia my conviction that diastrophically well- marked systemic boundaries essentially corresponding in age to those worked out in America may also be determined on the east side of the Atlantic is more firmly fixed than it was on my first visit to Europe in 1922. Norway and Sweden—This column requires little explanation. Etage 5 of the Norwegian section and the Leptaena limestone of Sweden are placed into the Silurian for practically the same reasons as those that seemed to demand the removal of the British Keisley and Drummuck formations from the Ordovician to the naturally de- limited Silurian system advocated by me. The proper placing of the Norwegian Etage 4 and the Swedish Z’vrinucleus (Z'retaspis) and Chasmops zones I find much more difficult. Regarding these Scandinavian zones the 7’rinucleus zone seems at present to belong 88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 ligh in the Ordovician—perhaps within the broader zone of the American Viola hmestone, though the Trinucleidae in the two are quite different. The half dozen species in the latter are of Crypto- lithus, whereas those in the Swedish formation are of 7'retaspis. One of the latter is identified with 7’. bucklandi, a Drummuck species in Scotland, which according to preceding argument (pp. 61-69) is early Silurian rather than late Ordovician. But the Viola also is not firmly fixed in the position given it on the chart. We know only that it is younger than Trenton and in unconformable contact with the Fernvale above. It may therefore correspond to the whole or to some part of the Cincinnatian, or, if it does not belong between the Eden and the Maysville, its place may be in the hiatus between the Maysville and the base of the Richmond. The fauna gives no conclusive indication whatever, and what evidence it does present seems to favor the last interpretation rather than the others. If the Zrinucleus zone proves older than the Viola the position of the underlying Chasmops will also be lowered in the scale. Etage 3° (Orthoceras limestone) probably is older than given on the chart. wy a hahaa vi tion NRO Cele ee ad ere ers aaa i - oN 7 eet eae ee f se Fia, 1. 8-10. EXPLANATION OF PLATES PuatTe 1 Telephus:reedi, new Species 20. oo 2 aS ee Copy of Reed’s figure of the cranidium of this Girvan species that he had referred, probably erroneously, to 7. fractus Barrande; X 3. Whitehouse group, Girvan District, Scotland. . Telephus species undetermined: Copy of Hadding’s figure of a small specifically undetermined cranidium of this genus, X 5. Compare T. spiniferus and T. wegelini. Lower Dicellograptus shale near Réstanga, Sweden. «eh elephus fractus Marrand@. 32.2 s_ 23. fae ls. 2k eee Copies of Barrande’s illustrations of this species; all natural size except fig. 5, which is X 2. Etage, D,, Lodewitz and Koenigshof, Bohemia. Telephus gamilandicus, new species... 222. = 22 ane 27” US GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1929 ci ableton sto © Brit wh sedi aroha att ea ea =F seae oo heat AM eae we pce ibaa ssl toy) oan i hie ea ‘ { Re aL? we 1h v3) cae op Ann nase ws Mean a aipeigy ‘ } phthy be Awa deoristew any ake AONE Rr) ety ane ud tyokagl en-mntidh lig’ ‘ a cine - ied irve | exit abe pies rate"? yas Ge pentane a dvanetioltartetinn ee hte sinbeeei sere con esa te Pyvemas 7 . ona Me ie tore) yh ae sh oa tino neat 6 slinaioe oN Bean see ren rr ee a fs \ Sigeadie rage Tieidiaioo SMa ipa daalh sng pany aan “ta any a é . 3) ae roe ied: ryt ‘hy eee Mir Ws | pala th TTY ie ; a opted getters]! pers bt RO eran Th COMET RANE: ited Tb cepa cathe eR Pid eh, ere i A ti fie Bye Kote OEA Es Gta hee (ay eee ore a MITROSPIRA, A NEW ORDOVICIAN GASTEROPOD GENUS By Epwin Kirk Of the United States Geological Survey For the past 30 years or more fragmentary specimens of a large gasteropod have been collected and sent in by Geological Survey field parties from Nevada and California. They were found in the Pogonip limestone (Ordovician) of that region. Enough material had accumulated to show that the gasteropod could not be assigned to any known genus, but despite the fact that 30 or 40 specimens were available for study it was not felt that a description of the form was warranted. During the past field season C. R. Longwell, in southern Nevada and the author in central Nevada, made special efforts to collect good specimens of this interesting gasteropod. It is now felt that as good material is at hand as is likely to be found. The gasteropod which is here described as Mitrospira longwelli has a wide distribution in the Great Basin region and is highly character- istic of a fairly narrow zone within the upper portion of the Pogonip. This is of Chazyan age and underlies a fauna closely comparable with zone N of the Chazyan of Canada. Where found the gasteropod is usually present in great numbers. Unfortunately it usually occurs in massive ledges of hard limestone, where thousands of weathered sections may be seen but where it is almost impossible to secure good specimens. The shell of the gasteropod is thick and is replaced by crystalline calcite that shatters badly, leaving only the exfoliated cast of the interior. In thinner-bedded limestones specimens as a rule are imperfect, due to weathering. MITROSPIRA, new genus The genus, as here defined, contains the single species I/ itrospura longwelli, new species. Of this form by careful selection from a large number of specimens enough material has been prepared to show all essential structures in detail. It was found in the prepara- tion of the material that grinding away the matrix was the only satisfactory method. ae a ool a IL dy aera 2 eb GoD: TREO OUR No. 2819.—PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 76, ART. 22 72825—29 1 2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you. 76 In order to make clear the following description it should be ex- plained that MZitrospira is assumed to have normal dextral coiling. Mitrospira seems in fact to be an everted Maclurites, the flat lower surface of that genus being produced into a spire. It is tentatively held, therefore, that the spire of M/itrospira is the lower and the’ umbilicated side the upper surface of the shell. The genus as known is characterized by individuals of large size. The lower side of the shell is produced into a fairly high spire, while the upper side shows a wide umbilicus. The relative height of the spire is variable, due to greater or less overlap of the whorls on those preceding. The umbilicus is wide and open, the tubular cavity extending to the apex of the spire. The upper free margin of the whorls next the umbilicus is subangular. As shown by the growth lines and a fairly perfect aperture, this keel marks the apex of a deep reentrant notch. ‘The keel is then considered the probable equivalent of the notch keel of the typical Pleurotomarids. An in- teresting feature of the genus is a progressive filling of the living chamber by secondary deposits of lime. ‘This is noted in the descrip- tion of the species and shows clearly in the section figured. The deposit is closely comparable with the secondary filling of the older camerae of certain cephalopods. It is here considered probable that Mitrospira is a direct deriva- tive of Maclurites, having originated as an abrupt saltation. Both in the preceding portion of the Pogonip, of approximately Beek- mantown age, and the Chazyan portion Maclurites and its congeners are abundant not only in numbers but also in diversity of specific and possibly generic types. No antecedent form to Mitrospira has been found, which, though negative evidence, is suggestive. On the other hand, the considerable range in height of spire to be seen in Mitrospira, coupled with its essential identity of structure with Maclurites, indicates a close genetic relationship with the latter genus. A tendency toward the formation of a spire is shown, so far as known, only on this horizon, except as noted later in the very late Ordovician. In the Pogonip one species of Maclurites at times shows a very slight eversion of the whorls, giving a slightly convex outline to the lower surface. It is of interest to note that otherwise no such tendency toward spire formation has been seen on examina- tion of large numbers of Maclurites from the Middle and Upper Ordovician, except in the genus Palliseria. The only other known gasteropod with which Mitrospira may be compared is Palliseria Wilson.’ This genus is compared with Maclu- 1 Wilson, Alice E., A new genus and a new species of gasteropod from the Upper Ordo- vician of British Columbia: Canadian Field-Naturalist, vol. 38, No. 8, pp. 150—151, October, 1924. ART. 22 MITROSPIRA, A NEW GASTEROPOD—KIRK 3 rina by Wilson but does not seem to be a direct derivative. It seems more probable that it was derived from a Maclurites like form by way of some such intermediate stage as Mitrospira or belongs to some other genetic line. In section an adult whorl of Palléserta has a subquadrate or irregularly polygonal outline, Wilson describing the form as having “ six outstanding angles formed by the carinae.” Besides differing from A/itrospira in the sharply angulated mature whorl, Palliseria is easily distinguished by its slightly developed apertural notch. In this connection it is of interest to note two racial groups within the genus Maclurites as now defined. In one there is a pronounced apertural notch, and in the other the notch is inconspicuous or wanting. It may well be that two distinct generic types are represented, but as a rule the material available for study does not show the apertural margin or the growth lines clearly, and at present it would be inadvisable to make such a separa- tion. Palliserta is found well up in the Upper Ordovician. Genotype.—The genotype and at present only known species is Mitrospira longwelli, new species. Horizon and locality —The genus is known in the upper portion of the Pogonip limestone (of Chazyan age) in Nevada and Cali- fornia. Dr. E. O. Ulrich informs me that he has at least two species of Mitrospira, one from Canada and another from Oklahoma. The Oklahoma species occurs in the lower part of the Simpson formation. At Phillipsburg, Canada, a species has been collected in beds con- sidered by Ulrich as correlating with the uppermost Beekmantown beds as shown at Fort Cassin, or possibly of even later age. MITROSPIRA LONGWELLI, new species This species attains a very large size as compared with most gas- teropods of equivalent age. An adult individual but not of maxi- mum size has a height of 55 millimeters and a breadth of not less than 80 millimeters. An adult individual has from seven to eight whorls that increase very rapidly in size from the apex to the aper- ture. In the specimen noted above the whorl at the aperture has a height of approximately 40 millimeters and a maximum breadth of 20 millimeters. The lower side of the shell has typically a broadly expanding subconical profile. The height of the spire is somewhat variable, due to a greater or less amount of overlap of the whorls on those preceding. On Plate 3, Figure 5, is shown the highest spired specimen seen, in which the height and breadth of the specimen are approximately equal. This specimen is an extreme variant and is doubtfully referred to AZ. longwelli. The whorls, of which there are seven to eight in an average adult specimen, increase rapidly in size with the growth of the animal. 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 Typically each whorl overlaps the preceding to fully two-thirds its height. By secondary deposits of lime the amount of overlap is made even greater in the older portion of the shell. In section the whorl is an asymmetrically compressed oval with the long axis at an angle of about 45° to the axis of the shell. The inner surface, next the umbilicus, is nearly straight and vertical. At the upper inner shoulder a fairly sharp angular keel is formed. The outline of the whorl in section is well shown in the illustrations. The surface of the shell when well preserved is marked by fine rounded closely spaced growth lines. The course of these lines can not well be followed in a single specimen, but by using several individuals and a carefully prepared aperture in one specimen it can be worked out in detail. The apertural margin that is figured here was prepared by grinding away the matrix without cutting into the shell. Some of the margin may have been broken away before fossilization, but the aperture as illustrated is, I believe, essentially the true one. It has been carefully checked by other specimens that show the margin in part. Starting at the lower suture the growth line on an adult whorl trends slightly backward and then carries forward in a smooth curve to the periphery of the whorl. Here a forward projected saddle is outlined. The growth line now swings backward in a sweeping curve, which becomes less accentu- ated in the upper fifth of the whorl as it approaches the angular keel. Passing over the keel the line carries forward a little from the vertical to the inner suture. This gives us a very deep asym- metrical apertural notch with the apex at the keel. These structures may clearly be seen in the illustrations. The central tubular cavity as noted above extends to the apex of the spire. Each whorl is stepped outward slightly in relation to the one preceding, giving an ever-widening cavity with advancing age. In an adult individual, the outside measurements of which have been given above, the umbilicus has a width in excess of 25 millimeters. An interesting feature shown by vertical sections is that the whorls were progressively filled with secondary deposits of lime during the life of the animal. In the section figured it will be noted that only the two latest whorls show an inner cavity, the size of which decreases rapidly as one goes backward. The older whorls are solidly filled. Where there is still an opening in the whorl the margin of the cavity shows as a smooth sharply defined wall. Horizon and localities —Mitrospira longwelli where found and the stratigraphic relationships known occurs in the lower portion of the Chazyan part of the Pogonip limestone. As noted above, it ART. 22 MITROSPIRA, A NEW GASTEROPOD—KIRK 5 directly underlies a fauna which seems to correlate closely with zone N of the Chazyan section of Canada. Specimens have been col- lected in the Las Vegas quadrangle, southern Nevada; Inyo and Panamint Ranges, Calif.; and Toyquima, Monitor, and Antelope Ranges of central Nevada. Types.—The cotypes are in the collections of the United States National Museum No. 80840, 80847, 80848. The specimens from the Las Vegas quadrangle were collected by C. R. Longwell. Those from the Toyquima and Monitor Ranges were collected by Edwin Kirk. Specimen, Figures 1, 2, Plate 1, and Figures 1, 2, Plate 2, specimen, Figure 3, Plate 1, and specimen, Figure 5, Plate 3, were collected in the Las Vegas quadrangle, Nevada, by Prof. C. R. Longwell. The exact locality is “Summit on Alamo road south of Sheep Playa. Outcrops just west of summit.” Specimen, Figure 4, Plate 3, was col- lected by Edwin Kirk on the east front of the Toyquima (Toiquima) Range, Nev., near the mouth of a canyon variously known as Ike’s or McMonigle’s. This is in the Lowry Peak quadrangle. Specimen, Figures 1, 2, 3, Plate 3, was collected by- Edwin Kirk on the east front of the Monitor Range facing Antelope Valley about 5 miles south of the mouth of Ryegrass Canyon, Lowry Peak quadrangle, Nevada. EXPLANATION OF PLATES Piatse 1 Mitrospira longwelli, new genus and species FicurE 1. Lateral view of large specimen. The growth lines to the right near the aperture are abnormally developed and probably indicate a gerontic individual. The apparent angulation at the periphery of the last whorl is due to weathering. 2. Lateral apertural view of same specimen. 3. Vertical section. The apex of the spire has been removed by weather- ing. Note the progressive filling of the living chamber by sec- ondary deposits of lime. The interruption in the last whorl, to the left, is due to the fact that the section cuts through the aper- tural notch. PLATE 2 Mitrospira longwelli, new genus and species FieurRE 1. Upper view of same specimen shown in Plate 1, Figures 1, 2, show- ing the wide umbilicus. 2. Lower, apical view of Same specimen. 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 PLATE 3 Mitrospira longwelli, new genus and species Fiecures 1, 2, 3. Various views of the aperture. Figure 1, looking directly into the aperture. Figure 2, lateral view showing the sinuous outline of the outer margin of the aperture and the pronounced retral swing to the notch keel. Figure 3, the aperture as viewed from the upper (umbilicated) side. 4. View of specimen with the earlier whorls fairly well preserved, showing the apex of the spire and the ornamentation. The outer whorl of the specimen has been blocked out, giving the outer whorl as shown not its true width but the width visible when over- lapped by the later whorl. 5. Lateral view of badly exfoliated specimen, doubtfully referred to this species. The specimen shows the most extreme relative height of spire seen. U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 192% U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 76, ART. 22° PL. 1 MITROSPIRA LONGWELLI, NEW GENUS AND SPECIES FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 5 U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 76, ART. 22 PL. 2 MITROSPIRA LONGWELLI, NEW GENUS AND SPECIES FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 5 U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 76, ART. 22 PL3. MITROSPIRA LONGWELLI, NEW GENUS AND SPECIES FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 6 ay Tw T° 2 oe pone Het Fo : KAN at r ‘ a Pee 8 , ny § ¥ - \ Copal em Oye alu opm 2 re md ed ED ee eee at) Sonihee 49 re : me he pat ves ‘ Shiner W, inuiphast ek ele hance tye planes Sinege aie A NEW FOSSIL CORAL FROM THE CRETACEOUS OF TEXAS By J. Epwarp HorrMeister Of the University of Rochester, New York The species Hindeastraea discotidea was made the type of a new genus Hindeastraea by White.' The type (see pl. 2, figs. 1 and la for paratype) was reported to have been obtained from the Ripley (Navarro) formation near Terrell, Kaufman County, Tex. White compared Hindeastraea to Isastrea Milne Edwards and Haime and said the latter differed in having a massive growth form, in its more numerous dissepiments, and in the less distinct boundaries formed by the walls between the calices. Dr. L. W. Stephenson, of the United States Geological Survey, turned over to me a small series of specimens collected by Mr. C. H. Dane (U. S. Geol. Surv. Coll. No. 13837) from a thin bed in the Wolfe City sand of the Taylor marl about 1 mile N. 30° W. of Farm- ersville, Collin County, Tex. These, together with a specimen from the same locality collected by Mr. A. H. Kimzey (U.S. Geol. Surv. Coll. No. 13781), throw additional light on the structure and growth form of the genus. These specimens have a massive, irregular growth form and in this way differ from Hindeastraea discoidea. However, the calicular characteristics are so nearly identical that it is probable the speci- mens describe by White represent merely the early growth stages of the species, and that as development progresses the corallum becomes massive. Until specimens are obtained, however, which show the actual transition between the two forms I am keeping them separate and placing the massive ones in a new species, Hindeastraea col- linensis. The following description is of the specimen collected by Mr. A. H. Kimzey, which is No. 73608, United States National Museum, and is here designated the type. 1 White, C. A., Hindeastraea, a new generic form of Cretaceous Astraeidae, Geol. Mag. London, dee. 3, vol. 5, p. 363, figs. 1-5, 1888. No. 2820.—PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 76, ART. 23 73183—29 2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 HINDEASTRAEA COLLINENSIS, new species Plate 1, Figures 1, la, 2, 2a; Plate 2, Figures 2, 3, and 4 Corrallum an irregular flattened frond broken at base, with calices on all sides. Length, 103 millimeters; width, 36 millimeters at base, becoming narrower higher up; thickness, 15 millimeters. Corallite separated by distinct walls about 0.5 millimeter wide and as much high, which inclose polygonal calices, usually five or six sided. The material of the corallum is so recrystallized that it is difficult to tell much concerning the structure of the wall. Judging from what could be seen in some poor sections, however, and also from the fact that the septa are not crowded a true theca seems to be present. Diameter of calices about 8 millimeters, smaller on the edges of the frond and near the top than on the flattened sides. Some have a diameter of only 4 or 5 millimeters and others as much as 11 milli- meters. Calices shallow, only 1 to 2 millimeters deep at the subcir- cular fossa above the columella and less than that toward walls. The septa are in three complete cycles. Those of the first two cycles are subequal and join the columella. The septa of the third cycle bend and join those of the second just before the columella is reached. All 24 septa are of about the same thickness; thicker near wall where some measure as much as 1 millimeter and becoming thinner toward center of calice. Septal edges depressed slightly at intercorallite wall, then rise somewhat toward center to form a sub- circular ridge before plunging down relatively steeply to the co- lumella. The arrangement of the septa to form this ridge, to- gether with what seems to be a concentration of dissepiments here, gives it the appearance of an inner wall. Septa seems to be imper- forate; faces with granulations which are in most places arranged in vertical rows indicating probably the courses of the trabeculae; edges dentate with dentations continuous with granular rows on faces. Columella spongy, made of fused ends of septa; about 2 millimeters in diameter in well-developed calices. Reproduction by intercalicular gemmation, mainly at the edges of the corallum. The growth form of most of the other specimens in the suite is also massive with irregular surfaces and with corallites on both sides and edges. Some of these have the intercorrallite walls and the septal edges which adjoin them worn away, which accentuates the inner raised rim of the columella fossa (see pl. 2, figs. 2, 8, and 4). Others show no evidence whatever of this rim. Holotype and paratypes.—Cat. Nos. 73608, 73609, U.S.N.M. The type specimens of Hindeastraea discoidea White are similar to this species except in growth form. The septa are the same in ART. 23 A NEW FOSSIL CORAL—HOFFMEISTER 3 number, arrangement, and appearance. In only one calice are there as many as 26 septa. The septa are not as thick as those usually found on the type but correspond in this respect to some of the other specimens. Grateful acknowledgment is made of the aid given by Dr. T. Wayland Vaughan in the description of this coral. EXPLANATION OF PLATES (All specimens figured in Plates 1 and 2 are from the vicinity of Farmers- ville, Collin County, Tex.) PLATE 1 Hindeastraea collinensis Hoffmeister FicuRE 1. The ty~e, natural size. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 73608. la, The type, calices X 2. 2. A typical specimen, natural size. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 73609. 2a. Same specimen, calices X 2. PLATE 2 Ficure 1. Hindeastraea discoidea White. Paratype. Calices X 4. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 19166. la. Hindeastraea discoidea White. Paratype. Bottom view X 4. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 19166. 2. Hindeastraea collinensis Hoffmeister. A specimen showing varia- tion in calicular arrangement. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 73609. 3. Hindeastraea collinensis Hoffmeister. Specimen with irregular growth form. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 73609. 4, Hindeastraea collinensis Hoffmeister. A specimen showing ecalices xX 4. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 73609. U S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1929 U. S. NATIONAL” MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 76, ART. 23 PL. 1 CRETACEOUS CORALS FROM TEXAS FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 3 PROCEEDINGS VOL. 76, ART. 23 PL. 2 U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM CRETACEOUS CORALS FROM TEXAS FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 3 A SYSTEMATIC CLASSIFICATION FOR THE BIRDS OF THE WORLD By ALEXANDER WETMORE Assistant Secretary, Smithsonian Institution Since preparing a classification of North American birds+ in collaboration with the late W. deW. Miller, of the American Museum of Natural History, for use in the fourth edition of the official Check- list of the American Ornithologists’ Union, now in course of publica- tion, the writer has continued investigations in this interesting sub- ject, with the result that he here offers an arrangement of the known birds of the world, living and fossil, in accordance with his present understanding of their relationships. The work of Hans Gadow has been taken as a starting point, and such changes have been incorpo- rated as seem justified from personal research or from the investi- gations of others. In general, only such variations from the current order have been accepted as seem to be firmly established. Where doubt seems to attach to any proposition, the older classification has been followed; so the following scheme presents a conservative arrangement so far as possible. The list is complete for all cate- gories down to families. Attempt has been made to follow a definite terminology for the various groups, so that there may be no mis- understanding of their proper rank. Class Aves. Subclass Archaeornithes. Order Archaeopterygiformes. Family Archaeopterygidae, Archaeopteryx, Archaeor- nis (fossil). Subclass Neornithes. Superorder Odontognathae. Order Hesperornithiformes. Family Hesperornithidae, Hesperornis, Hargeria (fos- sil). Baptornithidae, Baptornis (fossil). Enaliornithidae,? Hnaliornis (fossil). Order Ichthyornithiformes. Family Ichthyornithidae, 7chthyornis (fossil). 1See Auk, 1926, 337-346. 2 Position provisional. No. 2821.—PROcEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 76, ART. 24 72823—29 1 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 Superorder Palaegnathae. Order Struthioniformes. Family Struthionidae, Ostriches. Order Rheiformes. Family Rheidae, Rheas. Order Casuariiformes. Family Casuariidae, Cassowaries. Dromiceiidae, Emus. Dromornithidae, Dromornis (fossil). Order Dinornithiformes. Family Dinornithidae, Moas (extinct). Order “pyornithiformes. Family Aipyornithidae, Zpyornis (extinct). Order Apterygiformes. Family Apterygidae, Kiwis. Order Tinamiformes. Family Tinamidae, Tinamous. Superorder Neognathae. Order Sphenisciformes. Family Spheniscidae, Penguins. Cladornithidae, Cladornis (fossil). Order Gaviiformes. Family Gaviidae, Loons. Order Colymbiformes. Family Colymbidae, Grebes. Order Procellariiformes. Family Diomedeidae, Albatrosses. Procellariidae, Shearwaters, Fulmars. Hydrobatidae, Small Petrels. Pelecanoididae, Diving Petrels. Order Pelecaniformes. Suborder Phaéthontes. Family Phaéthontidae, Tropic-birds. Suborder Pelecani. Superfamily Pelecanides. Family Pelecanidae, Pelicans. Cyphornithidae, Cyphornis, Palaeochenoides (fossil). Superfamily Sulides. Family Pelagornithidae, Pelagornis (fossil). Sulidae, Boobies, Gannets. Phalacrocoracidae, Cormorants. Anhingidae, Snake-birds. Suborder Fregatae. Family Fregatidae, Man-o’war Birds. ART, 24 CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS—-WETMORE S Suborder Odontopteryges. Family Odontopterygidae, Odontopteryx (fossil). Order Ciconiiformes. Suborder Ardeae. Family Ardeidae, Herons, Bitterns. Cochleariidae, Boat-billed Herons. Suborder Balaenicipites. Family Balaenicipitidae, Shoe-bills. Suborder Ciconiae. Superfamily Scopides. Family Scopidae, Hammerheads. Superfamily Ciconiides. Family Ciconiidae, Storks, Jabirus. Superfamily Threskiornithides. Family Threskiornithidae, [bises, Spoonbills. Suborder Phoenicopteri. Family Phoenicopteridae, Flamingos. Order Anseriformes. Suborder Anhimae. Family Anhimidae, Screamers. Suborder Anseres. Family Anatidae, Ducks, Geese, Swans. Order Falconiformes. Suborder Cathartae. Family Cathartidae, New World Vultures. Teratornithidae, Zeratornis (fossil). Suborder Falcones. Family Sagittariidae, Secretary-birds. Accipitridae, Hawks, Old World Vultures, Harriers, Ospreys. Falconidae, Falcons, Caracaras. Order Galliformes. Suborder Galli. Superfamily Cracides. Family Megapodidae, Megapodes. Gallinuloididae, Gallinuloides (fossil). Cracidae, Curassows, Guans, Chachalacas. Superfamily Phasianides. Family Tetraonidae, Grouse. Perdicidae, Quails. Phasianidae, Pheasants, Peacocks. Numididae, Guinea-fowl. Meleagridae, Turkeys. Suborder Opisthocomi. Family Opisthocomidae, Hoatzins. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 Order Gruiformes. Suborder Mesoenatides. Family Mesoenatidae, Roatelos, Monias. Suborder Turnices. Family Turnicidae, Bustard-Quails. Pedionomidae, Collared Hemipodes. Suborder Grues. Superfamily Gruides. Family Gruidae, Cranes. Aramidae, Limpkins. Psophiidae, ‘Trumpeters. Superfamily Rallides. Family Rallidae, Rails, Coots, Gallinules. Suborder Heliornithes. Family Heliornithidae, Sun-Grebes. Suborder Rhynocheti. Family Rhynochetidae, Kagus. Suborder Eurypygae. Family Eurypygidae, Sun-Bitterns. Suborder Phororhaci. Family Phororhacidae, Phororhacos (fossil). Suborder Cariamae. Family Hermosiornidae, Hermosiornis (fossil). Cariamidae, Cariamas. Suborder Otides. _ Family Otididae, Bustards. Order Diatrymiformes. Family Diatrymidae, Diatryma (fossil). Order Charadriiformes. Suborder Charadrii. 4 Superfamily Jacanides, Family Jacanidae, Jacanas. Superfamily Charadriides. Family Haematopodidae, Oyster-catchers. Charadriidae, Plovers, Turnstones, Surf-birds. Scolopacidae, Snipe, Woodcock, Sandpipers. Recurvirostridae, Avocets, Stilts. Presbyornithidae, Presbyornis (fossil). Phalaropodidae, Phalaropes. Superfamily Dromades. Family Dromadidae, Crab-plovers. Superfamily Cidicnemides. Family Cidicnemidae, Thick-knees. ART, 24 CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS—-WETMORE Superfamily Glareolides. Family Glareolidae, Pratincoles, Coursers. Superfamily Thinocorides. Family Thinocoridae, Seed-snipe. Superfamily Chionides. Family Chionidae, Sheath-bills. Suborder Lari. Family Stercorariidae, Skuas, Jaegers. Laridae, Gulls, Terns. Rynchopidae, Skimmers. Suborder Alcae. Family Alcidae, Auks, Auklets, Murres. Order Columbiformes. Suborder Pterocletes. Family Pteroclidae, Sand-Grouse. Suborder Columbae. Family Raphidae, Dodos, Solitaires. Columbidae, Pigeons, Doves. Order Cuculiformes. Suborder Musophagi. Family Musophagidae, Plaintain-eaters. Suborder Cuculi. Family Cuculidae, Cuckoos, Roadrunners, Anis. Order Psittaciformes. Family Loridae, Lories. Psittacidae, Parrots, Macaws. Order Strigiformes. Family Tytonidae, Barn-owls. Strigidae, Owls. Order Caprimulgiformes. Suborder Steatornithes. Family Steatornithidae, Oil-birds. Suborder Caprimulgi. Family Podargidae, Frogmouths. Nyctibiidae, Potoos. /EKgothelidae, Owlet-Frogmouths. Caprimulgidae, Goatsuckers. Order Micropodiformes. Suborder Micropodii. Family Micropodidae, Swifts. Macropterygidae, Crested Swifts. Suborder Trochil. Family Trochilidae, Hummingbirds. Order Coliiformes. Family Coliidae, Colies. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM Order Trogoniformes. Family Trogonidae, Trogons. Order Coraciiformes. Suborder Alcedines. Superfamily Alcedinides. Family Alcedinidae, Kingfishers. Superfamily Todides. Family Todidae, Todies. Superfamily Momotides. Family Momotidae, Motomots. Suborder Meropes. Family Meropidae, Bee-eaters. Suborder Coracii. Family Coraciidae, Rollers. Leptosomatidae, Ground-rollers. Upupidae, Hoopoes. Phoeniculidae, Wood-hoopoes. Suborder Bucerotes. Family Bucerotidae, Hornbills. Order Piciformes. Suborder Galbulae. Superfamily Galbulides. Family Galbulidae, Jacamars. Bucconidae, Puff-birds. Superfamily Capitonides. Family Capitonidae, Barbets. Indicatoridae, Honey-guides. Superfamily Rhamphastides. Family Rhamphastidae, Toucans. Suborder Pici. Family Picidae, Woodpeckers, Piculets. Order Passeriformes. Suborder Eurylaimi. Family Eurylaimidae, Broadbills. Suborder Tyranni. Superfamily Furnariides. Family Dendrocolaptidae, Wood-hewers. Furnariidae, Ovenbirds. Formicariidae, Ant-thrushes. Conopophagidae, Ant-pipits. Rhinocryptidae, Tapaculos. VOL. 76 ART. 24 CLASSIFICATION OF BIRDS—-WETMORE Superfamily Tyrannides. Family Cotingidae, Cotingas. Pipridae, Manakins. Tyrannidae, New World Flycatchers. Oxyruncidae, Sharp-bills. Phytotomidae, Plant-cutters. Pittidae, Pittas. Xenicidae, New Zealand Wrens. Philepittidae, Asities. Suborder Menurae. Family Menuridae, Lyre-birds. Atrichornithidae, Scrub-birds. Suborder Oscines. Family Alaudidae, Larks. Palaeospizidae, Palaeospiza (fossil). Hirundinidae, Swallows. Campephagidae, Cuckoo-shrikes. Dicruridae, Drongos. Oriolidae, Old World Orioles. Corvidae, Crows, Magpies, Jays. Ptilinorhynchidae, Bower-birds. Paradiseidae, Birds of Paradise. Paridae, Titmice. Sittidae, Nuthatches. Hyposittidae, Coral-billed Nuthatches. Certhiidae, Creepers. Chamaeidae, Wren-tits. Timeliidae, Babbling Thrushes. Pycnonotidae, Bulbuls. Cinclidae, Dippers. Troglodytidae, Wrens. Mimidae, Thrashers, Mockingbirds. Turdidae, ‘hrushes. Zeledoniidae, Wren-thrushes. Paramythiidae, Paramythia. Sylviidae, Old World Warblers. Regulidae, Kinglets. Muscicapidae, Old World Flycatchers. Motacillidae, Wagtails, Pipits. Enicuridae, Fork-tails. Bombycillidae, Waxwings. Ptilogonatidae, Silky Flycatchers. Dulidae, Palm-chats. Artamidae, Wood-swallows. 8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 Family Vangidae, Vanga Shrikes. Laniidae, Shrikes. Prionopidae, Wood-shrikes. Aérocharidae, Helmet-birds. Cyclarhidae, Pepper-shrikes. Vireolaniidae, Shrike-Vireos. Sturnidae, Starlings. Graculidae, Glossy Starlings. Meliphagidae, Honey-eaters. Nectariniidae, Sun-birds. Dicaeidae, Flower-peckers. Zosteropidae, White-eyes. Vireonidae, Vireos. Coerebidae, Honey-creepers. Drepanididae, Hawaiian Honey-creepers. Mniotiltidae, Wood Warblers. Ploceidae, Weaver-finches. Icteridae, Blackbirds, Troupials. Procniatidae, Swallow-Tanagers. Thraupidae, Tanagers. Catamblyrhynchidae, Plush-capped Finches. Fringillidae, Grosbeaks, Finches, Buntings. SUPPOSED FOSSIL FAMILIES OF UNCERTAIN SYSTEMATIC POSITION Gastornithidae, Gastornis. Opisthodactylidae, Opisthodactylus. U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICH: 1929 NEW SPECIES OF ICHNEUMON-FLIES AND TAXONOMIC NOTES By R. A. CusHMAN Of the Bureau of Entomology, United States Department of Agriculture The following pages contain the descriptions of new species of Ichneumonidae, Braconidae, and Aulacidae from the Nearctic and oriental zoological regions, together with notes on previously de- scribed species and genera and the proposal of a new generic name for a preoccupied name. Family ICHNEUMONIDAE AMBLYTELES VELOX (Cresson) (new combination) Ichneumon velovz Cresson, Proce. Ent. Soc. Phila., vol. 3, 1864, p: 185; Trang. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 6, 1877, p. 178—ProvaNcueErR, Faune’ Hnt. Can., Hym., 1883, p. 287; female. Ichneumon puerilis Cresson, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 1, 1867-8; p. 296; vol. 6, 1877, p. 158.—ProvancHeEr, Faune Ent. Can., Hym., 1883, p. 274; male. (New synonymy.) Iechneumon occidentalis Harrineton, Can. Ent., vol. 26, 1894, p. 210, female. (New synonymy.) Ichneumon meilicorus PRovANCHER, Nat. Can., vol. 7, 1875, p. 48, male. (New synonymy.) Phygadeuon apicatus ProvANCHER, Nat. Can., vol. 7, 1875, p. 180, female. Phygadeuon cressoni PROVANCHER, Nat. Can., vol. 8, 1876, p. 318, female. The synonymy of the two Cresson species is based on a series including both sexes reared by Karl Schedl from the hemlock looper in September, 1928, at Footes Bay, Ontario. The synonymy of Ichneumon occidentalis Harrington is based on a homotype (Gahan), which was also compared by Gahan with the types of Phygadeuon apicatus Provancher and P. cressoni Provancher, which two species were synonymized by Provancher himself. Provancher also synony~ mized his Jehneumon mellicoxus with I. puerilis Cresson. ANISOBAS TEXENSIS (Ashmead) (new combination) Cryptus texensis ASHMEAD, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 12, 1890, p. 410. The type is female, not male as stated by Ashmead. There is also a male from Cypress Mills, Tex., which differs in no way except sexu~ ally from the type. No. 2822.—PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 76, ART. 25: 723 24— 29 1: 2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 The species is very close to A, nearcticus Cushman; perhaps the two are the same, but both the Texan specimens have the fourth tergite broadly white margined and there are minor differences in sculpture and venation. CRYPTUS PAITENSIS (Cockerell) (new combination) Amblyteles paitensis CocKERELL, Entomologist, vol. 60, 1927, p. 158. The male holotype of this species has been presented by its author to the National Museum and has been listed as Cat. No. 41588, U.S.N.M. It differs from typical Cryptus Fabricius only in lacking the apical carina of the propodeum, this being represented only by small apo- physes, and in having the propodeum behind the basal carina coarsely reticulate rugose. The same sort of variation occurs in the Neotropical genus 7’rachy- sphyrus Haliday, which is really distinguishable from Cryptus only by the metallic blue, green, and copper colors exhibited by its species. CHRGMCOCRYPTUS MESORUFUS, new species Female—Length 7.5mm. Tips of antennae, right front tarsus, left middle leg except coxa, and apical joints of both hind tarsi missing. Structurally much like the genotype, Chromocryptus planosae (Fitch) with the sculpture perhaps a little coarser, but very distinct in color. Head black with following white markings: Orbits except narrow interruption in malar space, a sinuate mark across face, disk of clypeus and of mandible, and an incomplete annulus occupying the dorsal half of flagellar joints 7 to 9 and part of 6 and 10. Thorax black with white as follows: Anterior and humeral margins of pro- notum; lines in notauli; basal part of scutellum, emarginated by anterior extension of apical black; postscutellum; tegulae and radices; spots on mesopleurum below both front and hind wings, along prepectal suture and above middle coxae; a longitudinal mark below sternaulus; apex of metapleurum; and two longitudinal marks on posterior face of propodeum including the apophyses; front and middle coxae and trochanters black and white, these legs otherwise ferruginous with tarsi infuscate; hind leg ferruginous, knee and apex of tibia infuscate, tarsus black with second and third joints and apex of first below, white; wings hyaline with blackish venation. Abdomen black with all tergites broadly margined with white, first segment furruginous. Type locality—Cuernavaca, Morelos, Mexico. Type.—Cat. No. 41990, U.S.N.M. One female reared by C. Chambert and received from Dr. Alfons Dampf, chief entomologist of Mexico. The host record is open to ART. 25 NEW ICHNEUMON-FLIES—CUSHMAN 3 doubt. The specimen is said to have been reared from either Anas- trepha ludens Loew or A, straita Schiner. RHEMBOBIUS ABDOMINALIS (Provancher) (new combination) Phygadeuon abdominalis PRovANcHER, Nat. Can., vol. 6, 1874, p. 280; vol. 11, 1879, p. 73; Faune Ent. Can., Hym., 1883, p. 319; Addit. Faune Ent. Can., Hym., 1886, p. 46. In the coliection of the National Museum there are 14 females and 6 males as follows: 1 female, Quebec (homotype, Rohwer) ; 1 female, Hartford, Conn.; 6 females, Colorado, including 4 from El Paso County reared from decayed cottonwood; 5 females and 2 males, Puyallup and Sumner, Wash., reared from the bulb fly, Aerodon equestris Fabricius; 1 female, Santa Cruz, Calif., reared from the smaller bulb fly, Humerus strigatus Fallen; 1 male, Narrows, Mount Desert, Me. (C. W. Johnson, collector); 1 male, Westfield, N. Y. (R. A. Cushman, collector) ; and 2 males, Harney Peak and Waubay, S. Dak. All of the specimens from Washington, the one from California, one from South Dakota, and all but one of the Colorado specimens differ from the typical form in having the hind femora and tibiae entirely red; the western females and one from Colorado differ fur- ther in the lack of the white antennal annulus, though a few show traces of white at the base of one or more joints; in the Colorado female that has the apices of the hind femur and tibia black the extent of black is reduced and in addition the front and middle femora are not at all black as in the typical form; the far western males also differ from the typical eastern form in their lack of white markings on the front and middle coxae and trochanters and in a reduction of the extent of white markings on the face, clypeus, and scapes one of the Dakota specimens is typical in these respects while the other is intermediate. The species is very closely allied to the European 2. quadrispinus {Gravenhorst), which, however, has the abdomen black beyond the third segment. TRICHOCRYPTUS ATLANTICUS, new species Very closely allied to bécolor Cushman, with the description of which it agrees except as follows: Female—Length 8 mm.; antennae 4.25, ovipositor sheath 2 mm. Eyes not distinctly convergent below; propodeum in profile slightly convex above; petiolar area not distinctly shorter than combined areola and basal area. Scutellum white apically; tarsi infuscate. Type locality.—Bladensburg, Md. Type.—Cat. No. 41991, U.S.N.M. One female taken June 23, 1916, by R. C. Shannon. 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 HEMITELES HUNGERFORDI, new species In Foerster’s key to the genera of the Hemiteloidae it runs directly to Philonygmus Foerster, a genus without included species; and agrees well with all characters except that the temples are rather. strongly sloping. Female—Length 4.5 mm.; antennae 3.5 mm. Head a little more than twice as broad as thick; temples convexly sloping, the convexity continuous with that of the eyes; temples, cheeks, and vertex behind ocelli shining and faintly alutaceous; frons opaque, with a distinct median groove; ocelli small, in diameter less than length of ocell-ocular line, which is about half as long as posto- cellar line; eyes slightly divergent below; face about twice as broad as long, opaque punctate; clypeus deeply separated from face, nearly as long as interfoveal line, apically, inflexed, truncate, more shining than face; malar space as long as basal width of mandible, antennae thickened beyond middle, flagellum 17-jointed, basal joints slender, subapical joints nearly twice as long as thick. Thorax neither stout nor slender; pronotum finely subopaquely punctate, with a deep transverse groove across collar; mesoscutum subopaque, notauli very deep, confluent posteriorly; scutellar fovea very deep, broad and foveolate; scutellum opaque, convex, without lateral carinae; meso- pleurum and sternum very finely punctate, subopaque, sternauli sharply defined, speculum subpolished; metapleurum and propodeum very finely punctate opaque, areolation complete, carinae very strong, especially the apical carina, areola hexagonal, broader than long, spiracle very small round, midway between pleural and lateral carinae; legs slender, hind basitarsus fully twice as long as second joint, third and fifth joints subequal; stigma broad, radius beyond middle; radial cell short, not longer on metacarpus than stigma; areolet large, entirely open at apex; discocubitus broker; nervulus slightly postfurcal; postnervulus nearly straight with subdiscoideus slightly below middle; abscissula a half longer than intercubitella; nervellus broken slightly below middle. Abdomen, except first seg- ment, polished, second tergite very faintly alutaceous; first segment in profile strongly curved, thicker in middle than at apex, from above scarcely more than twice as broad at apex as at base, spiracles in mid- dle, lateral and dorsal carinae strong to apex, with a groove between dorsal carinae, dorsal surface subopaque, lateral surfaces opaque; abdomen beyond first segment broadly oval, epipleura very broad, inflexed ; ovipositor sheath slender, about as long as first segment. Black; wings hyaline with dark venation; mandibles reddish; legs, except coxae, testaceous, tarsi apically blackish. Male.—Kssentially like female, but more slender, second tergite more distinctly sculptured, and flagellum stout filiform, not thick- ened beyond middle. ART, 25 NEW ICHNEUMON-FLIES—CUSHMAN 5 Type locality —Burt Lake, mouth of Maple River, Mich. Host.—Gyrinus species (cocoon). Type.—Cat. No. 41992, U.S.N.M. Two females and three males reared by H. B. Hungerford, July 23-26, 1927. This is the third ichneumonid parasite recorded from Gyrinus. The others are the European Hemiteles argentatus Gravenhorst (=Hemiteles gyrini Parfitt) and the American G'ausocentrus gyrint Ashmead. The first is unknown to me but is amply distinct from hungerfordi in color and sculpture. The second, Davis has already indicated, belongs to the Hemitelini, though he assigned it to no genus. It is congeneric with hungerfordi, though amply distinct specifically. In Hemiteles Gravenhorst it is preoccupied by gyrini Parfitt. A new name is assigned to it below. HEMITELES GYRINOPHAGUS, new name Gausocentrus gyrini ASHMEAD, Can. Ent., 1894, p. 25 (not Hemiteles gyrini Parfitt). (Gausocentrus) Hemitelini gyrini Davis, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 24, 1897, p. 342. Genus MACROGROTEA Brethes Macrogrotea BrerHes, Rev. Chilena de Hist. Nat., vol. 20, 1916, p. 84. Type.—Pimpla gayi Spinola. Labenidea Rouwer, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 57, 1920, p. 4138. Type.— (Grota superba Schmiedeknecht)=Macrogrotea gayi (Spinola), accord- ing to Brethes (new synonymy). METACOELUS CAVICOLA, new species A typical Metacoelus Foerster with no apparent modification to adapt it for cave life unless the white ocelli be such. In general form and structure it is very like femoralis (Geoffroy), but it is at once distinguishable by its largely black hind coxae and femora. Female—tLength 7 mm. Head in profile nearly equilaterally triangular, the combined face and clypeus moderately convex, protrusion of upper margin of face comprising about one-third total thickness of head; face densely punc- tate, clypeus more sparsely so; frons minutely opaquely punctuate, medially slightly elevated; diameter of lateral ocellus barely as long as ocell-ocular line; malar space fully twice basal width of mandible; antennae as long as combined length of head, thorax and first abdomi- nal segment; flagellum tapering from base to apex, the apical joint less than half as thick as the basal; first joint nearly two-thirds as thick at apex as long, second and following joints transverse, middle 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 joints quadrate, subapical joints slightly longer than thick, apical. joint distinctly elongate. Humeral margin of pronotum finely punc- tate, opaque; mesoscutum and scutellum shining, with rather coarse distinct punctures, notauli represented by deep pits anteriorly from which very faint impressions converge backward to a shallow median impression; thorax laterally mostly highly polished, anterior half of mesopleurum and mesosternum finely punctate; propodeum, except the polished areola, finely punctate, areola not separated from basal area, the combined area more than twice as long as broad at middle, where the costulae are received; hind femur hardly twice as long as deep. Abdomen very finely and rather densely punctate. Black with cinereous pubescence, longest on face, sternum and coxae; mandibles, upper margin of face, and antennae ferruginous; front and middle legs reddish stramineous, middle coxae and femora more or less brownish; hind coxae except apex and femur except extremities black, hind leg otherwise testaceous; wings yellowish hyaline especially basad of stigma, where the venation is also yellow, stigma and apical venation brownish; venter pale brownish yellow; sheath of ovipositor whitish. Type locality—Batu Caves (Dark Cave), Selangor, Federated Malay States, 800 feet from entrance. Type.—Cat. No. 41102, U.S.N.M. Four females, all taken by C. Dover. PANISCUS PLATYPES, new species Remarkable chiefly for its very distinctly flattened tarsi. In my key to North American species* it runs best to pallens Cushman, but is distinctly larger, the abdomen and legs stouter, and the tarsi much more strongly flattened. Female.—Length 18 mm., antennae (broken). Temples rather strongly convex and only a little narrower than eyes; ocelli large and nearly contiguous with the eyes; face hardly as long as broad, fully a half broader than frons, minutely opaquely shagreened, sparsely punctate, strongly elevated medially; clypeus more than half as long as interfoveal line with basal groove arched above level of foveae, weakly emarginate at apex, weakly convex, sculptured as face but with punctures larger and sparser; malar space short but distinct; antennae broken, flagellum apparently tapering from base to apex, the twenty-second joint about twice as long as thick. Thorax very finely and densely punctate opaque, the pleura less densely so and shining; notauli long, shallow; scutellum mar- gined to apex, the space between the carinae nearly two-thirds as broad at apex as at base; metapleurum finely striato-punctate; pro- 1Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 64, Art. 20, 1924, p. 23. ART, 25 NEW ICHNEUMON-FLIES—CUSHMAN i podeum transversely striate, apophyses strong; areolet sessile, sub- quadrangular, second recurrent postfurcal with respect to second intercubitus, almost uniformly curved; nervulus postfurcal by hardly half its length; postnervulus broken slightly below upper third; ner- vellus broken at a right angle, upper abscissa three-fourths as long as lower; legs rather stout; hind femur four-fifths as long as tibia; tibiae sparsely spinose; tarsi stout, apical three joints strongly flat- tened, fifth joint of middle tarsus longer than third and only a Little shorter than second; claws large with about 12 coarse teeth. Abdo- men stout; first tergite barely three and a half times as long as broad at apex, spiracles very slightly beyond basal third; second much less than twice as long as broad at base, its sides diverging ; ovipositor sheath nearly as long as first segment. Reddish testaceous, abdomen darker, head and thorax (especially along sutures and notauli) tinged with yellow; stemmaticum yellow with a brownish stain between the posterior ocelli; antennae concolor- ous; prescutum with a narrow median brownish stripe; legs concolor- ous, front legs anteriorly and all tarsi paler; wings yellowish hyaline, stigma and costa testaceous, veins otherwise dark; sheath reddish fuscous. Type locality—Cabin John, Md. Type.—Cat. No. 41993, U.S.N.M. One female taken July, 1917, by R. M. Fouts. Genus HYMENDERLEINIA, new name Enderleinia CUSHMAN, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 64, Art. 20, 1924, p. 6 (not Schmidt, 1907). Opheltoidews EXNDERLEIN, Stettin. Ent. Ztg., 1912, p. 107 (not Ashmead, 1900). Genus SESIGPLEX Viereck This genus was originally based on the single character of the de- pressed first abdominal segment, by which character it was said to differ from Campoplex Gravenhorst (=Ormogus Foerster). In his key to genera of the Campopleginae? Viereck ascribed sev- eral other characters to the genus, and (p. 177) assigned to it four species besides the genotype. Of these heliae (Ashmead) is a Saga- ritis Holmgren. The other two previously described species, depres- sus Viereck and validus (Cresson), will run in Schmiedeknecht’s (Opuse. Ichn.) key to Tranosema Foerster, failing to stop at (Omorgus) = Campoplex because cf the more or less distinctly broken nervellus. The same character prevents their running to H'ulimneria Schmiedeknecht. 2Can,. Ent., vol. 57, 1925, p. 176. 8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 As I have shown in my description of Angitia galleriae* the de- pressed petiole is, in some cases at least, of not even specific signifi- cance. The same is true to some extent of the impression of the petiolar area of the propodeum, the fracture of the nervellus, and the depth of the lateral furrows on the petiole. Most of the genera in the Campopleginae are based on such trivial and variable characters as these, and the classification of the group would be much simplified and brought nearer the truth were many of the genera suppressed. It is my opinion that there is no generic difference between Campop- lex, Kulimneria, Sesioplexn, Angitia Holmgren, Jdechthis Foerster, and Campoletidea Viereck, while Dioctes Foerster differs only in its lack of the alar areolet. For the time being, however, I shall consider them distinct genera. This discussion is gone into in order to explain the generic place- ment of the following new species. It may have been described by Viereck in his “A Preliminary Review of the Campopleginae in the Canadian National Collection,” Ottawa; but, because of his use of so many trivial characters in his generic keys, I have found it very diffi- cult to use them, and in the present instance impossible to place the species in any genus satisfactorily. SESIOPLEX CANADENSIS, new species Female.—Leneth, 7.5 mm.; antennae 4 mm. Head finely coriaceous or shagreened, the face, clypeus, and irons finely, closely punctate; temples somewhat sloping, straight for most of their length, then abruptly turned inward to the occipital carina, the cephalo-caudad length nearly as great as short diameter of eye; diameter of lateral ocellus very nearly as long as ocell-ocular line; eyes slightly emarginate opposite antennae; face very slightly nar- rower than frons; malar space hardly two-thirds as long as basal width of mandible; clypeus broad, not at all separated medially, its apical margin broadly submucronate medially; antennae stout, fla- gellum with about 33 joints, those beyond apical third transverse. Thorax short ovate, sculptured like the head but even more opaque, even the speculum entirely opaque; pronotum somewhat rugulose in lower lateral angle; scutellum strongly convex; propodeum very finely rugulose, the petiolar area somewhat impressed; legs moder- ately stout, hind basitarsus as long as rest combined, inner calcarium reaching slightly beyond middle of basitarsus; areolet narrowly ses- sile to subpetiolate; recurrent vein beyond middle; nervulus strongly inclivous; postnervulus broken distinctly below middle; exterior angle of second discoidal cell strongly acute; nervellus weakly broken near bottom, somewhat inclivous, discoidella wanting. Abdomen 3Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 58, 1920, p. 266. ART. 25 NEW ICHNEUMON-FLIES—-CUSHMAN 9 subopaque, stout; petiole distinctly though not strongly depressed, distinctly channelled laterally, the channel posteriorly pitlike; post- petiole broad, depressed; second tergite about as broad at apex as long, gastrocoeli subdistinct, oval; ovipositor sheath hardly twice as long as first segment. Black; mandibles, palpi, tegulae and legs ferruginous; mandi- bles more or less black basally; coxae black, front and middle pairs ferruginous below; hind tibia obscurely pale basad of middle above; wings pale infumate, radices yellowish; abdominal venter brownish. Male—Kssentially like female. The antennae are broken but are evidently nearly as long as body with all joints distinctly longer than thick. Type locality—Edmonton, Alberta. Type.—Cat. No. 42159, U.S.N.M. Two females and one male from the type locality, May 12-14, George Salt; and three females from St. Agatha, Quebec, May 26, 1929, and one female from Timmins, Ontario, May 15, 1929, the last four collected by the French Ichneumonologist, André Seyrig. One of the paratypes is returned to Mr. Seyrig for deposit in the Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, and another is deposited in the Canadian National Collection, Ottawa, Ontario. PRISTOMERUS BAUMHOFER]Y, new specics Closely related to agilis (Cresson) but at once distinguishable in the female by its pale yellow frontal orbits and apical margins of tergites 3 to 7; and in the male by the parallel eyes and smaller ocelli. Female.—ULength 5-6.5 mm. (type 5.5 mm.). Head transversely oval; eyes parallel; face medially elevated, sparsely punctate; clypeus strongly convex, apically truncate, suture straight; malar space hardly two-thirds basal width of man- dible; temples narrow, strongly convexly receding; diameter of ocel- lus and ocell-ocular line equal; antennae a little more than half as long as body. Thorax less than twice as long as deep, finely punc- tate; prothorax subpolished, rugulose in impression; notauli deep but broadly impressed anteriorly, obsolete posteriorly; scutellum strongly convex; propodeum finely rugulose-punctate, areolet pen- tagonal, twice as long as broad, much shorter than petiolar area; radius weakly curved at apex, postnervulus broken slightly above middle; legs rather slender, femoral tooth at about apical third, small to obsolete. Abdomen rather slender, postpetiole and second tergite finely longitudinally aciculate; other tergites finely shagreened, the second somewhat longitudinally so basally; second a little more than three times as long as broad at base; ovipositor sheath slightly longer than combined first and second tergites. 72824— 292 10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 76 General color ferruginous; occiput and stemmaticum brown; face, mouth parts, malar space, and anterior orbits yellow, the face some- what stained with reddish; scape and pedical pale in front, flagellum black; notauli and scutellum paler than surrounding areas, lateral portions of postscutellum and base of propodeum brown; anterior margin of pronotum, tegulae and radices whitish; wings hyaline, venation dark brown, stigma broadly pale along costal margin; front and middle coxae, trochanters and tarsi and apices of their femora stramineous, these legs otherwise pale testaceous; hind legs testaceous, basal joint of trochanter piceous, apex of femur stramin- eous, tibia and tarsus fuscous, the tibia indefinitely paler in middle; second tergite somewhat piceous especially toward base, tergites 3 to 7, pale yellowish at apex. Male—Kssentially like female but with both pale and dark mark- ings more extensive; face and pronotum entirely yellow; prescutum anteriorly and lateral lobes in middle brown; front and middle tibiae and hind coxae apically and below stramineous; hind femur reddish piceous, pale at base and apex; abdomen with all tergites piceous with apical margins whitish. Host.—Rhyacionia frustrana var. bushnellt Busck. Type locality —Halsey, Nebraska. Type.—Cat. No. 41994, U.S.N.M. Five females and one male reared from the host by L. G. Baum- hofer, under Hopkins U. S. No. 17508. CREMASTUS GRACILIPES Cushman Three rearings of this species from the type-host (Dieymolomia julianalis Walker) have added three females and five males (the latter sex undescribed) to the national collection. These are as follows: 1 of each sex reared by E. Daecke at Rockville, Pa., on June 22, 1915; 1 female and 4 males reared September 22, 1909, at Collins, Pa.; and 1 female reared March 14, 1924, at Smith’s Point, Tex. There is also an apparently indistinguishable female reared from the Orientai Peach Moth (Laspeyresia molesta Busck) at New Brunswick, N. J., by Alvah Petersen. The females show a variation in color from that of the type and a phase in which the red color of the head is replaced by yellow and the thorax and abdomen are much more extensively black. The male shows the same sort of variation in color with frequently the entire lateral face of pronotum, the notauli and more or less of the mesopleurum yellow; also the legs are paler, especially basally. In my key the male runs to couplet 3, where it agrees with neither alternate entirely. The diameter of the lateral ocellus is about equal ART. 25 NEW ICHNEUMON-FLIES—CUSHMAN 1l to the ocell-ocular line and the malar space is very slightly shorter than basal width of mandible. In both sexes the stigma is broadly pale along its anterior margin. CREMASTUS CARPOCAPSAE, new species Very closely related to C. gracilipes Cushman, from which the female is distinguished with difficulty, though the male is quite obviously distinct. Female.—Ditters from gracilipes apparently only in the uniformly brown stigma; the slightly broader abdomen, the second tergite being hardly four times as long as broad at base; the slightly larger ocelli, the diameter of which is fully as long as the ocell-ocular line; and the shorter malar space, which is only about two-thirds as long as the basal width of mandible. Color varying as in gracilipes as described above with hind femora in the dark form somewhat infuscate. Male—Runs to couplet 3 in my key* as does gracilipes male. From gracilipes it differs principally by having the malar space hardly two-thirds as long as the basal width of mandible, the diam- eter of a lateral ocellus much longer than ocell-ocular line, the ab- domen broader, the stigma uniformly colored, and the hind legs infuscate. Host.—Carpocapsa pomonella (Linnaeus). Type locality—Lawrence County, Ohio. Type—Cat. No. 41995, U.S.N.M. Seven females and two males in rather poor condition received from L. A. Stearns and reared by him August 4 to September 9, 1927. CREMASTUS (ZALEPTOPYGUS) HARTII Ashmead (new combination) Through the kindness of Dr. T. H. Frison, of the Illinois State Natural History Survey, in bringing them to Washington I have been able to examine the types of this species. Both sexes run in my key to tetralophae Cushman, but differ as follows: Female—tLength 6 mm., antennae 4 mm., ovipositor sheath 2 mm. Kyes barely as long as width of face, very slightly divergent be- low; malar space subequal to basal width of mandible; foveo-ocular line distinctly more than half as long as interfoveal line; diameter of ocellus much shorter than ocell-ocular line; thorax more slender, propodeum longer and less steeply sloping; pronotum lateraily shagreened but not punctate; mesoscutum less distinctly punctate, notauli shallow; scutellar carinae obsolete except at base; meso- pleurum not striate above, punctation very fine; radius only slightly Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 53, 1917, p. 511. 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76: beyond middle of stigma; nervellus nearly perpendicular, slightly broken not far below middle; hind basitarsus hardly three-fifths as. long as tibia and distinctly shorter than rest of joints combined; postpetiole barely thicker than petiole; second tergite two and a half times as long as broad at base, sides divergent. Pale yellowish testaceous; occiput, vertex, and frons fuscous; orbits. yellow; antennae fuscous with apices of joints of basal half narrowly pale; stigma largely whitish, other veins brown; legs somewhat in- fuscate; prescutum entirely and areas between scutellum and wing bases fuscous, as are also basal half of second tergite and more or less. of sixth and seventh. Male—kHyes divergent below; diameter of ocellus distinctly shorter than ocell-ocular line; second tergite little more than twice as long as broad at base; color like female. CREMASTUS RHYACIONIAE, new species Very similar to epagoges Cushman, to which species the female runs in my key to North American species. Because of its large eyes and ocelli the male runs to forbesti Weed. Female.—6-7.5 mm. (type 7 mm.). Differs from epagoges female principally as follows: Face dis- tinctly narrower than height of eye; malar space shorter than basal width of mandible; pronotum laterally polished, very weakly foveo- late at bottom of impression (in epagoges the pronotum is shagreened laterally and strongly foveolate in impression); mesoscutum more finely and sparsely punctate, notauli weaker; ovipositor sheath a little more than twice as long as first tergite. Face black medially; orbits uninterrupted yellow but much nar- rower than in epagoges, especially at top of eye; thorax entirely black except humeral angle of pronotum which is brownish and basal part of scutellar carinae which is whitish (sometimes the scutellum is more or less reddish brown) ; stigma broadly pale along anterior margin. Male.—Differs from epagoges male as follows: Eyes much longer than width of face; malar space hardly half as long as basal width of mandible; diameter of ocelli more than half as long as postocellar line and nearly twice ocell-ocular line. Host.—Rhyacionia frustrana var. bushnelli Busck. Type locality.—Pactola, S. Dak. Type—Cat. No. 41997, U.S.N.M. Seven females and two males reared by L. G. Baumhofer from the host in Pinus ponderosa under Hopkins U. S. No. 17511. ART. 25 NEW ICHNEUMON-FLIES—CUSHMAN 13 CREMASTUS PTEROPHORI, new species Like rhyacioniae this species runs in my key to epagoges Cush- man in the female and to forbesii Weed in the male. In size of ocelli the female agrees better with forbesiz. Female—Length 10 mm.; antennae 7 mm.; ovipositor sheath 3.5 mm. Head in frontal view very strongly transverse, eyes bulging and faintly, broadly emarginate within; face nearly as broad as height of eye, opaque, shagreened, and rather densely punctate, medially somewhat elevated, the elevation continuing on to clypeus, which is rather prominent, inflexed and strongly rounded at apex, shining and more sparsely punctate than face; malar space as long as basal width of mandible; temples very strongly receding, nearly flat; diameter of ocellus subequal to ocell-ocular line and two-thirds postocellar line. Thorax opaque shagreened and punctate, the punc- tures dense on mesoscutum, more sparse elsewhere; pronotum later- ally and speculum subpolished; notauli well defined and foveolate, prescutum prominent; scutellum punctate opaque, laterally mar- gined; propodeum subopaque, shagreened, and punctate, apically more or less transversely rugulose, combined areola and _ petiolar area of almost uniform width, the areola nearly as long as petiolar area; propodeal “neck” in dorsal view shallowly concave laterally, extending well beyond middle of coxae; cubitus and discoideus dis- tinct beyond recurrent; nervellus obsoletely broken below middle. Abdomen slender; first segment barely longer than dorsal length of propodeum, dorsolateral carinae present before spiracles, post- petiole abruptly enlarged; second tergite about four times as long as broad at base, apaque striato-shagreened; tergites 3 to 6, opaque, shagreened, and punctate, third definitely less deep than fourth. Black with thorax laterally and abdomen more or less obscure red. Head black with orbits completely, malar space, sides of clypeus and mandibles yellow, as is also the under side of scape and pedicel; antennae otherwise black with apices of flagellar joints more or less distinctly paler; ventral margin of pronotum, lateral margins of mesoscutum, scutellum, a streak on mesopleurum, metapleurum more or less, and all lateral sutures of thorax reddish, the mesoscutal and scutellar markings inclining to yellow; front and middle legs tes- taceous, their coxae and trochanters stramineous; hind leg largely blackish, the coxa at apex, trochanter, femur apically and tibia in middle pale; abdomen black and piceous red in the usual arrange- ment, the plica pale. Male.—Wyes larger, face much narrower than height of eye, malar space about half basal width of mandible, diameter of ocellus as 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 long as postocellar line and nearly four times as long as ocell-ocular line. Face entirely and all thoracic markings yellow, the latter including the lateral aspect of the pronotum, the notauli and a median spot on mesoscutum; petiole laterally and lower edge of compressed portion of abdomen pale. In one of the males the thorax laterally and the abdomen are largely pale red, while the hind leg is black only on apex of tibia and tarsi. Host —Oidaematophorus kellicottu Fish. Type locality—Dane County, Wis. Type.—Cat. No. 41996, U.S.N.M. Two females and five males reared by F. P. Breakey during May and June, 1928. Genus CREMASTUS Gravenhorst (=CREMASTIDEA Viereck) (new synonymy) Oremastidea is said to differ from Cremastus Gravenhorst by the very short malar space and by the fact that the propodeum overlies the hind coxae to their middle. The first character is subject to great variation in Cremastus and is sometimes a sexual difference; while the second is characteristic of typical Cremastus. The genotype, Cremastidea chinensis Viereck, is a typical Cre- MASTUS. (CREMASTIDEA CREMASTUS CHINENSIS (Viereck) (new combination) In addition to the types the National Museum Collection contains six specimens reared by D. T. Fullaway at Kobe, Japan, as parasites of the rice borer, Chilo simplex Butler. THERSILOCHUS PROVANCHERI Ashmead (=THERSILOCHUS PROVANCHERI Cushman) In renaming Provancher’s preoccupied pallipes I overlooked the fact that Ashmead had already done so.® Dalla Torre catalogued the Ashmead reference under Porizon angularis (Provancher). ALLOPHRYS GCULATUS (Ashmead) (new combination) Thersilochus oculatus ASHMEAD, Proc. Zool. Soe. London, 1895, p. 779, male. Insurgus nigriceps ASHMEAD, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1900. p. 278, female. (New synonymy.) The large, dorsally convergent eyes of Allophrys Foerster consti- tute a male secondary sexual character, the eyes of the female being of normal size and parallel within. The association of the sexes is based on a series of specimens col- lected on the windward side of Grenada, West Indies, by H. H. Smith. 5 Bull. 1, Colo. Biol. Assn. 1890, p. 24. ART. 25 NEW ICHNEUMON-FLIES—CUSHMAN 15 Family BRACONIDAE BRACHISTES MAGDALI (Cresson) Calyptus magdali Cresson, Psyche, vol. 2, 1878, p. 189. Brachistes magdali Brurs, Bull. Wisc. Nat. Hist. Soe., vol. 8, 1910, p. 50. (New synonymy. ) Both Cresson’s and Brues’s types are from Massachusetts and both were reared from the same host, Magdalis olyra Herbst. BRACHISTES STRIGITERGUM, new species Of the same form as B. magdali (Cresson) but at once distin- guishable by the strongly striate second tergite. Female.—Length, 5.5 mm.; antennae, 5 mm. Temples broad but distinctly narrower than eyes, which are dis- tinctly bulging, especially behind; vertex and temples moderately densely and very finely punctate; face more coarsely and more densely so; clypeus coarsely confluently punctate; eyes shorter than in magdali, being only about a third longer than broad and little more than twice as long as malar space; basal two joints of flagel- lum equal in length and fully four times as long as thick at apex. Thorax polished laterally and ventrally, subpolished and densely pilose dorsally; pronotal groove, notauli, prepectal furrow and mes- episternal furrow foveolate; metapleurum rugose; propodeum coarsely rugose with a median carina basally and parallel carinae at apex, posterior angles prominent. Abdoment barely longer than thorax, the apical segments strongly retracted; first tergite broader than long, striate, with prominent dorsal carinae, between which the surface basally is deeply concave; second tergite longitudinally striate throughout, the striae not converging behind; other tergites smooth and polished, second suture not foveolate; sheath about as long as abdomen. Black; palpi and legs testaceous; all tarsi and hind tibia brown- ish; antennae black, piceous at base, wings very dilutely infumate. Type locality —Duncan, B. C. Type.—Cat. No. 41998, U.S.N.M. Paratypes.—Two are deposited in the Canadian national collection. Four females reared June 8, July 13 and 20, 1928, by W. G. Mathers from a fir tree, under his number 17241, lots 1, 11, and 13. MICROBRACON LENDICIVORUS, new species Because of the deep foveolate tergal sutures and transverse fur- rows of the tergites it runs in Ashmead’s ® generic key to 4, but differs from the only genus falling there, Glyptomorpha Holmgren, in its 6 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 23, 1900, p. 137. 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 76 lack of oblique grooves on tergites 2 to 4. Following the second alternate of the first couplet it runs, because of the median carina of the propodeum, to Tropidobracon Ashmead (p. 189) and agrees fairly well with all the characters assigned to that genus. From apparently all species hitherto assigned to Microbracon it differs by the abdominal sculpture. Female—Length 4 mm. Head strongly transverse, the temples sharply convexly sloping; eyes bulging, nearly hemispherical; face fully a half wider than leneth of eye; malar space a half longer than basal width of mandible and subequal to width of mouth opening; antennae as long as body, slender, tapering from before middle; first joint of flagellum nearly three times as long as thick and very slightly longer than second, all other joints much longer than thick, those near apex fully twice as long as thick. Thorax short ovate, smooth and polished; notauli distinct; scutellum flat, fovea foveolate; propodeum with a median carina, high at apex, but not reaching base; radius far before middle of stigma; alar areolet rather short, first intercubitus and second abscissa of radius about equal in length; hind tarsus slightly shorter than tibia, basal joint as long as rest combined, third and fifth equal. Abdomen broad with a median ridge on tergites 2 to 6, originating in a triangular embossed area at base of second and becoming weaker toward apex, each of these tergites except second with a subapical, transverse, more or less distinctly foveolate furrow, sutures foveo- late, second and third longitudinally rugose, third with oblique foveolate grooves basally; fourth to sixth opaque punctate; tri- angular area of first tergite elevated subapically, coarsely rugose behind elevation, smooth before; tergites beyond sixth much less heavily chitinized; ovipositor about a fourth longer than body, slender. Head and thorax testaceous; antennae blackish, scape and pedi- cel reddish; wings hyaline, venation brown, tegulae stramineous; front and middle legs stramineous, apices of tarsi blackish; hind leg testaceous, coxa somewhat piceous above; tibia fuscous toward apex, apical joint of tarsus black; abdomen piceous basally, yellowish white apically; first tergite testaceous basally, very narrowly whitish at apex; second and third tergites laterally and the third apically whitish ; tergites 4 to 6 narrowly piceous basally; sheath stramineous, blackish at base and apex, pubescence black. Male—Median ridge of abdomen very faint; only first five ter- gites heavily chitinized and sculptured, the sixth smooth polished and without subapical groove; tergites 4 and 5 longitudinally striate but more finely so than 2 and 8; white color confined to narrow apical and lateral bands on tergites 2 to 5. ART, 25 NEW ICHNEUMON-FLIES—CUSHMAN Ly Type locality—Los Banos, Luzon, Philippine Islands. Host.—Midge maggots on Ficus nota Blanco. Type—Cat. No. 41999, U.S.N.M. Described from one female and four males reared January 12-15, 1921, by F. X. Williams. MICROBRACON UICHANCOI, new species Closely related to endicivorus Cushman, from the foregoing de- scription of which it differs as follows: Smaller; width of face less than one and a half times as long as diameter of eye; malar space subequal to basal width of mandible and much shorter than width of mouth opening; antennae filiform, not tapering from before mid- dle, subapical joints distinctly less than twice as long as thick; basal joint of hind tarsus not so long as rest combined, third distinctly longer than fifth; median ridge of abdomen fading out on fourth tergite; second tergite irregularly rugose, others opaque punctate. Head and thorax paler; stigma stramineous; hind coxa entirely pale testaceous; abdomen nearly uniform pale testaceous, apices of ter- gites only slightly paler, suturiform articulation and sometimes a stain on each side of middle of second tergite blackish; sheath only slightly paler in middle. Male—Except sexually like female with abdominal sculpture less well defined. Type locality.—Los Banos, Luzon, Philippine Islands. Type—Cat. No. 42000, U.S.N.M. Three females and two males apparently reared by L. B. Uichanco, the females under Accession No. 18343, College of Agriculture, Uni- versity of the Philippines, and the males from Mount Maquiling, Luzon, under Accession No. 18152. Family AULACIDAE PYCNAULACUS, new genus Running this genus in Kieffer’s key to genera* I am somewhat uncertain as to which alternate of the first couplet to follow because of the presence of a trace of the second intercubitus on the radius. Considering the wing to have three cubital cells it runs to couplet 4, where it agrees with the first alternate in the apically open second cubital cell, but disagrees in its possession of discal veins in the hind wing. Under couplet 5 it agrees with both characters attributed to Micraulacinus Kieffer. Following the lead of the second alternate of couplet 1 it agrees with neither alternate of couplet 9 because the 7Das Tierreich, Lief. 30, 1912, p. 344. 18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you. 76 claws are entirely toothless. Of the genera beyond this point it agrees best with Odontaulacus Kieffer, from which it differs, in addi- tion to its lack of claw teeth, in its short ovipositor and the lack of ovipositor guides on the hind coxae. Irons convex, without scrobes or carinae; occipital carina effaced ; eyes bare; pronotum with anterior margins rounded; prescutum with a shallow median fovea anteriorly, the lobes rounded; propodeum strongly elevated; stigma very broad with radius beyond middle; second intercubitus represented by a very short stub on radius; third intercubitus very largely hyaline; first recurrent about two-thirds its length before first intercubitus; first brachial cell as broad as long; hind wing with mediella, basella, cubitella, and nervellus some- what developed, nervellus slightly antefurcal; hind coxae in female without ovipositor guides; claws without teeth; abdomen in female little longer than thorax, broadly truncate at apex; ovipositor sheath barely as long as abdomen. Genotype.—Pycnaulacus brevicaudus, new species. PYCNAULACUS BREVICAUDUS, new species Female.—Length, 6 mm.; antennae, 4 mm.; ovipositor sheath, 2.5 mm. Head smooth; malar space and sides of face very densely and finely punctate opaque; frons more sparsely and less finely punctate; first and third joints of flagellum subequal in length and about two- thirds as long as second joint, others gradually shorter, penultimate joint twice as long as thick; transverse rugae of prescutum very coarse, those of scutellum fine, lateral lobes of mesoscutum with only one prominent carina, this at about the middle with much finer rugosity before and behind; thorax laterally confused rugose, with the impressions of pronotum and mesopleurum shining and more dis- tinctly rugose, upper division of metapleurum polished; propodeum concentrically rugose before, reticulately rugose behind, insertion of abdomen. Head and thorax black; antennae black with scape pale testaceous and pedicel brown; mandibles dark piceous; legs beyond coxae testa- ceous; wings yellowish hyaline, immaculate; tegulae brownish testa- ceous; abdomen ferruginous more or less darkened toward apex, ex- treme base of petiole black. Type locality.—Palo Alto, Calif. Type.—Cat. No. 42160, U.S.N.M. One specimen captured May 14, 1922, by E. O. Essig. U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1929 A NEARLY COMPLETE CARAPACE OF A FOSSIL TURTLE, AMYDA VIRGINIANA (CLARK) By W. GarpNer Lynn Of the Johns Hopkins University The species Amyda virginiana was first described under the name Trionyx virginianus by Dr. William Bullock Clark in 1895 from fragments found at Aquia Creek, Va., in Eocene deposits of the Aquia Creek stage. On a recent trip to this same locality a nearly com- plete carapace referable to this species was obtained; and since this is, so far as can be ascertained, the most complete specimen of this large fossil turtle yet discovered it seems worthy of description. The type fragments of the species were described by Clark as follows: - Fragments of costals with tuberculated surfaces characteristic of the genus Trionyx. The longitudinal ridges are prominent, at times irregular and in- osculate; relatively remote and separated by intervals about twice their width. generally entirely disappear near the margins of the plates. A number of fragments of the plates of this large species were found in the vicinity of Aquia Creek, Va. This species shows some points of similarity with T. cariosus (Cope), from the Eocene of New Mexico, but is undoubtedly a different form. Dimensions.—Length of largest fragment, 130mm.; width, 45mm.; thick- ness, 18mm. ; Hay, in his Fossil Turtles of North America, gives more detailed descriptions and measurements of the 2-type fragments which, he believes, indicate a possibility that the two represent distinct species. This idea is based upon the fact that the sculpturing of the two frag- ments differs. The first fragment (the distal portion of a costal) (pl. 2, center) shows rather regular sculpturing, which consists of ridges and grooves, five of which are found in a line 22 mm. long. The sculpturing of the second fragment (the proximal portion of a costal) (pl. 2, lower) is more irregular and the pits are somewhat larger, five being contained in a line 25 mm. long. Moreover, Hay notes resemblances to Amyda pennata (Cope) of the Eocene of New Jersey, although he does not seem to believe that the two are synony- mous. However, it is clear that the position and even the authen- ticity of this little-known species is much in question, and it is No. 2823.—PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATICNAL MUSEUM, VOL. 76, ART. 26)". 74736—29 2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 76 believed that the information obtained from the specimen here de- scribed will be of advantage in clearing up these points. The present specimen (Cat. No. 11944, U.S.N.M.) consists of a carapace which is complete, except for the distal portions of the fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh costals of the left side and small por- tions of the neurals. The carapace is broad, rounded in front, and somewhat truncate behind. At the free margins of the costals the upper layers of bone project somewhat beyond the lower layers, caus- ing a longitudinal grooving of the carapace; beyond this the margins drop off gently to a thin edge. This was an exceedingly large turtle; the length of the carapace measured in a straight line is 785 mm., its ereatest width 640 mm., not including the extension of the ribs be- yond the margin of the shell. It is composed of a nuchal plate, 7 neurals, and 8 pairs of costals, the 2 posterior pairs meeting in the mid line. The nuchal measures 380 mm. across and 87 mm. in an antero- posterior direction in the mid line, narrowing toward the outer ends. It is 27 mm. thick in the central portions and tapers off to a thin edge at the margins. Little ornamentation is apparent on this bone. The measurements of the costals of the right side (where all are complete) are given in the following table: Width at | Greatest Least Costal No. Length center thickness | thickness Mm. Mm. Mm. Mm. (Coase Ek Web 256 104 24 9 a ees pagle ty A Qe 98 19 11 Oi AG ane oie 298 80 21 10 Pleh ler Dh a Pa 285 82 18 11 Spare OB te 273 89 17 12 Gr es ene 223 97 U7 10 ise se bf See 186 60 15 11 Rei eee 95 67 14 12 i} The ribs project beyond the margins of the carapace for some distance; the best preserved one, that of the second costal of the left side, extends out 92 mm. The lengths in the above table are taken only to the border of the costal, not out onto the projecting rib. Decided ridges are produced on the under sides of the costals by the ribs, which are in most cases nearer the anterior borders of the costals than the posterior borders. ‘These ridges are plainly seen on Plate 1, left, which gives a ventral view of the entire specimen. The sculpture corresponds closely with Hay’s description for the type fragments. It consists of ridges and grooves running at right ArT, 26 A FOSSIL TURTLE—LYNN 3 angles to the sutures, the grooves sometimes broken up into pits by cross-ridges. In the best-preserved portions of the carapace this sculpturing is continued quite to the beveled margin of the shell. The width of ridges and grooves is variable, being in general greater toward the posterior end. Thus on the first costal plate five ridges and five grooves are contained in a line 18 mm. long; on the fourth costal the same number is contained in a line 22 mm. long; and on the eighth costal a line 28 mm. long is required. Moreover, the ridges run more irregularly and are more broken up on the anterior costals than on the posterior ones; and in all the costals the sculp- turing is in general much more regular toward the distal ends. Plate 2, upper, shows the sculpturing on a large fragment from the distal end of the fifth costal of the right side. The ridges and pits on the neurals are extremely irregular in arrangement, produc- ing a reticulate appearance. These facts indicate that the type fragments do belong to a single species, the difference in sculptur- ing described by Hay being attributable to the differences normally present between distal and proximal portions of the plates. Moreover, little doubt remains as to the authenticity of the species. Hay’s description of Amyda (Trionyx) cariosa (Cope) shows that it differs considerably not only in Jength and thickness but also in the sculpturing, for in Amyda cariosa the ornamentation consists chiefly of irregularly arranged pits, whereas in Amyda virginianus long longitudinal grooves predominate. The chief difference between Amyda (Trionyx) pennata (Cope) and the specimen under con- sideration is, as Hay remarks, that in the former the pits “are arranged in rows that run from the sutural edges toward the middle of the bone and at the same time toward the distal end.” This is quite different from the condition in Amyda virginianus, where the ridges show no tendency to run toward the distal ends of the bone. Moreover, the fragments of Amyda pennata indicate that it was a much smaller turtle than was the one represented by the present specimen. However, the known fragments of Amyda pennata are so small and so few that it is impossible to clear up this point with absolute finality, although evidence thus far available seems to indi- cate that this species also is distinct from Amyda virginianus. BIBLIOGRAPHY CLARK, WILLIAM B. Johns Hopkins Yniversity Circular, vol. 15, No. 4, p. 4, 1895. , U. S. Geol. Survey Bull. 141, p. 59, pl. 8, figs. la and 1b, 1896. Hay, OLIVER P. U. S. Geol. Survey Bull. 179, p. 455, 1902. Fossil Turtles of North America, p. 515, pl. 96, figs. 7 and 8, text figures, 670 and 671, 1908. 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vor. 16 EXPLANATION OF PLATES PLATE 1 Lert: Ventral view of the carapace described above, X . RieHT: Dorsal view, X %. A foot rule is shown at the side. PLATE 2 Upper: A fragment forming the distal end of the fifth costal of the right side to show the sculpturing, X %. CENTER: One of the type specimens. Distal portion of a costal plate, X 1. Museum Wagner Free Institute of Science, Philadelphia. Lower: Type specimen. Proximal portion of a costal plate, X 1. Wagner Free Institute of Science, Philadelphia. U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1929 y A9Vd 3S AlV1d SAO NOILYNY1dxa YOY (HYV1D) VNVINISYIA VOAWY JO 30VdVYVD ALAIdWOD ATYVAN Ld 92 LYV ‘9Z “1OA ‘SONIGSS900¥d WNASNW IVWNOILVN ‘SN U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 76, ART. 26 PL. 2 | FRAGMENTS OF COSTAL PLATE OF AMYDA VIRGINIANA (CLARK) FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 4 o | ll INI 9571